ML18092B357: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
 
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
 
(4 intermediate revisions by the same user not shown)
Line 2: Line 2:
| number = ML18092B357
| number = ML18092B357
| issue date = 09/30/1986
| issue date = 09/30/1986
| title = Salem Nuclear Generating Station Control Room Human Factors Guidelines.
| title = Control Room Human Factors Guidelines.
| author name =  
| author name =  
| author affiliation = GENERAL PHYSICS CORP.
| author affiliation = GENERAL PHYSICS CORP.
Line 17: Line 17:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:\ \ \ *. 8611190216 861114 PDR ADOCK 05000272 p PDR SALEM NUCLEAR GENERATING STATION CONTROL ROOM HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES Prepared for: PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS COMPANY GP-R-212187 September 1986 Prepared by: General Physics Corporation 10650 Hickory Ridge Road Colwnbia, Maryland .. . -:.*.'*.'  
{{#Wiki_filter:SALEM NUCLEAR GENERATING STATION CONTROL ROOM HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES Prepared for:
** . ...... * -._,_,', ** : '' *I .
PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS COMPANY GP-R-212187 September 1986 Prepared by:
* HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION.
General Physics Corporation 10650 Hickory Ridge Road Colwnbia, Maryland
* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
        . 8611190216 861114 PDR ADOCK 05000272 p              PDR
* 1 SECTION 1. SECTION 2. SECTION 3. TABLE 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 1. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14
\
* SALEM ABBREVIATIONS************************************
  \                                                  .. . -:.*.'*.' ** . ...... * - ._,_,', ** : '' *I .~*-*
    \


===1.1 Preface===
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                                                          PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION. * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
******************************************  
* 1 SECTION 1. SALEM ABBREVIATIONS************************************                                                          2 1.1 Preface ******************************************                                                          2 1.2 Units of Measure *...*.*.******.....**....****.***.                                                          3 1.3 Standard Abbreviations ****************************                                                          6 SECTION 2. DESIGN CONVENTIONS CHECKLIST *************************** 22 2.1 Panel Layout ********.**...*...*****.*..****.*....* 24 2.2 Control-Display Integration *********************** 26
: 2. 3    Controls . ........................................ .                                                  29 2.4      Visual Displays *..***.**.*..*..****.**.*.**..*****                                                   35 2.5      Labels and Location Aids **************************                                                    44 2.6      Annunciators ...**..*...******.*.*.*.**.*****.**.**                                                    53 2.7      Environment .****.*****.*..**....*****.**...*..***.                                                    61 SECTION 3. SALEM SPECIFIC CONVENTIONS ***************************** 65 TABLE 1. Control Color Coding Conventions ***********************                                                        65
: 2. Color-Banding Visual Displays **************************                                                        66
: 3. Mimic Color Coding Conventions *************************                                                        67
: 4. Enhancement Guidelines *********************************                                                        68
: 5. Related Control and Indication Configuration **********.*                                                    . 69
: 6. Pushbutton Mode of Operation Indication ****************                                                        70
: 1. Subsystem/Functional Labeling **************************                                                        71
: 8. Vertical Board Meter and Indicator Labeling ************                                                        72
: 9. Bailey Pushbutton Labeling *****************************                                                      73
: 10. Motorola/Veritrack Recorder Labeling *******************                                                        74
: 11. TI/Leeds & Northrop Recorder Labeling ******************                                                        75
: 12. Miscellaneous Component/Module Identifier Labeling *****                                                        76
: 13. Vertical Panel Switch Labeling *************************                                                        77 14
* Bailey Pushbutton Column Labeling **********************                                                        78
* i


===1.2 Units===
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                        PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS INTRODUCTION Public Service Electric and Gas Company (PSE&G} has implemented an ongoing human factors program to review proposed design modifications. In order to ensure a complete program, this document was developed to provide a human factors reference for all the various PSE&G organizations to work from.
of Measure *...*.*.******.....**....****.***.  
Section 1 contains the Salem standard list of abbreviations to be used for labeling.
Section 2 contains generic human factors design conventions that were extracted from NUREG-0700. This section can be used to determine if a design modification is in conformance with NRC human factors criteria
* Section 3 contains Salem plant-specific human factors conventions that were either noted during the Detailed Control Room Design Review (DCRDR} or developed as a result of it. This section is especially helpful in determining if a design modification is consistent with existing Salem human factors conventions.
The use of this document in the development and review of plant modifications will ensure consistent application of human factors principles at Salem *
* 1
 
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                        PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS SECTION 1. SALEM ABBREVIATIONS 1.1  Preface
* The intent of Section 1 of this document is to provide for standarization of word abbreviations at Salem Nuclear Generating Station. These two lists are to be used during the design process to determine the abbreviation to be used on the main control board labels, local panel labels, and annunciators.
* Abbreviations may be used when space does not permit use of the full length word.
* It is the intent that words not found in the abbreviations list are not to be abbreviated.
* The following abbreviations, as listed in Section 1 have more than one meaning.
ABV              Above or Auxiliary Building Ventilation AO                Automatic Operated or Analog Output ATT              Attachment or Attention CAT              Chemical Addition Tank or Cation ccw              Component Cooling Water or Counterclockwise CP                Control Power, Control Point GW                Generator Cooling Water or Gaseous Waste HP                High Pressure or Health Physics LO                Locked Open or Low LOPA              Loss of Pressure Accident or Loss of Power Accident POT              Potential or Potentiometer SP                Speed or Spare If there is any possibility of confusion arising from the use of one of the abbreviations listed above, then the words should not be abreviated.
2
 
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                    PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS 1.2  Units of Measure ABBREVIATION        DESCRIPTION amp            Amperes BHP            Brake Horsepower BTU            British Thermal Units oc              Degrees Centigrade cfm            Cubic Feet per Minute Ci              Curies cm              Centimeters cpm            Counts per Minute cps            Counts per Second dpm            Disintegrations per Minute dps            Disintegrations per Second EFPD            Effective Full Power Days OF              Degrees Fahrenheit fpm              Feet per Minute fps              Feet Per Second ft              Feet ft 2            Square Feet ft 3            Cubic Feet gal              Gallons gm              Gram gpm              Gallons per Minute gps              Gallons per Second Hp              Horsepower hr              Hours hz              Cycles per Second (Hertz) in              Inches in 2            Square Inches in 3            Cubic Inches Keff            K effective KV              Kilovolts KVA            Kilovolt Amperes KVAH            Kilovolt Ampere Hour KVAR            Reactive-Kilovolt-Ampere KW              Kilowatts KWe            Kilowatt electric KWH            Kilowatt Hour
* KWt            Kilowatt thermal 3
 
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                  PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS ABBREVIATION        DESCRIPTION 1              Liter lb              Pounds lbm            pounds mass lbm/hr          Pounds mass per hour M              Mega (10 6 )
m              Meters, Milli (10-3) ma              Milliampre MeV            Million Electron Volts Mil-in          Milli-inch min            Minutes MPBB            Maximum Permissable Body Burden MPC            Maximum Permissable Concentration mph            miles per hour mr              Milliroentgen mrem            Milli rem mr/hr          Milliroentgen per Hour MT              Metric Tons WJA            Megavolt Amperes WJAR            Reactive Megavolt-Amperes MW              Megawatts MWD            Megawatt Days MWD/T          Megawatt Days per Ton MWe            Megawatt Electrical MWt            Megawatt Thermal
            %              Percent PF              Power Factor ppb            Parts per Billion ppm            Parts per Million psi            Pounds per Square Inch psi a          Pounds per Square Inch Absolute psid          Pounds per Square Inch Differential psig          Pounds per Square Inch Gauge R              Roentgen r              rad rem            Radiation Equivalent Man R/hr          Roentgen per Hour rpm            Revolutions per Minute scfm          Standard Cubic Feet per Minute sec            Seconds VAC            Volts Alternating Current VAR            Reactive Volt-Ampere
* voe v
Volts Direct Current Volt 4
 
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES              PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS
**   . ABBREVIATION        REPRESENTS wk              Week yd              Yard yd2            Square Yards yd3            Cubic Yards yr              Year
* 5
 
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                      PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS
* ABBREVIATIONS 1.3  Standard Abbreviations REPRESENTS A BLDG              "A" Building ABS                Absolute ABV                Above, Auxiliary Building Ventilation AC                  Alternating Current A/C                Air Conditioning ACB                Air Circuit Breaker ACC                Access ACCUM              Acccumulator ACID                Acid ACK                Acknowledge ACN                Advanced Change Notice ACT                Actuate ACTG                Actuating A.O.                Administrative Directive ADD                Additive/Addition ADJ                Adjuster, Adjust ADM IN BLDG        Administration Building ADM IN              Administrative (ion}
AFW                Auxiliary Feedwater AFD                Axial Flux Difference AFP                Auxiliary Feed Pump AFST              Auxiliary Feedwater Storage Tank AHC                Air Heating Coil AIR                Air ALM                Alarm ALOP              Auxiliary Lube Oil Pump ALT                Alternate AMB                Ambient ANAL                Analyzer AND or  &          And ANNUN              Annuciator AO                  Automatic Operated, Analog Output AOP                Abnormal Operating Procedure AOV                Air Operated Valve A.P.                Administrative Procedure APD                Air Particulate Detector APP                Appendix APT                Auxiliary Power Transformer AR                  Condenser Air Removal & Priming System Ar                  Argon ARM                Area Radation Monitor ARP                Alarm Response Procedure A/S                Action Statement ASSY              Assembly ATMOS              Atmosphere ATT                Attachment, Attention 6
 
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                    PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS AUTO            Automatic Aux              Auxiliary Aux BLDG        Auxiliary Building Aux BOIL        Auxiliary Boiler AVG              Average B                Boron Ba              Barium BA              Boric Acid BA BATCH TK      Boric Acid Batching Tank BARR            Barrier BAST            Boric Acid Storage Tank BATCH            Batching BATCH TK        Batching Tank BATP            Boric Acid Transfer Pump B BLDG          "B" Building BD              Building and Equipment Drains Be              Beryllium BF              Boiler Feed (Steam Generator Feedwater)
BIAS            Bias BIT              Boron Injection Tank BKGD            Background BKR              Breaker BLCK            Block/Blocked BLJ:X;          Building BLNDR            Blender B/D            .Blowdown BLWN            Blown BNK              Bank BOIL            Boiler BOL              Beginning of Life BOP              Balance of Plant BOT              Bottom BR              Boric Acid Recovery System BRG              Bearing BS              Bleed Steam BSN              Basin BSTR            Booster BATT            Battery BU              Backup BP              Bypass BWR            Boiling Water Reactor BYP            Bypass c              Carbon CA              Control Air CAACS          Control Air Air Cond. System CAB            Cabinet CAL            Calibration CARR            Carrier 7


===1.3 Standard===
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                  PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS
Abbreviations
* CAS CAT CB CBL cc Continuous Action Sununary Chemical Addition Tank, Cation Containment Building Cable Component Cooling C&C            Conduit and Cable CCHX            Component Cooling Heat Exchanger CCP            Component Cooling Pump ccs            Component Cooling System ccw            Component Cooling Water, Counterclockwise CD              Carbor Dioxide System CET            Core Exit Thermocouple CF              Feedwater Chemical Treatment System CFCU            Containment Fan Coil Unit CFR            Code of Federal Regulations CSFST          Critical Safety Function Status Tree CH              Chilled Water CHAN            Channel CHEM          Chemistry, Chemical CHG            Charge(ing)
****************************
CHG PMP        Charging Pump CHK            Check CIRC.          Circulation/Circulating CIRC WTR or CW Circulating Water CKT            Circuit CKT BKR        Circuit Breaker CL            Chlorination/Chlorine CLG            Cooler/Cooling
DESIGN CONVENTIONS CHECKLIST
        /
***************************
CLR            Cooler CLS            Close CLT            Coolant CLSD          Closed CLW            Clockwise CM            Communications System COMM          Communications CMPNT          Component CMPTR          Computer CN            Condensate System CNDSR          Condenser CNDT            Conduit CNSLE          Console CNTMT          Containment CNTMT ISOL      Containment Isolation CNTRL          Control Co              Cobalt C02            Carbon Dioxide COIL          Coil COL            Check Off List COMPAR        Comparator COMPART        Compartment 8


===2.1 Panel===
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                  PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS
Layout ********.**...*...*****.*..****.*....*
* COMPEN COMPL COMPR CONC Compensate Complete(d)
2.2 Control-Display Integration
Compressor Concrete COND            Conductivity CON DR          Conductor cos            Checkoff Sheet CP              Control Power, Control Point Cr              Chromium CR              Control Rod CRD            Control Rod Drive CROM            Control Rod Drive Mechanism Cs              Cesium cs              Containment Spray CSD            Cold Shutdown CSF            Critical Safety Function CSG            Casing CS PMP          Containment Spray Pump.
***********************
CT              Cleared and Tagged CTR            Center CHK VLV        Check Valve CV              Containment Vessel eve            Chemical and Volume Control System CVR            Cover CWI            Circulating Water Intake CWTR            Cooling Water CXL CBL        Coaxial Cable CYL            Cylinder CYC            Cycle DA              Diesel Engine Auxiliaries DATA          Data DB            Debora ting DBA            Design Basis Accident DC            Design Change OCR            Design Change Request DEC            Decrease DEF            Defeat DEFOAM        De foaming DEM            Demand DEM IN        Demineralizer(ized)
: 2. 3 Controls ......................................... . 2.4 Visual Displays *..***.**.*..*..****.**.*.**..*****  
DEPT          Department DET            Detector DEV            Deviation DF            Diesel Fuel DG            Diesel Generator DIA            Diameter DIAG          Diagram DISARM        Disarmed
* DISCH DI SENG Discharge Disengage 9


===2.5 Labels===
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                  PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS
and Location Aids **************************  
* DISP DIFF DMPR DM DN Disposal Differential Damper Demineralized Water Down D/P            Differential Pressure DR              Demineralized Water (restricted)
DROP            Drop DSL            Diesel DSN            Design D/T            Differential Temperature DTL            Detail DWST            Demineralized Water Storage Tank DWTP            Demineralized Water Transfer Pump E              East ECCS            Emergency Core Cooling System ECG            Emergency Classification Guide EOO            Emergency Duty Officer EH              Electro-Hydraulic EHC            Electro-Hydraulic Control EI              Emergency Instruction EJECT          Ejector ELEC            Electrical ELEV            Elevation ELOP            Emergency Lube Oil Pump ELEVR          Elevator ELHX            Excess Letdown Heat Exchanger EMER            Emergency ENG            Engineering EO              Equipment Operator EOF            Emergency Offsite Facility EOL            End of Life EOP            Emergency Operating Procedure EP              Emergency Plan EPZ            Emergency Planning Zone EQUIP          Equipment EREP            Extended Radiation Exposure Permit ESF            Engineering Safety Feature ESS            Emergency Safety (Safeguard) System ETS            Environmental Technical Specification EVAP          Evaporator EX            Exchanger EXC            Excess EXCEN          Eccentricity EXCTR          Exciter, Excitation EXH            Exhaust EXP            Expansion EXT            Exterior, External
* 10


===2.6 Annunciators===
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                    PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS
* FAI FAIL F/C FCU Fail As IS Failure Fail Closed Fan Coil Unit Feed Control Valve FCV FDR            Feeder Fe              Iron FHB            Fuel Handling Building F/I            Failed Instrument FIG            Figure F/~            Full Length FLO            Field FLO            Flow FLOT            Float FLTR            Filter FLR            Floor FO              Fuel Oil F/O            Fail Open FOST            Fuel Oil Storage Tank FOTP            Fuel Oil Transfer Pump FP            Fire Protection System FPH            Fire Pump House FR            Functional Restoration FRCC          Functional Restoration for Core Cooling FRCE          Functional Restoration for Containment Environment FRCI          Functional Restoration for Coolant Inventory FRHS          Functional Restoration for Heat Sink FREQ          Frequency FRSM          Function Restoration for Shutdown Margin FRTS          Functional Restoration for Thermal Shock FSAR          Final Safety Analysis Report FST            First FW            Fresh Water System FW Htr        Feedwater Heater FWST            Fresh Water Storage Tank FXT            Fixture GA              Gauge GAS ANAL        Gas Analyzer GB              Stearn Generator Drains and Blowdown GD              Stearn Generator Drains System GDT            Gas Decay Tank GEN            Generator GEN'L MGR      General Manager GG              Gas Turbine Unit i3 System GM              Geiger-Mueller GOV            Governor GR            Gear GRND          Ground
* GRP            Group GS            Gland Seal GT            Gas Turbine Fuel Oil Transfer System GV            Governor Valve GW            Generating Cooling Water, Gaseous Waste 11


...**..*...******.*.*.*.**.*****.**.**  
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                    PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS
* H2 H2 PUR H3 Hydrogen Hydrogen Purity Tri ti urn HB              Heating Boiler HCGS            Hope Creek Generating Station HD              Heater Drains Transfer System HOR            Header Hf              Hafnium HHB            House Heating Boiler Building HI              High HNGR            Hanger HP or HI PRESS  High Pressure, Health Physics HS              Heating Stearn and Condensate Return HSB            Hot Standby HSD            Hot Shutdown HT              Heat HTG            Heating HTR            Heater HUT            Holdup Tank HV              Heater Vents Transfer System HVAC            Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning HW              Heating Water HX              Heat Exchanger HY              Hydrogen System HYO            Hydraulic I              Iodine IA              Instrument Air IAW            In Accordance With IC              Technical Department I&C Group I&C            Instrumentation and Control ICM            Technical Department Manual I&C ID              Information Directive IMMED          Immediately In              Indium IN              Inlet
          !NCR            Increase IND            Indicator (ing) (ion)
INFO            Information INJ            Injection INRT            Inert INSERT          Insertion INSULTRS        Insulators INSTR          Instruction INST            Instrurnent(ation)
INTER          Interior INTERM          Intermediate Interlock INTLK INV RT          Inverter IO              Inspection Order
          !OP            Integrated Operating Procedures IP              Isolated Phase IPA            Inner Penetration Area 12


===2.7 Environment===
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                    PUBLIC -SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS
* IR Ir
          !SOL IX Intermediate Range Iridium Isolation Ion Exchanger JCT            Junction JT              Joint Kr              Krypton LC              Locked Closed LCO            Limiting Condition for Operation LD              Load LG              Large LHX            Letdown Heat Exchanger LIQ            Liquid LK              Leak LK DET          Leak Detection LMT            Limit LN              Line LO              Locked Open, Low L/0            Lock Out LOC            Local LOCA            Loss of Coolant Accident LOPA            Loss of Pressure Accident, Loss of Power Accident LOSC          Loss of Secondary Coolant LOSS          Loss LOW            Low LPMS          Loose Part Monitoring System LP or LO Press Low Pressure LPZ            Low Population zone LNR            Liner L.O.          Lube Oil LOP            Lube Oil Pump LS              Limit Switch LS/C          Limit Switch Close LS/O            Limit Switch Open LT              Light LTDWN          Letdown LV              Low Voltage LVDT            Linear Variable Differential Transformer LVL            Level LWR            Lower MAN            Manual MAX            Maximum MB              Mixed Bed MC              Miscellaneous Condensate System MCD            Mitigating Core Damage
* MD              Motor Driven, Miscellaneous Drains System MECH            Mechanical MECH PENT      Mechanical Penetration MED            Medium MFP            Main Feed Pump 13


.****.*****.*..**....*****.**...*..***.
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                  PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS
SALEM SPECIFIC CONVENTIONS
**         MG MGR MIN MISC Motor Generator Manager Minimum Miscellaneous MLOP            Main Lube Oil Pump MN              Main MOL            Middle of Life MON            Monitor MONTG          Monitoring MOV            Motor Operated Valve MPC            Maximum Permissible Concentration MPD            Maximum Permissible Dose MPE            Maximum Permissible Exposure MS              Main Steam System MSIV            Main Steam Isolation Valve MSR            Moisture Separator/Reheater MT              Monitor Tank MTD            Mounted MTR            Motor MU              Makeup N              North N2              Nitrogen N2H4            Hydrazine Na              Sodium N/A            Not Applicable NC              Normally Closed NCO            Nuclear Control Operator NOT            Nondestructive Test NEG            Negative NEUT          Neutral NI            Nuclear Instrument(ation)
*****************************
NIS            Nuclear Instrumentation System NO            Normally Open NO.           Number NON-RAD        Nonradioactive NON-RADLW      Nonradioactive Liquid Waste Disposal NOP            Normal Operating Pressure NOL            Normal Operating Level NOT            Normal Operating Temperature NORM          Normal NR            Narrow Range NRC            Nuclear Regulatory Commission NRHX          Nonregenerative Heat Exchanger NSSS          Nuclear Steam Supply System NT            Nitrogen System NPSH          Net Positive Suction Head NUC            Nuclear
Control Color Coding Conventions
* 02 OD ODM OFF OHA Oxygen Operations Directive Operations Department Manual Off Overhead Annuniciator 14
***********************
 
Color-Banding Visual Displays **************************
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                    PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS OIL            Oil OL              Overload ON              On oos            Out-of~Specification OP              Operating Procedure OP CON          Operator's Console OPER            Operate (ion) (ing)
Mimic Color Coding Conventions
OPs            Operations OP              Overpower ORF            Orifice O/S            Out-of-Service osc            Operations Support Center OSCIL          Oscillograph OT              Over Temperature OTSC            On the Spot Change OUT            Out/Outlet OUTSD          Outside OVR            Over OVRALL          Overall OVREXC          Overexcitation OVRFLO        Overflow OVRVOLT        Overvoltage PA            Public Address (System)
*************************
PART          Partial Pb            Lead PB            Pushbutton, Plumbing - Sanitation System PC            Penetration Cooling (Air)
Enhancement Guidelines
PCB            Power Circuit Breaker PEN            Penetration Area PEN ET          Penetration PERM            Permissive(s)
*********************************
PERSON          Personnel pH              Hydrogen Ion Concentration P&ID            Piping and Instrument Diagram PI/S            Period Inspection/Surveillance PIT            Pit P/L            Part-Length PL              Steam Generator Feed Pump Lube Oil PMP            Pump PMPS            Pumps PNEU            Pneumatic PNL            Panel PNLBD          Panelboard PO              Purchase Order POPS          Pressurizer Overpressure (Protection) System PORV          Power Operated Relief Valve POS            Positive POSIT          Position POT            Potential, Potentiometer PR            Power Range, Pressurizer Relief System PRECIP        Precipitator PREHTR        Preheater PRESS          Pressure 15
Related Control and Indication Configuration
 
**********.*
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                  PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS
Pushbutton Mode of Operation Indication
* PRE-TREAT PRI PRIME PRIME TK PRINT Pre-Treatment Primary Priming Priming Tank Printing PROC            Process PROG            Program (med)
****************
PROT            Protect(ion)
Subsystem/Functional Labeling **************************
PRT            Pressurizer Relief Tank PRV            Pressure Reducing Valve PS              Pressurizer Spray PSEG            Public Service Enterprise Group PSE&G          Public Service Electric & Gas Company PT              Point PTS            Pressurized Thermal Shock Pu              Plutonium PUR            Purity PWR            Pressurized Water Reactor, Power PWST            Primary Water Storage Tank PZR            Pressurizer QA            Quality Assurance QC            Quality Control QI            Qualified Individual QPTR          Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio Ra            Radium RAD            Radiation RADL          Radial RATE          Rate RC            Reactor Coolant RCC            Rod Cluster Control RCDR          Recorder RCDT          Reactor Coolant Drain Tank RCP            Reactor Coolant Pump RCS            Reactor Coolant System RD            Moisture Separator Reheater Drains REC I RC        Recirculate (ion) (ing)
Vertical Board Meter and Indicator Labeling ************
RE COMB        Recombiner RECOV          Recovery RE CVR          Receiver RECYC          Recycle REG            Regulator REF            Reference REGEN HX      Regenerative Heat Exchanger REL            Relative REP            Radiation Exposure Permit RES            Reservior RES IS        Resistance RET            Return RHR            Residual Heat Removal System RIL            Rod Insertion Limit RM            Room RMS            Radiation Monitoring (System) 16
Bailey Pushbutton Labeling *****************************
 
Motorola/Veritrack Recorder Labeling *******************
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                    PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS Rn              Radon RNG            Range RO              Reactor Operator RP              Reactor Protection RPI            Rod Position Indication RS              Reheat Steam Rl'D            Resistance Temperature Detector RV              Reactor Vessel RVLIS          Reactor vessel Liquid Inventory System RWL            Rod Withdrawal Limit RWS            Radwater System RWST            Refueling Water Storage Tank RX              Reactor RX CNTMT        Reactor Containment s              South SA              Service Air SAMP            Sample(ing)
TI/Leeds & Northrop Recorder Labeling ******************
SAT            Satisfactory SC              Screen Wash SD              Shutdown SEAL            Seal SEC            Secondary, Security SEC CAB        Safeguards Equipment Cabinet SECT            Section SEIS          Seismic SEL            Select (io.n) (ed) (or)
Miscellaneous Component/Module Identifier Labeling ***** Vertical Panel Switch Labeling *************************
SEQ            Sequence SERV          Service SET            Set SFCS          Spent Fuel Cooling System SFP            Spent Fuel Pit SFPHX          Spent Fuel Pit Heat Exchanger SFPP          Spent Fuel Pit Pump SFTY          Safety SG            Steam Generator SG B/D        Steam Generator Blowdown SGFP          Steam Generator Feed Pump SGS            Salem Generating Station SGTL          Steam Generator Tube Leak SGTR          Steam Generator Tube Rupture SHX            Sample Heat Exchanger SI            Safety Injection SIGNL          Signal SIP            Safety Injection Pump SIS            Safety Injection System SKIMR          Skimmer Sm              Samarium SUMP            Sump
Bailey Pushbutton Column Labeling **********************
* so              Generator Seal Oil SOL            Solenoid sos            Senior Operations Supervisor SP              Speed, Spare SPEC            Specification 17
i 2 2 3 6 22 24 26 29 35 44 53 61 65 65 66 67 68 . 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 
 
*
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                    PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS
* HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS INTRODUCTION Public Service Electric and Gas Company (PSE&G} has implemented an ongoing human factors program to review proposed design modifications.
* SPLY SPM SP(O)
In order to ensure a complete program, this document was developed to provide a human factors reference for all the various PSE&G organizations to work from. Section 1 contains the Salem standard list of abbreviations to be used for labeling.
SPRY SPT Supply Station Plant Manual Surveillance Procedure (Operations)
Section 2 contains generic human factors design conventions that were extracted from NUREG-0700.
Spray Station Power Transformer SPRK          Sprinkler SQ            Square Sr            Strontium SR            Source Range SRO            Senior Reactor Operator SRST          Spent Resin Storage Tank SRTP          Spent Reisn Transfer Pump SAMP SYS      Sample System SS or S2      Shift Supervisor SSPS          Solid State Protection System SSS or S3      Senior Shift Supervisor SS UPS        Shift Support Supervisor
This section can be used to determine if a design modification is in conformance with NRC human factors criteria
          ,SSSD          Senior Shift Supervisor-Days ST            Service Water System (turbine)
* Section 3 contains Salem plant-specific human factors conventions that were either noted during the Detailed Control Room Design Review (DCRDR} or developed as a result of it. This section is especially helpful in determining if a design modification is consistent with existing Salem human factors conventions.
STA            Shift Technical Advisor STN            Station STAT          Stator STBY          Standby STD            Standard STG            Stage STM            Steam STMLN          Steam Line STOP          Stop STOR          Storage STP            Standard Temperature and Pressure STRAIN        Strain (er)
The use of this document in the development and review of plant modifications will ensure consistent application of human factors principles at Salem
SU            Startup SUCT          Suction SUP          Supply SUPV          Supervision (or)
* 1 HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS SECTION 1. SALEM ABBREVIATIONS
SUR            Startup Rate SV            Solenoid Valve SVB            Service Building SW            Service Water (nuclear)
SWGR          Switchgear SWHX          Seal Water Heat Exchanger SW!            Service Water Intake SWIS          Service Water Intake Structure SWR            Sewer SWY            Switchyard SYNCH          Synchroscope(nize)
SYS            System TAB            Table TAC            Turbine Auxiliaries Cooling Tavg          Average Temperature TB            Turbine Building TC            Thermocouple TD            Turbine Driven 18
 
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                   PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS TDR            Technical Document Room TURB DR        Turbine Drain TECH            Technician TECH SPECS      Technical Specifications TEMP            Temperature TERM            Terminal TERMIN          Termination TEST            Test TG              Turbine Generator TGS            Turbine Gland Sealing Steam and Leak Off Th              Thorium TH              Throttled THERM          Thermal TILT            Tilt Tk              Tank TKS            Tanks TL              Main Turbine Lube Oil TO              Turns Open TRACE          Trace (ing)
TRANS          Transient TRBL            Trouble T REF          Reference Temperature TRIP            Trip/Tripped Tagging Retrieval Information System TRIS TRN            Train Tc            T - cold TH            T - hot TSAT          Saturation Temperature TSC            Technical Support Center TURB          Turbine TURN GR        Turning Gear u              Uranium UNBL          Unblock UNDGRND        Underground UF            Under frequency UV            Undervoltage UNIT          Unit UN SAT        Unsatisfactory uo            Utility Operator UP            Upper us            Upper Shoes UT            Ultrasonic Test vc              Containment ventilation VCT            Volume Control Tank VENT          Vent/Ventilation VERT          Vertical VIB            Vibration VLV            Valve VOL            Volume VR              Voltage Regulator VTL            Vital VAC            vacuum 19
 
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                  PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS
* w WARN WD West Warning Equipment Vents & Drains (contaminated)
WDRWL          Withdrawal WD SYS          Waste Disposal System WG              Waste Disposal (Gaseous)
WHUT            Waste Holdup Tank WL              Waste Disposal (Liquid)
WM              Waste Monitor WMHUT          Waste Monitor Holdup Tank WO              Work Order WR              Wide Range, Primary Water Recovery ws              Waste Disposal (Solid)
WSTE EVAP      Waste Evaporator WSTE            Waste WT              Water Treatment, Weight WTR            Water WTRFLO        Water Flow WU              Warm up Xe            Xenon Transfer XFER XFMR          Transformer X-OVER        Crossover Zn            Zinc Zr            Zirconium 20
 
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES - PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK 21


===1.1 Preface===
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                         PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS SECTION 2. DESIGN CONVENTIONS CHECKLIST Human Factors Engineering addresses the efficient and safe operation of the control room from the operator's perspective. When making design changes, it is important to consider how the changes will affect the operator in terms of the availability of necessary information, the adequacy of controls for the task performed, the efficiency of the overall panel layout, and the suitabil-ity of the environment.
* The intent of Section 1 of this document is to provide for standarization of word abbreviations at Salem Nuclear Generating Station. These two lists are to be used during the design process to determine the abbreviation to be used on the main control board labels, local panel labels, and annunciators.
The human factors design conventions contained in this section are intended as guidance for the planning, development, and review of Salem design modifications. By reviewing the applicable sections of these conventions, you can determine if the proposed design modification is in conformance with NRC human factors criteria (NUREG-0700). Keep in mind that these are generic conventions and that the Salem plant-specific conventions and applications (see Section 3) that have already been established take precedence over the generic conventions.
* Abbreviations may be used when space does not permit use of the full length word.
* It is the intent that words not found in the abbreviations list are not to be abbreviated.
* The following abbreviations, as listed in Section 1 have more than one meaning. ABV AO ATT CAT ccw CP GW HP LO LOPA POT SP Above or Auxiliary Building Ventilation Automatic Operated or Analog Output Attachment or Attention Chemical Addition Tank or Cation Component Cooling Water or Counterclockwise Control Power, Control Point Generator Cooling Water or Gaseous Waste High Pressure or Health Physics Locked Open or Low Loss of Pressure Accident or Loss of Power Accident Potential or Potentiometer Speed or Spare If there is any possibility of confusion arising from the use of one of the abbreviations listed above, then the words should not be abreviated.
2 
*
* HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS ABBREVIATION amp BHP BTU oc cfm Ci cm cpm cps dpm dps EFPD OF fpm fps ft ft 2 ft 3 gal gm gpm gps Hp hr hz in in 2 in 3 Keff KV KVA KVAH KVAR KW KWe KWH KWt 1.2 Units of Measure DESCRIPTION Amperes Brake Horsepower British Thermal Units Degrees Centigrade Cubic Feet per Minute Curies Centimeters Counts per Minute Counts per Second Disintegrations per Minute Disintegrations per Second Effective Full Power Days Degrees Fahrenheit Feet per Minute Feet Per Second Feet Square Feet Cubic Feet Gallons Gram Gallons per Minute Gallons per Second Horsepower Hours Cycles per Second (Hertz) Inches Square Inches Cubic Inches K effective Kilovolts Kilovolt Amperes Kilovolt Ampere Hour Reactive-Kilovolt-Ampere Kilowatts Kilowatt electric Kilowatt Hour Kilowatt thermal 3 
*
* HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES ABBREVIATION 1 lb lbm lbm/hr M m ma MeV Mil-in min MPBB MPC mph mr mrem mr/hr MT WJA WJAR MW MWD MWD/T MWe MWt % PF ppb ppm psi psi a psid psig R r rem R/hr rpm scfm sec VAC VAR voe v DESCRIPTION Liter Pounds pounds mass PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS Pounds mass per hour Mega (10 6) Meters, Milli (10-3) Milliampre Million Electron Volts Milli-inch Minutes Maximum Permissable Body Burden Maximum Permissable Concentration miles per hour Milliroentgen Milli rem Milliroentgen per Hour Metric Tons Megavolt Amperes Reactive Megavolt-Amperes Megawatts Megawatt Days Megawatt Days per Ton Megawatt Electrical Megawatt Thermal Percent Power Factor Parts per Billion Parts per Million Pounds per Square Inch Pounds per Square Inch Absolute Pounds per Square Inch Differential Pounds per Square Inch Gauge Roentgen rad Radiation Equivalent Man Roentgen per Hour Revolutions per Minute Standard Cubic Feet per Minute Seconds Volts Alternating Current Reactive Volt-Ampere Volts Direct Current Volt 4 
**
* HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES . ABBREVIATION wk yd yd2 yd3 yr REPRESENTS Week Yard Square Yards Cubic Yards Year 5 PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES
* ABBREVIATIONS A BLDG ABS ABV AC A/C ACB ACC ACCUM ACID ACK ACN ACT ACTG A.O. ADD ADJ ADM IN BLDG ADM IN
* AFW AFD AFP AFST AHC AIR ALM ALOP ALT AMB ANAL AND or & ANNUN AO AOP AOV A.P. APD APP APT AR Ar ARM ARP A/S ASSY ATMOS ATT PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS 1.3 Standard Abbreviations REPRESENTS "A" Building Absolute Above, Auxiliary Building Ventilation Alternating Current Air Conditioning Air Circuit Breaker Access Acccumulator Acid Acknowledge Advanced Change Notice Actuate Actuating Administrative Directive Additive/Addition Adjuster, Adjust Administration Building Administrative (ion} Auxiliary Feedwater Axial Flux Difference Auxiliary Feed Pump Auxiliary Feedwater Storage Tank Air Heating Coil Air Alarm Auxiliary Lube Oil Pump Alternate Ambient Analyzer And Annuciator Automatic Operated, Analog Output Abnormal Operating Procedure Air Operated Valve Administrative Procedure Air Particulate Detector Appendix Auxiliary Power Transformer Condenser Air Removal & Priming System Argon Area Radation Monitor Alarm Response Procedure Action Statement Assembly Atmosphere Attachment, Attention 6
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES AUTO Aux Aux BLDG Aux BOIL AVG B Ba BA BA BATCH TK BARR BAST BATCH BATCH TK BATP B BLDG BD Be BF BIAS BIT BKGD BKR BLCK BLJ:X; BLNDR B/D BLWN BNK BOIL BOL BOP BOT BR BRG BS BSN BSTR BATT BU BP BWR BYP c CA CAA CS CAB CAL CARR Automatic Auxiliary Auxiliary Building Auxiliary Boiler Average Boron Barium Boric Acid PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS Boric Acid Batching Tank Barrier Boric Acid Storage Tank Batching Batching Tank Boric Acid Transfer Pump "B" Building Building and Equipment Drains Beryllium Boiler Feed (Steam Generator Feedwater)
Bias Boron Injection Tank Background Breaker Block/Blocked Building Blender .Blowdown Blown Bank Boiler Beginning of Life Balance of Plant Bottom Boric Acid Recovery System Bearing Bleed Steam Basin Booster Battery Backup Bypass Boiling Water Reactor Bypass Carbon Control Air Control Air Air Cond. System Cabinet Calibration Carrier 7 HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES
* CAS CAT CB CBL cc C&C CCHX CCP ccs ccw CD CET CF CFCU CFR CSFST CH CHAN CHEM CHG CHG PMP CHK CIRC.
* CIRC WTR or CW CKT CKT BKR CL CLG / CLR CLS CLT CLSD CLW CM COMM CMPNT CMPTR CN CNDSR CNDT CNSLE CNTMT CNTMT ISOL CNTRL Co C02 COIL COL COMPAR COMPART PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS Continuous Action Sununary Chemical Addition Tank, Cation Containment Building Cable Component Cooling Conduit and Cable Component Cooling Heat Exchanger Component Cooling Pump Component Cooling System Component Cooling Water, Counterclockwise Carbor Dioxide System Core Exit Thermocouple Feedwater Chemical Treatment System Containment Fan Coil Unit Code of Federal Regulations Critical Safety Function Status Tree Chilled Water Channel Chemistry, Chemical Charge(ing)
Charging Pump Check Circulation/Circulating Circulating Water Circuit Circuit Breaker Chlorination/Chlorine Cooler/Cooling Cooler Close Coolant Closed Clockwise Communications System Communications Component Computer Condensate System Condenser Conduit Console Containment Containment Isolation Control Cobalt Carbon Dioxide Coil Check Off List Comparator Compartment 8 
* *
* HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES COMPEN COMPL COMPR CONC COND CON DR cos CP Cr CR CRD CROM Cs cs CSD CSF CSG CS PMP CT CTR CHK VLV CV eve CVR CWI CWTR CXL CBL CYL CYC DA DATA DB DBA DC OCR DEC DEF DEFOAM DEM DEM IN DEPT DET DEV DF DG DIA DIAG DISARM DISCH DI SENG Compensate Complete(d)
Compressor Concrete Conductivity Conductor Checkoff Sheet PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS Control Power, Control Point Chromium Control Rod Control Rod Drive Control Rod Drive Mechanism Cesium Containment Spray Cold Shutdown Critical Safety Function Casing Containment Spray Pump. Cleared and Tagged Center Check Valve Containment Vessel Chemical and Volume Control System Cover Circulating Water Intake Cooling Water Coaxial Cable Cylinder Cycle Diesel Engine Auxiliaries Data Debora ting Design Basis Accident Design Change Design Change Request Decrease Defeat De foaming Demand Demineralizer(ized)
Department Detector Deviation Diesel Fuel Diesel Generator Diameter Diagram Disarmed Discharge Disengage 9
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES
* DISP DIFF DMPR DM DN D/P DR DROP DSL DSN D/T DTL DWST DWTP E ECCS ECG EOO EH EHC EI EJECT ELEC ELEV ELOP ELEVR ELHX EMER ENG EO EOF EOL EOP EP EPZ EQUIP EREP ESF ESS ETS EVAP EX EXC EXCEN EX CTR EXH EXP EXT
* Disposal Differential PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS Damper Demineralized Water Down Differential Pressure Demineralized Water (restricted)
Drop Diesel Design Differential Temperature Detail Demineralized Water Storage Tank Demineralized Water Transfer Pump East Emergency Core Cooling System Emergency Classification Guide Emergency Duty Officer Electro-Hydraulic Electro-Hydraulic Control Emergency Instruction Ejector Electrical Elevation Emergency Lube Oil Pump Elevator Excess Letdown Heat Exchanger Emergency Engineering Equipment Operator Emergency Offsite Facility End of Life Emergency Operating Procedure Emergency Plan Emergency Planning Zone Equipment Extended Radiation Exposure Permit Engineering Safety Feature Emergency Safety (Safeguard)
System Environmental Technical Specification Evaporator Exchanger Excess Eccentricity Exciter, Excitation Exhaust Expansion Exterior, External 10 HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES
* FAI FAIL F/C FCU FCV FDR Fe FHB F/I FIG FLO FLO FLOT FLTR FLR FO F/O FOST FOTP FP FPH FR FRCC FRCE FRCI FRHS FREQ FRSM FRTS FSAR FST FW FW Htr FWST FXT GA GAS ANAL GB GD GDT GEN GEN'L MGR GG GM GOV GR GRND GRP GS GT
* GV GW Fail As IS Failure Fail Closed Fan Coil Unit Feed Control Valve Feeder Iron PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS Fuel Handling Building Failed Instrument Figure Full Length Field Flow Float Filter Floor Fuel Oil Fail Open Fuel Oil Storage Tank Fuel Oil Transfer Pump Fire Protection System Fire Pump House Functional Restoration Functional Restoration for Core Cooling Functional Restoration for Containment Environment Functional Restoration for Coolant Inventory Functional Restoration for Heat Sink Frequency Function Restoration for Shutdown Margin Functional Restoration for Thermal Shock Final Safety Analysis Report First Fresh Water System Feedwater Heater Fresh Water Storage Tank Fixture Gauge Gas Analyzer Stearn Generator Drains and Blowdown Stearn Generator Drains System Gas Decay Tank Generator General Manager Gas Turbine Unit i3 System Geiger-Mueller Governor Gear Ground Group Gland Seal Gas Turbine Fuel Oil Transfer System Governor Valve Generating Cooling Water, Gaseous Waste 11 
*
* HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES H2 H2 PUR H3 HB HCGS HD HOR Hf HHB HI HNGR HP or HI PRESS HS HSB HSD HT HTG HTR HUT HV HVAC HW HX HY HYO I IA IAW IC I&C ICM ID IMMED In IN !NCR IND INFO INJ INRT INSERT INSULTRS INSTR INST INTER INTERM INTLK INV RT IO !OP IP IPA Hydrogen Hydrogen Purity Tri ti urn Heating Boiler PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS Hope Creek Generating Station Heater Drains Transfer System Header Hafnium House Heating Boiler Building High Hanger High Pressure, Health Physics Heating Stearn and Condensate Return Hot Standby Hot Shutdown Heat Heating Heater Holdup Tank Heater Vents Transfer System Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning Heating Water Heat Exchanger Hydrogen System Hydraulic Iodine Instrument Air In Accordance With Technical Department I&C Group Instrumentation and Control Technical Department Manual I&C Information Directive Immediately Indium Inlet Increase Indicator (ing) (ion) Information Injection Inert Insertion Insulators Instruction Instrurnent(ation)
Interior Intermediate Interlock Inverter Inspection Order Integrated Operating Procedures Isolated Phase Inner Penetration Area 12 HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES
* IR Ir !SOL IX JCT JT Kr LC LCO LD LG LHX LIQ LK LK DET LMT LN LO L/0 LOC
* LOCA LOPA LOSC LOSS LOW LPMS LP or LO Press LPZ LNR L.O. LOP LS LS/C LS/O LT LTDWN LV LVDT LVL LWR MAN MAX MB MC MCD
* MD MECH MECH PENT MED MFP Intermediate Range Iridium Isolation Ion Exchanger Junction Joint Krypton Locked Closed PUBLIC -SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS Limiting Condition for Operation Load Large Letdown Heat Exchanger Liquid Leak Leak Detection Limit Line Locked Open, Low Lock Out Local Loss of Coolant Accident Loss of Pressure Accident, Loss of Power Accident Loss of Secondary Coolant Loss Low Loose Part Monitoring System Low Pressure Low Population zone Liner Lube Oil Lube Oil Pump Limit Switch Limit Switch Close Limit Switch Open Light Letdown Low Voltage Linear Variable Differential Transformer Level Lower Manual Maximum Mixed Bed Miscellaneous Condensate System Mitigating Core Damage Motor Driven, Miscellaneous Drains System Mechanical Mechanical Penetration Medium Main Feed Pump 13 
** *
* HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES MG MGR MIN MISC MLOP MN MOL MON MONTG MOV MPC MPD MPE MS MSIV MSR MT MTD MTR MU N N2 N2H4 Na N/A NC NCO NOT NEG NEUT NI NIS NO NO. NON-RAD NON-RADLW NOP NOL NOT NORM NR NRC NRHX NSSS NT NPSH NUC 02 OD ODM OFF OHA Motor Generator Manager Minimum Miscellaneous PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS Main Lube Oil Pump Main Middle of Life Monitor Monitoring Motor Operated Valve Maximum Permissible Concentration Maximum Permissible Dose Maximum Permissible Exposure Main Steam System Main Steam Isolation Valve Moisture Separator/Reheater Monitor Tank Mounted Motor Makeup North Nitrogen Hydrazine Sodium Not Applicable Normally Closed Nuclear Control Operator Nondestructive Test Negative Neutral Nuclear Instrument(ation)
Nuclear Instrumentation System Normally Open Number Nonradioactive Nonradioactive Liquid Waste Disposal Normal Operating Pressure Normal Operating Level Normal Operating Temperature Normal Narrow Range Nuclear Regulatory Commission Nonregenerative Heat Exchanger Nuclear Steam Supply System Nitrogen System Net Positive Suction Head Nuclear Oxygen Operations Directive Operations Department Manual Off Overhead Annuniciator 14 HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES OIL OL ON oos OP OP CON OPER OPs OP ORF O/S osc OSCIL OT OTSC OUT OUTSD OVR OVRALL OVREXC OVRFLO OVRVOLT PA PART Pb PB PC PCB PEN PEN ET PERM PERSON pH P&ID PI/S PIT P/L PL PMP PMPS PNEU PNL PNLBD PO POPS PORV POS POSIT POT PR PRECIP PREHTR PRESS PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS Oil Overload On Operating Procedure Operator's Console Operate (ion) (ing) Operations Overpower Orifice Out-of-Service Operations Support Center Oscillograph Over Temperature On the Spot Change Out/Outlet Outside Over Overall Overexcitation Overflow Overvoltage Public Address (System) Partial Lead Pushbutton, Plumbing -Sanitation System Penetration Cooling (Air) Power Circuit Breaker Penetration Area Penetration Permissive(s)
Personnel Hydrogen Ion Concentration Piping and Instrument Diagram Period Inspection/Surveillance Pit Part-Length Steam Generator Feed Pump Lube Oil Pump Pumps Pneumatic Panel Panelboard Purchase Order Pressurizer Overpressure (Protection)
System Power Operated Relief Valve Positive Position Potential, Potentiometer Power Range, Pressurizer Relief System Precipitator Preheater Pressure 15 HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES
* PRE-TREAT PRI PRIME PRIME TK PRINT PROC PROG PROT PRT PRV PS PSEG PSE&G PT PTS Pu PUR PWR PWST PZR QA QC QI QPTR Ra RAD RADL RATE RC RCC RCDR RCDT RCP RCS RD REC I RC RE COMB RECOV RE CVR RECYC REG REF REGEN HX REL REP RES RES IS
* RET RHR RIL RM RMS PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS Pre-Treatment Primary Priming Priming Tank Printing Process Program (med) Protect(ion)
Pressurizer Relief Tank Pressure Reducing Valve Pressurizer Spray Public Service Enterprise Group Public Service Electric & Gas Company Point Pressurized Thermal Shock Plutonium Purity Pressurized Water Reactor, Power Primary Water Storage Tank Pressurizer Quality Assurance Quality Control Qualified Individual Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio Radium Radiation Radial Rate Reactor Coolant Rod Cluster Control Recorder Reactor Coolant Drain Tank Reactor Coolant Pump Reactor Coolant System Moisture Separator Reheater Drains Recirculate (ion) (ing) Recombiner Recovery Receiver Recycle Regulator Reference Regenerative Heat Exchanger Relative Radiation Exposure Permit Reservior Resistance Return Residual Heat Removal System Rod Insertion Limit Room Radiation Monitoring (System) 16 HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES Rn RNG RO RP RPI RS Rl'D RV RVLIS RWL RWS RWST RX RX CNTMT s SA SAMP SAT SC SD SEAL SEC SEC CAB SECT SEIS SEL SEQ SERV SET SFCS SFP SFPHX SFPP SFTY SG SG B/D SGFP SGS SGTL SGTR SHX SI SIGNL SIP SIS SKIMR Sm
* SUMP so SOL sos SP SPEC Radon Range Reactor Operator Reactor Protection PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS Rod Position Indication Reheat Steam Resistance Temperature Detector Reactor Vessel Reactor vessel Liquid Inventory System Rod Withdrawal Limit Radwater System Refueling Water Storage Tank Reactor Reactor Containment South Service Air Sample(ing)
Satisfactory Screen Wash Shutdown Seal Secondary, Security Safeguards Equipment Cabinet Section Seismic Select (io.n) (ed) (or) Sequence Service Set Spent Fuel Cooling System Spent Fuel Pit Spent Fuel Pit Heat Exchanger Spent Fuel Pit Pump Safety Steam Generator Steam Generator Blowdown Steam Generator Feed Pump Salem Generating Station Steam Generator Tube Leak Steam Generator Tube Rupture Sample Heat Exchanger Safety Injection Signal Safety Injection Pump Safety Injection System Skimmer Samarium Sump Generator Seal Oil Solenoid Senior Operations Supervisor Speed, Spare Specification 17 
*
* HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES SPLY SPM SP(O) SPRY SPT SPRK SQ Sr SR SRO SRST SRTP SAMP SYS SS or S2 SSPS SSS or S3 SS UPS ,SSSD ST STA STN STAT STBY STD STG STM STMLN STOP STOR STP STRAIN SU SUCT SUP SUPV SUR SV SVB SW SWGR SWHX SW! SWIS SWR SWY SYNCH SYS TAB TAC Tavg TB TC TD PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS Supply Station Plant Manual Surveillance Procedure (Operations)
Spray Station Power Transformer Sprinkler Square Strontium Source Range Senior Reactor Operator Spent Resin Storage Tank Spent Reisn Transfer Pump Sample System Shift Supervisor Solid State Protection System Senior Shift Supervisor Shift Support Supervisor Senior Shift Supervisor-Days Service Water System (turbine)
Shift Technical Advisor Station Stator Standby Standard Stage Steam Steam Line Stop Storage Standard Temperature and Pressure Strain (er) Startup Suction Supply Supervision (or) Startup Rate Solenoid Valve Service Building Service Water (nuclear)
Switchgear Seal Water Heat Exchanger Service Water Intake Service Water Intake Structure Sewer Switchyard Synchroscope(nize)
System Table Turbine Auxiliaries Cooling Average Temperature Turbine Building Thermocouple Turbine Driven 18 HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES TDR TURB DR TECH TECH SPECS TEMP TERM TERMIN TEST TG TGS Th TH THERM TILT Tk TKS TL TO TRACE TRANS TRBL T REF TRIP
* TRIS TRN Tc TH TSAT TSC TURB TURN GR u UNBL UNDGRND UF UV UNIT UN SAT uo UP us UT vc VCT VENT VERT VIB VLV VOL VR VTL VAC PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS Technical Document Room Turbine Drain Technician Technical Specifications Temperature Terminal Termination Test Turbine Generator Turbine Gland Sealing Steam and Leak Off Thorium Throttled Thermal Tilt Tank Tanks Main Turbine Lube Oil Turns Open Trace (ing) Transient Trouble Reference Temperature Trip/Tripped Tagging Retrieval Information System Train T -cold T -hot Saturation Temperature Technical Support Center Turbine Turning Gear Uranium Unblock Underground Under frequency Undervoltage Unit Unsatisfactory Utility Operator Upper Upper Shoes Ultrasonic Test Containment ventilation Volume Control Tank Vent/Ventilation Vertical Vibration Valve Volume Voltage Regulator Vital vacuum 19 HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES
* w WARN WD WDRWL WD SYS WG WHUT WL WM WMHUT WO WR ws WSTE EVAP WSTE WT WTR WTRFLO WU Xe
* XFER XFMR X-OVER Zn Zr West Warning PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS Equipment Vents & Drains (contaminated)
Withdrawal Waste Disposal System Waste Disposal (Gaseous)
Waste Holdup Tank Waste Disposal (Liquid) Waste Monitor Waste Monitor Holdup Tank Work Order Wide Range, Primary Water Recovery Waste Disposal (Solid) Waste Evaporator Waste Water Treatment, Weight Water Water Flow Warm up Xenon Transfer Transformer Crossover Zinc Zirconium 20 HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES
-PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK 21
* HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS SECTION 2. DESIGN CONVENTIONS CHECKLIST Human Factors Engineering addresses the efficient and safe operation of the control room from the operator's perspective.
When making design changes, it is important to consider how the changes will affect the operator in terms of the availability of necessary information, the adequacy of controls for the task performed, the efficiency of the overall panel layout, and the ity of the environment.
The human factors design conventions contained in this section are intended as guidance for the planning, development, and review of Salem design modifications.
By reviewing the applicable sections of these conventions, you can determine if the proposed design modification is in conformance with NRC human factors criteria (NUREG-0700).
Keep in mind that these are generic conventions and that the Salem plant-specific conventions and applications (see Section 3) that have already been established take precedence over the generic conventions.
Sect.ion 2.1 of the Design Conventions Checklist outlines human factors criteria related to panel layout. Controls and displays should be grouped in a way that reflects functional organization and minimizes operator movement.
Sect.ion 2.1 of the Design Conventions Checklist outlines human factors criteria related to panel layout. Controls and displays should be grouped in a way that reflects functional organization and minimizes operator movement.
For instance, components which belong to the same system should be located on the same panel, in an arrangement which indicates their relationship to each other. A series of controls which are used in sequence should be positioned in sequence on the control panel. Positioning controls where the operator can find them easily reduces the time required to perform a task and the chance of operator error. Section 2.2 discusses control-display integration, the association of controls and displays which are used together.
For instance, components which belong to the same system should be located on the same panel, in an arrangement which indicates their relationship to each other. A series of controls which are used in sequence should be positioned in sequence on the control panel. Positioning controls where the operator can find them easily reduces the time required to perform a task and the chance of operator error.
Important.
Section 2.2 discusses control-display integration, the association of controls and displays which are used together. Important. considerations include (1) ensuring that the operator can read a display while operating related controls, and (2) labeling controls and displays used in the same sequence of actions with the same alphabetic or numeric sequence. Both
considerations include (1) ensuring that the operator can read a display while operating related controls, and (2) labeling controls and displays used in the same sequence of actions with the same alphabetic or numeric sequence.
* Sections 2.1 and 2.2 contain many guidelines which apply to all control room design changes, regardless of the type of component affected.
Both Sections 2.1 and 2.2 contain many guidelines which apply to all control room design changes, regardless of the type of component affected.
22
22 HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS Section 2.3 contains criteria specific to controls.
 
The operator should be able to perform a required function easily with the controls available.
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                       PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS Section 2.3 contains criteria specific to controls. The operator should be able to perform a required function easily with the controls available.
Accidental activation of a control should be prevented.
Accidental activation of a control should be prevented. The function of a control should be clearly identified, by color or shape coding, location, and labeling. Careful selection and identification of controls is essential to smooth control room operation.
The function of a control should be clearly identified, by color or shape coding, location, and labeling.
Guidelines on visual displays are included in Section 2.4. Displays should also be clearly identified and easy to locate. Scales should cover the full range of possible values and provide the degree of precision needed.
Careful selection and identification of controls is essential to smooth control room operation.
Light indicators should be clearly on or off. The overall intention is to provide the operator with all the information he needs, without extraneous information which may distract or confuse him.
Guidelines on visual displays are included in Section 2.4. Displays should also be clearly identified and easy to locate. Scales should cover the full range of possible values and provide the degree of precision needed. Light indicators should be clearly on or off. The overall intention is to provide the operator with all the information he needs, without extraneous information which may distract or confuse him. Section 2*5 outlines criteria related to labels and location aids. A hierarchical labeling scheme, including labels for systems, subsystems, and individual panel elements, directs the operator quickly to the component he needs. Labels should be mounted securely and should not obscure other information.
Section 2*5 outlines criteria related to labels and location aids. A hierarchical labeling scheme, including labels for systems, subsystems, and individual panel elements, directs the operator quickly to the component he needs. Labels should be mounted securely and should not obscure other information. Mimics can be used to integrate a group of controls into a system, making functional relationships clear to the operator.
Mimics can be used to integrate a group of controls into a system, making functional relationships clear to the operator.
Guidelines on annunciator systems are provided in Section 2.6.
Guidelines on annunciator systems are provided in Section 2.6. Annunciator warning systems, both visual and audible, should be discriminable and recognizable to operators.
Annunciator warning systems, both visual and audible, should be discriminable and recognizable to operators. Window legends should be legible and succinct1 annunciator response controls should be consistent in operation and placement to facilitate operators' response to alarms and subsequent remedial activities.
Window legends should be legible and succinct1 annunciator response controls should be consistent in operation and placement to facilitate operators' response to alarms and subsequent remedial activities.
Section 2.7 contains criteria specific to the control room environment_.
Section 2.7 contains criteria specific to the control room environment_.
such factors as lighting, sound, temperature and ventilation are important considerations.
such factors as lighting, sound, temperature and ventilation are important considerations. An effort should be made to create a pleasant and comfortable work setting for the control room personnel.
An effort should be made to create a pleasant and comfortable work setting for the control room personnel.
23
23
 
*
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                       PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS
* HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS 2.1 Panel Layout I. Group controls and displays according to the following:
* 2.1 Panel Layout N/A    Yes    No I. Group controls and displays according to the following:
A. Task sequence B. System function c. Importance and frequency of use II. Use the following methods to assist recognition and identification of controls:
A. Task sequence B. System function
: c. Importance and frequency of use II. Use the following methods to assist recognition and identification of controls:
A. Spacing between groups of components B. Demarcation of groups of controls and displays with a contrasting line III. Denote emergency contr?ls with distinctive enhancement techniques.
A. Spacing between groups of components B. Demarcation of groups of controls and displays with a contrasting line III. Denote emergency contr?ls with distinctive enhancement techniques.
IV. Arrange controls and displays:
IV. Arrange controls and displays:
A. In a logical order B. In sequence, such as left-to-right or top-to-bottom, if appropriate.  
A. In a logical order B. In sequence, such as left-to-right or top-to-bottom, if appropriate.
: v. Standardize the layout of controls and displays:
: v. Standardize the layout of controls and displays:
A. Use a consistent layout for identical or similar control or display sets at all locations.
A. Use a consistent layout for identical or similar control or display sets at all locations.
B. Avoid mirror-imaging  
B. Avoid mirror-imaging
: c. Use consistent layouts for the simulator actual Control Room. 24 N/A Yes No
* c. Use consistent layouts for the simulator actual Control Room.
* HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS VI. Separate controls in order to: A. Allow access to adjacent controls.
24
B. Prevent inadvertent actuation of adjacent controls.  
 
: c. Allow simultaneous actuation where necessary
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                       PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS N/A    Yes    No VI. Separate controls in order to:
* 25 N/A Yes No 
A. Allow access to adjacent controls.
* *
B. Prevent inadvertent actuation of adjacent controls.
* HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS 2.2 Control-Display Integration I. Position associated controls and displays as follows: A. Position the display close enough to the control to be read clearly and without parallax during operation.
: c. Allow simultaneous actuation where necessary *
II. Establish the association of controls and displays by: A. Location B. Labeling c. Coding D. Demarcation E. Consistency with operator expectations III. The following should be immediately apparent to the operator:
* 25
 
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                       PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS
* 2.2   Control-Display Integration N/A    Yes    No I. Position associated controls and displays as follows:
A. Position the display close enough to the control to be read clearly and without parallax during operation.
II. Establish the association of controls and displays by:
A. Location B. Labeling
: c. Coding
* III.
D.
E.
Demarcation Consistency with operator expectations The following should be immediately apparent to the operator:
A. The association of displays with controls.
A. The association of displays with controls.
B. The direction of movement of displays and controls.  
B. The direction of movement of displays and controls.
: c. The rate and limits of movement of displays and controls.
: c. The rate and limits of movement of displays and controls.
IV. Use a symmetrical layout for associated controls and displays which are used in the same sequence
IV. Use a symmetrical layout for associated controls and displays which are used in the same sequence *
* 26 N/A Yes No 
* 26
* *
 
* HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS v.
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                         PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS
* N/A    Yes    No
: v.
* If a single display is associated with multiple controls:
* If a single display is associated with multiple controls:
A. Center the controls on the display. B. Group the displays in a line or matrix. c. Mount controls directly below or to the right of the display. VI. If a single control is associated with multiple displays:
A. Center the controls on the display.
VII. A. Center the control below or to the right of the display area. B. Group the displays in a line or matrix
B. Group the displays in a line or matrix.
* Arrangements of functionally similar controls and should conform to the same convention throughout the control room. VIII. When controls and related displays are assembled using modular packaged units, the design of the packages will limit the location and arrangement which can be achieved.
: c. Mount controls directly below or to the right of the display.
In this case, modules should be selected and arranged to achieve maximum conformity with the principles described in Section 3
VI. If a single control is associated with multiple displays:
* 27 N/A Yes No 
A. Center the control below or to the right of the display area.
*
B. Group the displays in a line or matrix *
* HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS IX. x. XI. Observe the following guidelines when using a display selector:
* VII. Arrangements of functionally similar controls and   display~ should conform to the same convention throughout the control room.
A. Control position sequence should be consistent with display sequence; the two should have corresponding labels. If controls and displays are in separate planes: A. Displays should be on adjacent upper panel from associated controls.
VIII. When controls and related displays are assembled using modular packaged units, the design of the packages will limit the location and arrangement which can be achieved. In this case, modules should be selected and arranged to achieve maximum conformity with the principles described in Section 3 *
B. Associated controls and displays should never be on facing panels. If there is a display response time lag: A. Displays should reflect in real time the time lag between actuation of the control and the change in system condition.
* 27
B. There should be no time lag between a system condition change and the display indication.  
 
: c. If there is a lag time between control actuation and ultimate system state, there should be an immediate indication of the process and direction of the parameter change. XII. Controls or displays which do not follow color or shape coding conventions should be identified and reviewed with the operators when that system is reviewed during training sessions
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                       PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS
* IX. Observe the following guidelines when using a display selector:
Control position sequence should be A.
consistent with display sequence; the two should have corresponding labels.
: x. If controls and displays are in separate planes:
A. Displays should be on adjacent upper panel from associated controls.
B. Associated controls and displays should never be on facing panels.
XI. If there is a display response time lag:
A. Displays should reflect in real time the time lag between actuation of the control and the change in system condition.
B. There should be no time lag between a system condition change and the display indication.
: c. If there is a lag time between control actuation and ultimate system state, there should be an immediate indication of the process and direction of the parameter change.
XII. Controls or displays which do not follow color or shape coding conventions should be identified and reviewed with the operators when that system is reviewed during training sessions *
* 28
* 28
* HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS 2.3 Controls I. All controls should meet the following criteria:
 
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                         PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS 2.3 Controls N/A    Yes    No I. All controls should meet the following criteria:
A. Ease of adjustment.
A. Ease of adjustment.
B. A sufficient range of control. c. The required level of precision, without excess precision.
B. A sufficient range of control.
D. Operability in sufficient time, under expected dynamic conditions, and within the limits of manual dexterity, coordination, and reaction time. E. Sufficient durability to retain their appearance,nfeel," and functional characteristics during their service life. F. Compatibility with emergency gear. II. Observe the following guidelines when us5.ng color coding: A. Color coding can be used to provide unambiguous, easily discriminable information to the operator, and to aid in the following:  
: c. The required level of precision, without excess precision.
: 1. Perception of warning signals. 2. Identification of functional relationships.  
D. Operability in sufficient time, under expected dynamic conditions, and within the limits of manual dexterity, coordination, and reaction time.
: 3. Association of displays with related controls.  
E. Sufficient durability to retain their appearance,nfeel," and functional characteristics during their service life.
: 4. Organization of information.  
F. Compatibility with emergency gear.
: 5. Coding of low probability or very important events. B. Follow the color coding conventions defined in Section 3. 29 N/A Yes No 
II. Observe the following guidelines when us5.ng color coding:
* *
A. Color coding can be used to provide unambiguous, easily discriminable information to the operator, and to aid in the following:
* HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS C. Use color only to provide redundant information; the pertinent information should be available by a label. D. Avoid using more than eleven colors for coding. E. Narrowly define the meaning attached to a particular color. F. The meaning of a particular color should be consistent throughout the control room, whether applied to panel surfaces or projected in signal lights or on CRTs, within and among systems. G. Select colors which are recognizably different from each other
: 1. Perception of warning signals.
* H. Select colors which contrast well with the background on which they appear. I. Evaluate each color selected for coding under all illumination under which it will be used; ambient lighting will influence the apparent color of the coded element. III. Prevent accidental activation of a control: A. Locate the control where the operator will not strike or move it accidentally.
: 2. Identification of functional relationships.
B. Recess, shield, or otherwise surround the control with a physical barrier, so that the control is entirely contained within the envelope described by the recess or barrier. c. Use a movable cover or guard; the guard should not interfere with the operation of the control. 30 N/A Yes No
: 3. Association of displays with related controls.
* HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS D. Avoid safety or lock wires. E. Use interlocking controls.
: 4. Organization of information.
: 5. Coding of low probability or very important events.
B. Follow the color coding conventions
* defined in Section 3.
29
 
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                       PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS
* C. Use color only to provide redundant N/A    Yes    No information; the pertinent information should be available by a label.
D. Avoid using more than eleven colors for coding.
E. Narrowly define the meaning attached to a particular color.
F. The meaning of a particular color should be consistent throughout the control room, whether applied to panel surfaces or projected in signal lights or on CRTs, within and among systems.
G. Select colors which are recognizably different from each other *
* H.
I.
Select colors which contrast well with the background on which they appear.
Evaluate each color selected for coding under all illumination under which it will be used; ambient lighting will influence the apparent color of the coded element.
III. Prevent accidental activation of a control:
A. Locate the control where the operator will not strike or move it accidentally.
B. Recess, shield, or otherwise surround the control with a physical barrier, so that the control is entirely contained within the envelope described by the recess or barrier.
: c. Use a movable cover or guard; the guard
* should not interfere with the operation of the control.
30
 
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                       PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS N/A    Yes    No D. Avoid safety or lock wires.
E. Use interlocking controls.
F. Make the control resistant to movement.
F. Make the control resistant to movement.
G. When a strict sequential activation is necessary, provide locks to prevent the control from passing through a position.
G. When a strict sequential activation is necessary, provide locks to prevent the control from passing through a position.
H. Use rotary action controls where linear or pushbutton controls would be subject to inadvertent activation and fixed protective structures cannot be used. IV. To ensure the visibility of a control: A. Control should be easy to locate. B. Control setting should be easy to read, without parallax, from the operating position.  
H. Use rotary action controls where linear or pushbutton controls would be subject to inadvertent activation and fixed protective structures cannot be used.
: v. Provide some indication of activation for a control: A. Snap feel B. Audible click C. Integral light D. Pointer, if rotary control VI. Pushbuttons A. Position pushbuttons in a logical order or in an order related to procedural sequence.
IV. To ensure the visibility of a control:
B. Use a slip resistant or concave surface
A. Control should be easy to locate.
* 31 N/A Yes No
B. Control setting should be easy to read, without parallax, from the operating position.
* HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS VII. Legend Pushbuttons A. Follow guidelines in Section 2.4 under Legend Light Indicators.
: v.     Provide some indication of activation for a control:
A. Snap feel B. Audible click C. Integral light D. Pointer, if rotary control VI. Pushbuttons A. Position pushbuttons in a logical order or in an order related to procedural sequence.
B. Use a slip resistant or concave surface *
* 31
 
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                       PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS
* VII. Legend Pushbuttons N/A    Yes    No A. Follow guidelines in Section 2.4 under Legend Light Indicators.
B. Use barriers, with rounded edges, when legend pushbuttons are contiguous.
B. Use barriers, with rounded edges, when legend pushbuttons are contiguous.
VIII. Key-Operated Controls A. Use key-operated controls only where necessary for security, not solely as a means for shape coding. B. Orient locks so that the switch is OFF or SAFE when the key is in the vertical position.  
VIII. Key-Operated Controls A. Use key-operated controls only where necessary for security, not solely as a means for shape coding.
B. Orient locks so that the switch is OFF or SAFE when the key is in the vertical position.
: c. Operators should not normally be able to remove the key from the lock unless the switch is turned to the OFF or SAFE position.
: c. Operators should not normally be able to remove the key from the lock unless the switch is turned to the OFF or SAFE position.
D. Label control positions.
D. Label control positions.
IX. Continuous Adjustment Rotary Controls A. Use continuous adjustment rotary controls to ensure precise control along a continuous variable.
IX. Continuous Adjustment Rotary Controls A. Use continuous adjustment rotary controls to ensure precise control along a continuous variable.
B. Use round knobs, with knurled or serrated edges. c. Use a pointer if an indication of position is if more accuracy is required, a line should be engraved and filled with a contrasting pigment, both on top and down the side of the pointer. 32 N/A Yes No HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS x. Rotary Selector Controls A. Use rotary selector controls when three or more detented positions are they may also be used for two-detented position operation.
B. Use round knobs, with knurled or serrated edges.
B. Provide detents at each control position to ensure proper functioning of a discrete rotary control. c. It should not be possible to position a control between detented positions.
: c. Use a pointer if an indication of position is desirable~  if more accuracy is required, a line should be engraved and filled with a contrasting pigment, both on top and down the side of the pointer.
32
 
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                       PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS N/A    Yes    No
: x. Rotary Selector Controls A. Use rotary selector controls when three or more detented positions are required~ they may also be used for two-detented position operation.
B. Provide detents at each control position to ensure proper functioning of a discrete rotary control.
: c. It should not be possible to position a control between detented positions.
D. A rotary selector control should not have more than 24 positions.
D. A rotary selector control should not have more than 24 positions.
E. Provide stops at the limits of the control range to minimize the possibility of placing the control in an unused position.
E. Provide stops at the limits of the control range to minimize the possibility of placing the control in an unused position.
F. Use a moving pointer and fixed position settings to maximize readability.
F. Use a moving pointer and fixed position settings to maximize readability.
G. Provide position indication by one of the following methods: 1. Indicator lights 2. A line engraved both on the top of the knob and down the side 3. A pointer shape H. Mount pointers close to position settings to minimize parallax.
G. Provide position indication by one of the following methods:
I. Knobs for spring-loaded momentary contact rotary selector controls should be large enough to be easily held against the spring torque, without fatigue, for as long as necessary to accomplish the control action. 33 N/A Yes No -*--
: 1. Indicator lights
*
: 2. A line engraved both on the top of the knob and down the side
* HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS XI. Thumbwheels A. Thumbwheel readouts should be visible from the thumbwheel operating position.
: 3. A pointer shape                                           -*--
B. If the thumbwheel is used as an input device, code the OFF, zero, or normal position to facilitate visual recognition of status. c. Provide a detent at the OFF position for feedback.
H. Mount pointers close to position settings to minimize parallax.
I. Knobs for spring-loaded momentary contact rotary selector controls should be large enough to be easily held against the spring torque, without fatigue, for as long as necessary to accomplish the control action.
33
 
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                       PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS
* N/A    Yes    No XI. Thumbwheels A. Thumbwheel readouts should be visible from the thumbwheel operating position.
B. If the thumbwheel is used as an input device, code the OFF, zero, or normal position to facilitate visual recognition of status.
: c. Provide a detent at the OFF position for feedback.
D. Thumbwheel controls which have discrete settings should be detented between positions.
D. Thumbwheel controls which have discrete settings should be detented between positions.
XII. Slide switches should have serrated or knurled surfaces.
XII. Slide switches should have serrated or knurled surfaces.
XIII. Toggle switches should have an elastic resistance which increases as the control is moved and drops as the switch snaps into position.
XIII. Toggle switches should have an elastic resistance which increases as the control is moved and drops as the switch snaps into position.
XIV. Rocker Switches A. Orient rocker switches vertically.
XIV. Rocker Switches A. Orient rocker switches vertically.
B. Activation of the upper part should control the ON or INCREASE function.  
B. Activation of the upper part should control the ON or INCREASE function.
: c. In the ON position, the top of the switch should be flush with the panel surface
: c. In the ON position, the top of the switch should be flush with the panel surface *
* 34 N/A Yes No HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS 2.4 Visual Displays I. All displays should meet the following criteria:
* 34
 
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                         PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS 2.4   Visual Displays N/A    Yes    No I. All displays should meet the following criteria:
A. The capability to distinguish significant levels of the system parameter controlled.
A. The capability to distinguish significant levels of the system parameter controlled.
B. The required level of precision, without excess precision.  
B. The required level of precision, without excess precision.
: c. Feedback for any deliberate movement of a control. II. Follow the conventions in Section 3, when using color coding. III. To ensure the visibility of a visual display: A. Display should be easy to locate. B. Display should be easy to read, without parallax, from the operating position.
: c. Feedback for any deliberate movement of a control.
IV. Limit information printed on the display face: A. Include only an identification of the parameter displayed, the units shown, and any transformation required.
II. Follow the conventions in Section 3, when using color coding.
B. Omit unnecessary information and extraneous items such as patent notices or manufacturer's trademark.  
III. To ensure the visibility of a visual display:
A. Display should be easy to locate.
B. Display should be easy to read, without parallax, from the operating position.
IV. Limit information printed on the display face:
A. Include only an identification of the parameter displayed, the units shown, and any transformation required.
B. Omit unnecessary information and extraneous items such as patent notices or manufacturer's trademark.
: c. Limit redundancy to cases where it is needed for backup or to avoid excessive operator movement.
: c. Limit redundancy to cases where it is needed for backup or to avoid excessive operator movement.
D. Word messages as briefly as clarity permits. E. Use the standard abbreviations listed in Section 1. 35 N/A Yes No
D. Word messages as briefly as clarity permits.
* HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS V. Identify displayed information as demand information or status information:
E. Use the standard abbreviations listed in Section 1.
A. Demand information shows that equipment has been commanded to a particular state or level. B. Status information shows the actual state or level. C. Actual status should be displayed for all important parameters.
35
 
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                       PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS
* V. Identify displayed information as demand N/A    Yes    No information or status information:
A. Demand information shows that equipment has been commanded to a particular state or level.
B. Status information shows the actual state or level.
C. Actual status should be displayed for all important parameters.
VI. Provide indication of display failure (e.g., off-scale indication).
VI. Provide indication of display failure (e.g., off-scale indication).
VII. Scale readings should relate in a direct and practical way to the operator's tasks: A. Provide degree of precision and accuracy needed. B. Avoid conversions.  
VII. Scale readings should relate in a direct and practical way to the operator's tasks:
A. Provide th~ degree of precision and accuracy needed.
B. Avoid conversions.
: c. Use percentage indication only when the parameter is meaningfully reflected by percentage.
: c. Use percentage indication only when the parameter is meaningfully reflected by percentage.
D. Provide for the display of all possible values: 1. Select scales which span the expected range of operational parameters, or 2. Employ appropriate scale ranging techniques, or 3. Support normal range displays with auxiliary wide-range instruments.
D. Provide for the display of all possible values:
E. A displayed value may be or divided by a power of 10, if the mation is clearly marked on the display. 36 N/A Yes No 
: 1. Select scales which span the expected range of operational parameters, or
*
: 2. Employ appropriate scale ranging techniques, or
* HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS F. Minimize the display of normal random variations in display performance.
: 3. Support normal range displays with auxiliary wide-range instruments.
E. A displayed value may be ~ultiplied or divided by a power of 10, if the transfor-mation is clearly marked on the display.
36
 
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                       PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS
* N/A    Yes    No F. Minimize the display of normal random variations in display performance.
G. Use compatible scales for displays of the same parameter.
G. Use compatible scales for displays of the same parameter.
H. Avoid logarithmic scales. I. Avoid multiscale indicators.
H. Avoid logarithmic scales.
I. Avoid multiscale indicators.
VIII. Scale graduations should conform to the following guidelines:
VIII. Scale graduations should conform to the following guidelines:
A. No more than 9 graduations should separate numerals.
A. No more than 9 graduations should separate numerals.
B. Major and minor graduations should be used if there are up to four graduations between numerals.
B. Major and minor graduations should be used if there are up to four graduations between numerals.
C. Major, intermediate, and minor graduations should be used if there are five or more graduations between numerals.
C. Major, intermediate, and minor graduations should be used if there are five or more graduations between numerals.
D. Successive values indicated by unit graduations should be one of those shown below or those values multiplied by some power of 10. E. Graduation heights should be as follows: 1. Major: 0. 22n 2. Intermediate:
D. Successive values indicated by unit graduations should be one of those shown below or those values multiplied by some power of 10.
0.16n 3. Minor: 0.09" IX. Orient scale markings as follows: A. Orient numerals vertically, on linear and circular scales. B. Where pointer movement is more than 360°, the zero point should be located at the 12 o'clock position.
E. Graduation heights should be as follows:
37 N/A Yes No
: 1. Major:   0. 22n
* HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS C. Where positive and negative values are displayed around a zero or null position, the zero or null point should be located at the 12 o'clock position.
: 2. Intermediate: 0.16n
D. Where the scale covers less than a full rotation of the pointer, scale end-points should be indicated by a break in scale at least one numbered interval in length, oriented at the 6 o'clock position.  
: 3. Minor:   0.09" IX. Orient scale markings as follows:
: x. Mark and color code zones, such as "Operating Range" and "Danger Range". (see Table 2 in Section 3) XI. Pointers A. Use simple pointer tips. B. Select pointer tips to concealment of scale graduation marks or numerals.  
A. Orient numerals vertically, on linear and circular scales.
: c. Pointer tip should extend to within about 1/16 inch of, but not overlap, the smallest graduation marks on the scale. D. Mount pointers so as to avoid parallax errors. E. Pointer/background contrast and pointer size should be adequate to permit rapid recognition of pointer position.
B. Where pointer movement is more than 360°,
F. Avoid moving-scale, fixed-pointer meters. XII. Observe the following precautions when using light indicators:
* the zero point should be located at the 12 o'clock position.
37
 
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                       PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS
* C. Where positive and negative values are N/A    Yes    No displayed around a zero or null position, the zero or null point should be located at the 12 o'clock position.
D. Where the scale covers less than a full rotation of the pointer, scale end-points should be indicated by a break in scale at least one numbered interval in length, oriented at the 6 o'clock position.
: x. Mark and color code zones, such as "Operating Range" and "Danger Range".
(see Table 2 in Section 3)
XI. Pointers A. Use simple pointer tips.
B. Select pointer tips to minimiz~
concealment of scale graduation marks or numerals.
: c. Pointer tip should extend to within about 1/16 inch of, but not overlap, the smallest graduation marks on the scale.
D. Mount pointers so as to avoid parallax errors.
E. Pointer/background contrast and pointer size should be adequate to permit rapid recognition of pointer position.
F. Avoid moving-scale, fixed-pointer meters.
XII. Observe the following precautions when using light indicators:
A. To ensure the availability of light indicators:
A. To ensure the availability of light indicators:
38 N/A Yes No HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS 1. Provide for rapid and convenient bulb replacement with power on and without hazard to personnel or equipment, to encourage immediate replacement of burned-out bulbs. B. Ensure that reflections or refractions from light sources do not cause light indicators to appear to be glowing when they are off, or vice versa. c. Avoid misinterpretation:  
38
: 1. System/equipment status should be inferred from illuminated indicators, never from the absence of illumination.  
 
: 2. Provisions (design or procedural) should be made to prevent interchanging indicator lenses. D. Avoid using light indicators to alert operators to unfavorable use annunciators.
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                         PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS N/A    Yes    No
: 1. Provide for rapid and convenient bulb replacement with power on and without hazard to personnel or equipment, to encourage immediate replacement of burned-out bulbs.
B. Ensure that reflections or refractions from light sources do not cause light indicators to appear to be glowing when they are off, or vice versa.
: c. Avoid misinterpretation:
: 1. System/equipment status should be inferred from illuminated indicators, never from the absence of illumination.
: 2. Provisions (design or procedural) should be made to prevent interchanging indicator lenses.
D. Avoid using light indicators to alert operators to unfavorable   status~ use annunciators.
XIII. Non-Legend Light Indicators A. Label non-legend light indicators whose meaning is not apparent.
XIII. Non-Legend Light Indicators A. Label non-legend light indicators whose meaning is not apparent.
B. Light intensity should be at least 10% greater than surrounding light intensity can be measured with a photometer.  
B. Light intensity should be at least 10%
: c. Color may be provided by a tinted cover glass or by a layer of colored material inside the cover. D. The color of the light should be readily identifiable.
greater than surrounding panel~ light intensity can be measured with a photometer.
39 N/A Yes No
: c. Color may be provided by a tinted cover glass or by a layer of colored material inside the cover.
* HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS XIV. Legend Light Indicators A. General legend design should be consistent throughout the control room. B. Light intensity should be at least 10% greater than surrounding panel. c. Legends should be legible under ambient illumination with indicator light off. D. Provide contrast between lettering and background under ambient and transilluminated lighting.
D. The color of the light should be readily identifiable.
39
 
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                       PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS
* XIV. Legend Light Indicators N/A    Yes    No A. General legend design should be consistent throughout the control room.
B. Light intensity should be at least 10%
greater than surrounding panel.
: c. Legends should be legible under ambient illumination with indicator light off.
D. Provide contrast between lettering and background under ambient and transilluminated lighting.
E. Symbolic legends should be unambiguous.
E. Symbolic legends should be unambiguous.
F. Limit text to no more than 3 lines. G. Word legends to tell the status indicated by the glowing light. H. Follow the.lettering guidelines in Section 2.s. I. Distinguish legend light indicators from legend pushbuttons.
F. Limit text to no more than 3 lines.
G. Word legends to tell the status indicated by the glowing light.
H. Follow the.lettering guidelines in Section 2.s.
I. Distinguish legend light indicators from legend pushbuttons.
xv. Graphic Recorders A. Use graphic recorders to record trend information and material which may be needed for later reference.
xv. Graphic Recorders A. Use graphic recorders to record trend information and material which may be needed for later reference.
B. Ensure that pen, inks, and paper are of a quality to provide a clear, distinct, and reliable marking. c. The recording paper and the recorder should use compatible scales. D. See the section on scales for guidelines on scale design. E. Provide a takeup spool and means for tearing off completed records. 40 N/A Yes No 
B. Ensure that pen, inks, and paper are of a quality to provide a clear, distinct, and reliable marking.
* *
: c. The recording paper and the recorder should use compatible scales.
* HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS F. Ensure the availability of expendables (paper, ink, etc.). G. Paper and ink should be easy to . replenish.
D. See the section on scales for guidelines on scale design.
E. Provide a takeup spool and means for tearing off completed records.
40
 
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                         PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS
* F. Ensure the availability of expendables (paper, ink, etc.).
N/A    Yes    No G. Paper and ink should be easy to .
replenish.
H. Provide paper-speed adjustability.
H. Provide paper-speed adjustability.
I. It should be convenient to annotate recordings with date, time, paper speed, parameter identification, etc. J. Place recorder in primary operating area for easy monitoring.
I. It should be convenient to annotate recordings with date, time, paper speed, parameter identification, etc.
J. Place recorder in primary operating area for easy monitoring.
K. Data should be visible through the window of the recorder.
K. Data should be visible through the window of the recorder.
XVI. Continuous Recorders A. Label the parameter recorded.
XVI. Continuous Recorders
B. If using a multiple-pen recorder, list the parameters in order of the associated scales on the recorder.
* A.
C. Use a different ink color for each colors should be easily distinguished and provide good contrast with the paper. NOTE: Continuous recorders provide pen-and-ink lines on the moving paper, one pen being dedicated full time to each channel which inputs to the recorder.
B.
Discrete recorders time-phase recording of a number of input channels, plotting them in sequence.
Label the parameter recorded.
Using a number-stamping device, they plot on the moving paper the instantaneous parameter value and the number of the channel which it represents.
If using a multiple-pen recorder, list the parameters in order of the associated scales on the recorder.
41 N/A Yes No
C. Use a different ink color for each pen~
* HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS XVII. Discrete Recorders A. Do not load the recorder beyond the designed channel capacity.
colors should be easily distinguished and provide good contrast with the paper.
B. Identify the channel on the instrument.  
NOTE:   Continuous recorders provide pen-and-ink lines on the moving paper, one pen being dedicated full time to each channel which inputs to the recorder. Discrete recorders time-phase recording of a number of input channels, plotting them in sequence. Using a number-stamping device, they plot on the moving paper the instantaneous parameter value and the number of the channel
* which it represents.
41
 
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                         PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS
* XVII. Discrete Recorders N/A    Yes    No A. Do not load the recorder beyond the designed channel capacity.
B. Identify the channel on the instrument.
: c. Identify the channel on the recording.
: c. Identify the channel on the recording.
D. Provide channel selection capability.
D. Provide channel selection capability.
XVIII. Drum-type Counters A. Use drum-type counters when there is a need for quick, precise reading of value.and trend information is not needed. B. Numerals should read horizontally.  
XVIII. Drum-type Counters A. Use drum-type counters when there is a need for quick, precise reading of ~uantitative value.and trend information is not needed.
: c. Width-height ratio should be 1:1. D. Separate numerals with commas and a decimal point, if appropriate.
B. Numerals should read horizontally.
: c. Width-height ratio should be 1:1.
D. Separate numerals with commas and a decimal point, if appropriate.
E. Provide contrast between the numerals and the background.
E. Provide contrast between the numerals and the background.
F. The surface of the drum and the surrounding area should be matte finish to minimize glare. G. Mount the counter perpendicular to the operator's line of sight,. because of the restrictive viewing angle. H. Mount the counter as close as possible to the panel surface to minimize shadows and maximize viewing angle. I. Window size should allow only one digit at a time to appear. J. Numbers should change by snap action, not continuous movement.
F. The surface of the drum and the surrounding area should be matte finish to minimize glare.
K. Counter drums should move upward with increasing values. 42 N/A Yes No HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS XIX. Electronic Counters A. Numerals should read horizontally.
G. Mount the counter perpendicular to the operator's line of sight,. because of the restrictive viewing angle.
B. Use a simple character style. c. Rate of change should be less than 2 per second. D. Character-to-background contrast ratio should be between 15:1 minimum and 20:1 preferred.
H. Mount the counter as close as possible to the panel surface to minimize shadows and maximize viewing angle.
43 N/A Yes No
I. Window size should allow only one digit at a time to appear.
* HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS 2.5 Labels and Location Aids I. Label clearly and appropriately all controls, displays, and other equipment items which must be located, identified, or manipulated.
J. Numbers should change by snap action, not continuous movement.
K. Counter drums should move upward with increasing values.
42
 
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                       PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS N/A    Yes    No XIX. Electronic Counters A. Numerals should read horizontally.
B. Use a simple character style.
: c. Rate of change should be less than 2 per second.
D. Character-to-background contrast ratio should be between 15:1 minimum and 20:1 preferred.
43
 
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                       PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS 2.5   Labels and Location Aids N/A    Yes    No I. Label clearly and appropriately all controls, displays, and other equipment items which must be located, identified, or manipulated.
II. Use a hierarchical labeling scheme to reduce confusion, operator search time, and redundancy:
II. Use a hierarchical labeling scheme to reduce confusion, operator search time, and redundancy:
A. Use major labels to identify major systems or operator work stations.
A. Use major labels to identify major systems or operator work stations.
B. Use subordinate labels to identify subsystems or functional groups. c. Use component labels to identify each discrete panel or console element. D. Labels should not repeat information contained in higher-level labels. III. If controls and displays are used in sequence:
B. Use subordinate labels to identify subsystems or functional groups.
: c. Use component labels to identify each discrete panel or console element.
D. Labels should not repeat information contained in higher-level labels.
III. If controls and displays are used in sequence:
A. Label them in alphabetic or numeric sequence.
A. Label them in alphabetic or numeric sequence.
B. Label associated controls and displays used in the same sequence of operations with the same alphabetic or numeric sequence.
B. Label associated controls and displays used in the same sequence of operations with the same alphabetic or numeric sequence.
IV. Position labels as follows: A. Place the label above the panel element(s) it describes.
IV. Position labels as follows:
B. Position labels for elements above eye level to ensure label visibility.  
A. Place the label above the panel element(s) it describes.
: c. Place the label close to the panel element it describes.
B. Position labels for elements above eye level to ensure label visibility.
44 N/A Yes No 
: c. Place the label close to the panel
*
* element it describes.
* HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS D. Avoid placing the label on the control itself if the operator's hand will obscure the label for an extended time period. E. Separate adjacent labels so that they will not be read as one continuous label. v. Mount labels as follows: A. Mount labels in a manner which will prevent accidental removal. B. Mount label on a flat surface. VI. Orient labels to prevent confusion and delays in location and identification of components.
44
A. Orient labels horizontally, so that they may be read quickly and easily from left to right. B. vertical orientation may be used only where space is limited. c. Avoid curved patterns of labeling.
 
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                       PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS
* D. Avoid placing the label on the control N/A    Yes    No itself if the operator's hand will obscure the label for an extended time period.
E. Separate adjacent labels so that they will not be read as one continuous label.
: v. Mount labels as follows:
A. Mount labels in a manner which will prevent accidental removal.
B. Mount label on a flat surface.
VI. Orient labels to prevent confusion and delays in location and identification of components.
A. Orient labels horizontally, so that they may be read quickly and easily from left to right.
B. vertical orientation may be used only where space is limited.
: c. Avoid curved patterns of labeling.
VII. Ensure the visibility of labels and other information:
VII. Ensure the visibility of labels and other information:
A. Labels should not detract from or obscure any other information source, such as figures or scales. B. Labels should not be covered or obscured by other units in the equipment assembly.  
A. Labels should not detract from or obscure any other information source, such as figures or scales.
: c. Labels should be visible to the operator during control actuation
B. Labels should not be covered or obscured by other units in the equipment assembly.
* D. Administrative procedures should be in place for the periodic cleaning of labels. 45 N/A Yes No 
: c. Labels should be visible to the operator during control actuation *
* *
* D. Administrative procedures should be in place for the periodic cleaning of labels.
* HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS VIII. Labels should provide the following kinds of information:
45
A. The function of equipment items.* B. Engineering characteristics or nomenclature, if needed for clarity. IX. Wording on labels should be selected as follows: x. A. Use words which express exactly what action is intended.
 
B. Make instructions clear and direct. c. Use words which have a commonly accepted meaning for all intended users. D. Avoid unusual technical terms. E. Spell words correctly
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                         PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS
* Use consistent nomenclature in labels: A. A list of standard names, acronyms, and part/system numbers should be in place and administratively controlled.
* VIII. Labels should provide the following kinds N/A    Yes    No of information:
B. Use the standard abbreviations listed in Section 1. c. Use words, acronyms, abbreviations, and part/system numbers consistently within and across the piece of equipment.
A. The function of equipment items.*
B. Engineering characteristics or nomenclature, if needed for clarity.
IX. Wording on labels should be selected as follows:
A. Use words which express exactly what action is intended.
B. Make instructions clear and direct.
: c. Use words which have a commonly accepted meaning for all intended users.
D. Avoid unusual technical terms.
E. Spell words correctly *
* x. Use consistent nomenclature in labels:
A. A list of standard names, acronyms, and part/system numbers should be in place and administratively controlled.
B. Use the standard abbreviations listed in Section 1.
: c. Use words, acronyms, abbreviations, and part/system numbers consistently within and across the piece of equipment.
D. Nomenclature in labels should be consistent with nomenclature in procedures.
D. Nomenclature in labels should be consistent with nomenclature in procedures.
XI. Observe the following guidelines when using symbols: A. Use abstract symbols only if they have a commonly accepted meaning for all intended users (e.g.,%).
XI. Observe the following guidelines when using symbols:
46 N/A Yes No 
A. Use abstract symbols only if they have a commonly accepted meaning for all
* *
* intended users (e.g.,%).
* HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS B. Symbols should be unique and distinguishable from each other. c. Use a commonly accepted standard configuration.
46
D. Use symbols consistently within and across panels. E. Avoid using Roman numerals.
 
XII. Wording on labels should be concise without compromising meaning. XIII. When labels containing similar words, abbreviations, or acronyms are located close to each other, reduce the possibility of confusing controls by: XIV. A. Selecting different words, or B. Coding controls.
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                       PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS
Label control positions as follows: A. Identify all discrete functional control positions.
* B. Symbols should be unique and distinguishable from each other.
B. Identify direction of motion (increase, decrease) for continuous motion rotary controls.  
N/A    Yes    No
: c. Control position information should be easy to read, without parallax, during operation of the control. xv. Label each access opening used by control room operators to identify the function of items accessible through it
: c. Use a commonly accepted standard configuration.
* 47 N/A Yes No 
D. Use symbols consistently within and across panels.
* *
E. Avoid using Roman numerals.
* HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS XVI. All danger, warning, and safety instruction labels should be in accordance with appropriate safety standards.
XII. Wording on labels should be concise without compromising meaning.
XIII. When labels containing similar words, abbreviations, or acronyms are located close to each other, reduce the possibility of confusing controls by:
* XIV.
A.
B.
Selecting different words, or Coding controls.
Label control positions as follows:
A. Identify all discrete functional control positions.
B. Identify direction of motion (increase, decrease) for continuous motion rotary controls.
: c. Control position information should be easy to read, without parallax, during operation of the control.
xv. Label each access opening used by control room operators to identify the function of items accessible through it *
* 47
 
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                         PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS
* XVI. All danger, warning, and safety instruction N/A    Yes    No labels should be in accordance with appropriate safety standards.
XVII. Use a temporary label when necessary to identify out-of-service equipment, or to improve operator understanding and efficiency.
XVII. Use a temporary label when necessary to identify out-of-service equipment, or to improve operator understanding and efficiency.
A. Use a temporary label only until a permanent label is available or until the temporary label is no longer necessary.
A. Use a temporary label only until a permanent label is available or until the temporary label is no longer necessary.
B. Temporary labels should conform to good human engineering principles. c . D. A temporary label should not obscure prior permanent unless the old label is to be replaced.
B. Temporary labels should conform to good human engineering principles.
Tag-*outs should: l. Clearly identify out-of-service components and equipment  
c . A temporary label should not obscure prior
: 2. Be securely affixed 3. Not obscure the label associated with the non-operable device 4. Be designed to physically prevent actuation of a control 5. Not obscure any adjacent devices or labels. XVIII. The use of temporary labels should be administratively controlled.
* D.
permanent ~abel is to be replaced.
Tag-*outs should:
l.
unless the old label Clearly identify out-of-service components and equipment
: 2. Be securely affixed
: 3. Not obscure the label associated with the non-operable device
: 4. Be designed to physically prevent actuation of a control
: 5. Not obscure any adjacent devices or labels.
XVIII. The use of temporary labels should be administratively controlled.
XIX
XIX
* A review procedure for temporary labels should be in place to determine:
* A review procedure for temporary labels
A. When they are needed B. How they will be used 48 N/A Yes No 
* should be in place to determine:
*
A.
* HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS c. Content D. Installation E. Impact of their use on other system equipment (e.g., annunciators, mimics) F. Documentation requirements G. Re-training requirements H. Their periodic review I. Their removal xx. Color and demarcation can be used as location aids. XXI. Use mimics to serve the following functions:
B.
When they are needed How they will be used 48
 
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                         PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS
* c.
D.
Content Installation N/A    Yes    No E. Impact of their use on other system equipment (e.g., annunciators, mimics)
F. Documentation requirements G. Re-training requirements H. Their periodic review I. Their removal xx. Color and demarcation can be used as location aids.
XXI. Use mimics to serve the following functions:
A. To integrate system components into functionally oriented diagrams which reflect component relationships.
A. To integrate system components into functionally oriented diagrams which reflect component relationships.
B. To decrease the operator's decision-making load. XXII. Observe the following guidelines when using color in mimics: A. Color code flowpaths, according to the conventions in Section 3. B. Use colors which are distinguishable from each other. c. Ensure adequate contrast between the mimic colors and the panel. D. No more than 4 mimic lines of the same color should run in parallel if the operator must quickly identify any one of the lines
B. To decrease the operator's decision-making load.
* 49 N/A Yes No 
XXII. Observe the following guidelines when using color in mimics:
*
A. Color code flowpaths, according to the conventions in Section 3.
* HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS XXIII. Mimic lines should conform to the following guidelines:
B. Use colors which are distinguishable from each other.
A. Use differential line widths to code flowpaths (e.g., signifcance, volume, level). B. Avoid overlapping mimic lines.* c. Clearly indicate flow directions with distinctive arrowheads.
: c. Ensure adequate contrast between the mimic colors and the panel.
D. No more than 4 mimic lines of the same color should run in parallel if the operator must quickly identify any one of the lines *
* 49
 
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                         PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS
* XXIII. Mimic lines should conform to the following guidelines:
N/A    Yes    No A. Use differential line widths to code flowpaths (e.g., signifcance, volume, level).
B. Avoid overlapping mimic lines.*
: c. Clearly indicate flow directions with distinctive arrowheads.
D. Label all mimic origin points which do not begin at labeled components.
D. Label all mimic origin points which do not begin at labeled components.
E. Label all mimic destination or terminal points which do not end at labeled components.
E. Label all mimic destination or terminal points which do not end at labeled components.
F. Identify components representations on mimic lines. XXIV. Symbols used with mimic lines should be: A. Readily understood and commonly used. B. Used consistently.
F. Identify components representations on mimic lines.
XXIV. Symbols used with mimic lines should be:
A. Readily understood and commonly used.
B. Used consistently.
xxv. Control board label lettering should conform to the following guidelines:
xxv. Control board label lettering should conform to the following guidelines:
A. For the benchboard section, use available modify as needed given available board space. B. For the vertical section, use available modify as needed given available board space. c. Letter size should be as specified 50 N/A Yes No 
A. For the benchboard section, use available stock~ modify as needed given available board space.
* *
B. For the vertical section, use available stock~ modify as needed given available board space.
* HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS D. Label size should be adjusted according to space. XXVI. Labels should be graduated in letter size according to their place in the system hierarchy:
: c. Letter size should be as specified
A. Letter point size on benchboard section 1. Subsystem/Functional:
* 50
48 (15/32 inch) 2. Column/Component:
 
18 (3/16 inch) 4. Component/Module Identifier:
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                         PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS
14 (10/72 inch) Refer to Section 3 for specific application B. Height on vertical section 1. Subsystem/Functional:
* D. Label size should be adjusted according to space.
48 (15/32 inch) 2. Recorders:
N/A    Yes    No XXVI. Labels should be graduated in letter size according to their place in the system hierarchy:
24 (1/4 inch) 3. Switch/Meter:
A. Letter point size on benchboard section
24 (1/4 inch) Refer to Section 3 for specific application C.
: 1. Subsystem/Functional: 48 (15/32 inch)
width-to-height ratio should be between 1:1 and 3:5. D. Numeral width-to-height ratio should be 1:1 to 3:5, except for the numeral n4", which should be one stroke width wider and the numeral n1n, which should be one stroke in width. E. Stroke width-to-character height ratio should be between 1:6 and 1:8. F. Size should be consistent within similar column/components.
: 2. Column/Component: 18 (3/16 inch)
XXVII. Type style should be: A. Simple B. Consistent throughout control room c. Upper-case only. 51 N/A Yes No 
: 4. Component/Module Identifier: 14 (10/72 inch)
* -----------------------------
Refer to Section 3 for specific application B. Height on vertical section
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS XXVIII. Use the following minimum spacing guidelines:
: 1. Subsystem/Functional: 48 (15/32 inch)
A. One stroke width between characters B. One character width between words c. One-half character height between lines D. One-half character height for top and bottom borders E. One-half character width for side borders 52 N/A Yes No
: 2. Recorders: 24 (1/4 inch)
* HUMAN FACTORs GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS 2.6 Annunciators I. When establishing alarm set points: A. Set points should be established.
: 3. Switch/Meter: 24 (1/4 inch)
to give operators adequate response time. B. Set points should not occur so frequently as to be considered a nuisance by operators.  
Refer to Section 3 for specific application C. Le~.ter  width-to-height ratio should be between 1:1 and 3:5.
: c. Alarms requiring a control room operator to direct an auxiliary operator to perform a local operation should be avoided. D. General alarms should be used only for conditions that allow adequate time for auxiliary operator action. E. Inputs from more than one plant parameter set point should be avoided. F. Where multi-input alarms must be used, an alarm printout capalility should be provided.
D. Numeral width-to-height ratio should be 1:1 to 3:5, except for the numeral n4", which should be one stroke width wider and the numeral n1n, which should be one stroke in width.
E. Stroke width-to-character height ratio should be between 1:6 and 1:8.
F. Size should be consistent within similar column/components.
XXVII. Type style should be:
A. Simple B. Consistent throughout control room
: c. Upper-case only.
51
 
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                       PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS
* XXVIII. Use the following minimum spacing guidelines:
A. One stroke width between characters N/A    Yes    No B. One character width between words
: c. One-half character height between lines D. One-half character height for top and bottom borders E. One-half character width for side borders 52
 
HUMAN FACTORs GUIDELINES                       PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS
* I.
2.6   Annunciators When establishing alarm set points:
N/A    Yes    No A. Set points should be established. to give operators adequate response time.
B. Set points should not occur so frequently as to be considered a nuisance by operators.
: c. Alarms requiring a control room operator to direct an auxiliary operator to perform a local operation should be avoided.
D. General alarms should be used only for conditions that allow adequate time for auxiliary operator action.
E. Inputs from more than one plant parameter set point should be avoided.
F. Where multi-input alarms must be used, an alarm printout capalility should be provided.
G. A reflash capability should be provided to allow subsequent alarms to activate the auditory alert mechanism and reflash the visual tile (even if first alarm has not cleared).
G. A reflash capability should be provided to allow subsequent alarms to activate the auditory alert mechanism and reflash the visual tile (even if first alarm has not cleared).
II. For first out alarms: A. A separate first out panel should be provided for the reactor system. B. The first out panel should consist of separate annunciator tiles for each of the automatic trip functions.  
II. For first out alarms:
A. A separate first out panel should be provided for the reactor system.
B. The first out panel should consist of separate annunciator tiles for each of the automatic trip functions.
: c. In the event of a reactor trip, only the tile associated with the event should illuminate.
: c. In the event of a reactor trip, only the tile associated with the event should illuminate.
53 N/A Yes No
53
* HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS D. First out panels should be located directly above the main control system for the system. III. When prioritizing alarms: A. A relatively small (2-4) number of priority levels should be used. B. Should be based on a continuum of importance, severity, or need for operator action in one or more dimensions, e.g., likelihood of reactor trip, release of radiation.  
 
: c. Visual signals for the various priority levels should be coded via the use of color, title position or shape, or symbols, or auditory coding. IV. For cleared alarms: A. Should have a dedicated, distinctive audible signal of finite duration.
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                       PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS
B. Should have one of the following:  
* D. First out panels should be located directly above the main control N/A    Yes    No system for the system.
: 1. Special flash rate (twice or one-half the normal rate). 2. Visually discriminable reduced brightness.  
III. When prioritizing alarms:
: 3. Special color. v. For auditory signals: A. Intensity should be such that operators can reliably discern the signal above ambient control room noise (lOdBA above ambient).
A. A relatively small (2-4) number of priority levels should be used.
54 N/A Yes No
B. Should be based on a continuum of importance, severity, or need for operator action in one or more dimensions, e.g., likelihood of reactor trip, release of radiation.
* HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS VI. VII. B. Signal intensity, if adjustable, should be controlled by administrative procedure.  
: c. Visual signals for the various priority levels should be coded via the use of color, title position or shape, or symbols, or auditory coding.
IV. For cleared alarms:
A. Should have a dedicated, distinctive audible signal of finite duration.
B. Should have one of the following:
: 1. Special flash rate (twice or one-half the normal rate).
: 2. Visually discriminable reduced brightness.
: 3. Special color.
: v. For auditory signals:
A. Intensity should be such that operators can reliably discern the signal above ambient control room noise (lOdBA above ambient).
54
 
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                       PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS
* B. Signal intensity, if adjustable, should be controlled by administrative N/A    Yes    No procedure.
: c. Signal should capture the operator's attention but should not cause irritation or a startled reaction.
: c. Signal should capture the operator's attention but should not cause irritation or a startled reaction.
D. Should be adjusted to result in approximately equal detection levels at normal operator work stations in the primary operator area. E. Auditory alert mechanism should be automatically reset when it has been silenced.
D. Should be adjusted to result in approximately equal detection levels at normal operator work stations in the primary operator area.
E. Auditory alert mechanism should be automatically reset when it has been silenced.
F. Separate auditory signals at each work station within the primary operating area are recommended.
F. Separate auditory signals at each work station within the primary operating area are recommended.
When using auditory coding: A. Coding techniques should be used when the operator work station associated with the alarm is not in the primary operating area. B. Coded signals from a single source should not be used to identify individual work stations within the primary operating area. For annunciator panels: A. Should be located above the related controls and displays which are required for corrective or diagnostic action in response to the alarm. B. If lamp replacement requires tile removal, there should be a way to ensure that the tile is replaced in the correct location.
VI. When using auditory coding:
55 N/A Yes No HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS c. Lamp replacement should not subject the operator to a shock hazard. D. Operator aids should be provided if needed for lamp replacement.
A. Coding techniques should be used when the operator work station associated with the alarm is not in the primary operating area.
B. Coded signals from a single source should not be used to identify individual work stations within the primary operating area.
VII. For annunciator panels:
A. Should be located above the related controls and displays which are required for corrective or diagnostic action in response to the alarm.
B. If lamp replacement requires tile removal, there should be a way to ensure that the tile is replaced in the correct location.
55
 
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                         PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS N/A    Yes    No
: c. Lamp replacement should not subject the operator to a shock hazard.
D. Operator aids should be provided if needed for lamp replacement.
VIII. For visual alarm recognition:
VIII. For visual alarm recognition:
A. Tiles should use flashing illumination to indicate an alarm condition.
A. Tiles should use flashing illumination to indicate an alarm condition.
B. Flash rates should be from three to five flashes per second with approximately equal on and off times. c. Tile should illuminate and burn steadily in case of flasher failure of alarmed tile. D. There should be high enough contrast between alarming and steady-on tiles, and between illuminated and non-illuminated tiles so that operators can discriminate between conditions.
B. Flash rates should be from three to five flashes per second with approximately equal on and off times.
: c. Tile should illuminate and burn steadily in case of flasher failure of alarmed tile.
D. There should be high enough contrast between alarming and steady-on tiles, and between illuminated and non-illuminated tiles so that operators can discriminate between conditions.
E. Under normal operating conditions, no annunciators should be illuminated.
E. Under normal operating conditions, no annunciators should be illuminated.
F. If an annunciator tile must be energized for an extended period of time during normal operations, it should be: 1. Distinctively coded for positive recognition.  
F. If an annunciator tile must be energized for an extended period of time during normal operations, it should be:
: 1. Distinctively coded for positive recognition.
: 2. Controlled by administrative procedures.
: 2. Controlled by administrative procedures.
IX. When arranging visual alarm tiles: A. Visual alarm tiles should be grouped by function or system within each annunciator panel. B. Vertical and horizontal axes of annunciator panels should be labeled with alphanumerics.
IX. When arranging visual alarm tiles:
56 N/A Yes No 
A. Visual alarm tiles should be grouped by function or system within each annunciator panel.
B. Vertical and horizontal axes of annunciator panels should be labeled with alphanumerics.
56


' *
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                       PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS
* HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS C. Coordinate designation is preferred on the left and top sides of the annunciator panel. D. Letter height for coordinate designation should be consistent with a subtended visual angle of at least 15 minutes as viewed from a central position within the primary operating area. E. The number of alarm tiles and the matrix density should be kept low (a maximum of 50 tiles per matrix is suggested).
* C. Coordinate designation is preferred on the left and top sides of the annunciator panel.
N/A    Yes    No D. Letter height for coordinate designation should be consistent with a subtended visual angle of at least 15 minutes as viewed from a central position within the primary operating area.
E. The number of alarm tiles and the matrix density should be kept low (a maximum of 50 tiles per matrix is suggested).
F. Tiles within an annunciator panel matrix should be grouped by subsystem, function, or other logical organization.
F. Tiles within an annunciator panel matrix should be grouped by subsystem, function, or other logical organization.
G. Blank or unused annunciator tiles should not be illuminated (except during annunciator testing)
G. Blank or unused annunciator tiles should not be illuminated (except during annunciator testing) *
* x. For visual tile legends: A. Annunciator visual tile legends should be specific and unambiguous.
: x. For visual tile legends:
Wording should be in concise, short messages.
A. Annunciator visual tile legends should be specific and unambiguous. Wording should be in concise, short messages.
B. Alarms which refer the operator to another, more detailed annunciator panel located outside the primary operating area should be minimized.  
B. Alarms which refer the operator to another, more detailed annunciator panel located outside the primary operating area should be minimized.
: c. Tile legends should address specific conditions; for example, do not use one alarm for HIGH-LOW, TEMPERATURE-PRESSURE.
: c. Tile legends should address specific conditions; for example, do not use one alarm for HIGH-LOW, TEMPERATURE-PRESSURE.
D. Abbreviations and acronyms should be consistent with those used elsewhere in the control room
D. Abbreviations and acronyms should be consistent with those used elsewhere in the control room *
* 57 N/A Yes No
* 57
* HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS E. Letter height should subtend a minimum visual angle of 15 minutes, or .004 X viewing distance.
 
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                       PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS
* E. Letter height should subtend a minimum visual N/A    Yes    No angle of 15 minutes, or .004 X viewing distance.
The preferred visual angle is 20 minutes, or .006 X viewing distance.
The preferred visual angle is 20 minutes, or .006 X viewing distance.
F. Letter height should be identical for all tiles, based on the maximum viewing distance.
F. Letter height should be identical for all tiles, based on the maximum viewing distance. Separate calculations should be made for stand-up and sit-down work stations.
Separate calculations should be made for stand-up and sit-down work stations.
G. Type styles should be simple.
G. Type styles should be simple. H. Type styles should be consistent on all visual tiles. I. Only upper-case type should be used on visual tiles. J. Legends should be engraved.
H. Type styles should be consistent on all visual tiles.
I. Only upper-case type should be used on visual tiles.
J. Legends should be engraved.
K. Legends sh9uld be dark lettering on a light background.
K. Legends sh9uld be dark lettering on a light background.
L. Recommended dimensional characteristics of legend lettering and spacing are as follows: 1. Stroke-width-to-height ratio should be between 1:6 and 1:8. 2. Letter width-to-height ratio should be between 1:1 3:5. 3. Numeral width-to-height ratio should be 3:5. 4. Minimum space between characters should be one stroke width. 5. Minimum space between words should be the width of one character.  
L. Recommended dimensional characteristics of legend lettering and spacing are as follows:
: 6. Minimum space between lines should be one-half the character height. 58 N/A Yes No 
: 1. Stroke-width-to-height ratio should be between 1:6 and 1:8.
* ** HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS XII. For annunciator response controls:
: 2. Letter width-to-height ratio should be between 1:1 3:5.
A. Each set of operator response controls should include a silence control. B. It should be possible to silence an auditory alert signal from any set of annunciator response controls in the primary operating area. c. A control should be provided to terminate the flashing of a visual tile and have it continue at steady illumination until the alarm is cleared. D. Acknowledgement should be possible only at the work station where the alarm originated.
: 3. Numeral width-to-height ratio should be 3:5.
E. If an automatic cleared alarm feature is not provided, a control should be provided to reset the system after an alarm has cleared. F. The reset control should silence any audible signal indicating clearance and should extinguish the illumination.
: 4. Minimum space between characters should be one stroke width.
: 5. Minimum space between words should be the width of one character.
: 6. Minimum space between lines should be one-half the character height.
58
 
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                       PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS
* XII. For annunciator response controls:
A. Each set of operator response controls should include a silence control.
N/A    Yes    No B. It should be possible to silence an auditory alert signal from any set of annunciator response controls in the primary operating area.
: c. A control should be provided to terminate the flashing of a visual tile and have it continue at steady illumination until the alarm is cleared.
D. Acknowledgement should be possible only at the work station where the alarm originated.
E. If an automatic cleared alarm feature is not provided, a control should be provided to reset the system after an alarm has cleared.
F. The reset control should silence any audible signal indicating clearance and should extinguish the illumination.
G. The reset control should be effective only at the work station for the annunciator panel where the alarm initiated.
G. The reset control should be effective only at the work station for the annunciator panel where the alarm initiated.
H. A control to test the auditory signal and flashing illumination of all tiles in a panel should be provided.
H. A control to test the auditory signal and flashing illumination of all tiles in a panel should be provided.
I. Periodic testing of annunciators should be required and controlled by administrative procedure.
I. Periodic testing of annunciators should be required and controlled by administrative procedure.
J. Repetitive groups of annunciator controls should have the same arrangement and relative location at different work stations.
J. Repetitive groups of annunciator controls should have the same arrangement and relative location at different work stations. This
This is to faciliate "blind" reaching.
**            is to faciliate "blind" reaching.
59 N/A Yes No 
59
*
 
* HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS K. Controls should be coded for easy recognition using techniques such as: 1. Color coding1 2. color shading the group of annunciator controls1  
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                       PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS
: 3. demarcating the group of annunciator controls1 or 4. shape coding, particularly the silence control. Control designs should not allow the operator to defeat the control. For example, some pushbuttons used for annunciator silencing and acknowledgement can be held down by inserting a coin in the ring around the pushbutton.
* K. Controls should be coded for easy recognition using techniques such as:
This undesirable design feature should be eliminated.
N/A    Yes    No
XIII. For annunciator response procedures1 A. Annunciator response procedures should be available in the control room. B. Annunciator response procedures should be indexed by panel identification and annunciator tiles coordinates
: 1. Color coding1
* 60 N/A Yes No -
: 2. color shading the group of annunciator controls1
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS 2.7 Environment I. Air temperature at floor level and at head level should not differ more than 10°F. II. The ventilation system should be capable of introducing outdoor air into the control room at a rate of at least 15 cubic feet per minute {cfm) per occupant.
: 3. demarcating the group of annunciator controls1 or
III. Air velocities in the primary operating area should not exceed 45 feet per minute {fpm) measured at operator head level and should not produce a noticeable draft. 61 N/A Yes No 
                                                                    ~-*-
* *
: 4. shape coding, particularly the silence control.
* HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS IV. The level of illumination should not vary greatly over a given workstation.  
Control designs should not allow the operator to defeat the control. For example, some pushbuttons used for annunciator silencing and acknowledgement can be held down by inserting a coin in the ring around the pushbutton. This undesirable design feature should be eliminated.
XIII. For annunciator response procedures1 A. Annunciator response procedures should be available in the control room.
B. Annunciator response procedures should be indexed by panel identification and annunciator tiles coordinates *
* 60
 
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                       PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS 2.7 Environment N/A    Yes    No I. Air temperature at floor level and at head level should not differ more than 10°F.
II. The ventilation system should be capable of introducing outdoor air into the control room at a rate of at least 15 cubic feet per minute {cfm) per occupant.
III. Air velocities in the primary operating area should not exceed 45 feet per minute
{fpm) measured at operator head level and should not produce a noticeable draft.
61
 
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                       PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS
* IV. The level of illumination should not N/A    Yes    No vary greatly over a given workstation.
: v. Provide supplemental lighting for personnel performing specialized visual tasks in areas where fixed lighting is not adequate.
: v. Provide supplemental lighting for personnel performing specialized visual tasks in areas where fixed lighting is not adequate.
VI. Avoid illumination that will cause shadows and glare
VI. Avoid illumination that will cause shadows and glare *
* 62 N/A Yes No
* 62
* HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS VII. surface colors should be recognizable under both normal and emergency conditions.
 
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                       PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS N/A    Yes    No VII. surface colors should be recognizable under both normal and emergency conditions.
VIII. Emergency lighting should meet the following guidelines:
VIII. Emergency lighting should meet the following guidelines:
A. Activate automatically and immediately upon failure of the normal control room lighting system. B. Failure of the normal control room lighting system should not degrade operability of the emergency lighting system. c. Emergency illumination should provide a minimum of 10 footcandles at all work stations in the primary operating area. IX. The auditory environment of the control room should adhere to the following standards:
A. Activate automatically and immediately upon failure of the normal control room lighting system.
A. Background noise should not impair verbal communications between any two points in the primary operating area. B. Background noise levels should not exceed 65dB(A). C. Further reductions in background noise may be required where communications between the primary operating area and other control room locations are necessary.
B. Failure of the normal control room lighting system should not degrade operability of the emergency lighting system.
D. Minimize distractions generated inside or outside the control room. E. The acoustical treatment of the control room should limit reverberation time to one second or less
: c. Emergency illumination should provide a minimum of 10 footcandles at all work stations in the primary operating area.
* 63 N/A Yes No 
IX. The auditory environment of the control room should adhere to the following standards:
*
A. Background noise should not impair verbal communications between any two points in the primary operating area.
* HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS x. Provide a suitable, out-of-the-way, but secure place for control room personnel to keep their belongings.
B. Background noise levels should not exceed 65dB(A).
C. Further reductions in background noise may be required where communications between the primary operating area and other control room locations are necessary.
D. Minimize distractions generated inside or outside the control room.
E. The acoustical treatment of the control room should limit reverberation time to one second or less *
* 63
 
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                       PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS
* x. Provide a suitable, out-of-the-way, but secure place for control room personnel N/A    Yes    No to keep their belongings.
XI. The following features of the decor should be considered:
XI. The following features of the decor should be considered:
A. Color coordination B. Use of color and lighting to create a cheerful atmosphere  
A. Color coordination B. Use of color and lighting to create a cheerful atmosphere
: c. Visual relief from arrays of instrumentation D. Comfortable seating E. Carpeting XII. The following features should be considered in the restroom and eating facilities.
: c. Visual relief from arrays of instrumentation D. Comfortable seating E. Carpeting XII. The following features should be considered in the restroom and eating facilities.
A. A restroom or eating area should be provided within or near the control isolation boundary.
A. A restroom or eating area should be provided within or near the control ~oom isolation boundary.
B. Provision should be made for communication if facilities are out of voice contact
B. Provision should be made for communication if facilities are out of voice contact *
* 64 N/A Yes No I -----_j
* 64 I
*
                                                                          - - - - - _j
* HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS SECTION 3. SALEM SPECIFIC CONVENTIONS This section is designed to provide you with the specific conventions that PSE&G has developed for use on Salem controls, displays, annunciators and labeling.
 
These conventions presently exist in the control room but should also be applied when possible to other areas of the plant. COLOR RED YELLOW BLUE WHITE GREEN ORANGE NONE Table 1. Color Coding Conventions MEANING START OPEN (VALVE) RUNNING INCREASE CLOSE (CIRCUIT BREAKER) RAISE ON ALARMS (ABNORMAL CONDITIONS, CONDITIONS WHICH ARE DETRIMENTAL TO REACTOR SAFETY) TRIP MANUAL LATCH L0ADING LOCAL LOCKOUT REMOTE SEQUENCE IN TEST NORMAL AUTOMATIC SUPERVISION LEAK DETECTION SEQUENCE COMPLETE RESET READY TO LOAD CLOSE (VALVE) STOP/STOPPED DECREASE OFF LOWER OPEN (CIRCUIT BREAKER) SAFEGUARDS ACTUATION PUSHBUTTONS MID POSITION (VALVE) 65
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                         PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS SECTION 3. SALEM SPECIFIC CONVENTIONS This section is designed to provide you with   the specific conventions that PSE&G has developed for use on Salem controls,   displays, annunciators and labeling. These conventions presently exist in the   control room but should also be applied when possible to other areas of the   plant.
* HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS Table 2. Color-Banding Visual Displays Approach Indication will be evaluated for process limits in both the increasing and decreasing direction from the normal operating range where they exist. Associated digital setpoints for alarms and trips will be utilized to band the indicating ranges of visual devices where they exist. Criteria When indication is within the alarm limit(s}, the parameter is in the normal operating range and the color band will be green. When indication is between alarm and trip limit(s}, the parameter is out of the normal operating range and the color band will be yellow. When indication is beyond trip limit(s}, the parameter is in the abnormal operating range and the color band will be red. When indication is beyond alarm limit(s}, with no trip associated with the variables, the parameter is in the abnormal operating range requiring operator action and the color band will be red. When indication is not associated with alarms or trips of digital the ranges will be determined by system process calculations or equipment limitations.
Table 1. Color Coding Conventions COLOR            MEANING RED              START OPEN (VALVE)
RUNNING INCREASE CLOSE (CIRCUIT BREAKER)
RAISE ON YELLOW            ALARMS (ABNORMAL CONDITIONS, CONDITIONS WHICH ARE DETRIMENTAL TO REACTOR SAFETY)
TRIP
* BLUE              MANUAL LATCH L0ADING LOCAL LOCKOUT PURG~
REMOTE SEQUENCE IN TEST NORMAL WHITE            AUTOMATIC SUPERVISION LEAK DETECTION SEQUENCE COMPLETE RESET READY TO LOAD GREEN            CLOSE (VALVE)
STOP/STOPPED DECREASE OFF LOWER OPEN (CIRCUIT BREAKER)
ORANGE            SAFEGUARDS ACTUATION PUSHBUTTONS NONE              MID POSITION (VALVE) 65
 
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                       PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS Table 2. Color-Banding Visual Displays Approach Indication will be evaluated for process limits in both the increasing and decreasing direction from the normal operating range where they exist.
Associated digital setpoints for alarms and trips will be utilized to band the indicating ranges of visual devices where they exist.
Criteria When indication is within the alarm limit(s}, the parameter is in the normal operating range and the color band will be green.
When indication is between alarm and trip limit(s}, the parameter is out of the normal operating range and the color band will be yellow.
When indication is beyond trip limit(s}, the parameter is in the abnormal operating range and the color band will be red.
When indication is beyond alarm limit(s}, with no trip associated with the variables, the parameter is in the abnormal operating range requiring operator action and the color band will be red.
When indication is not associated with alarms or trips of digital d~vices, the ranges will be determined by system process calculations or equipment limitations.
Assumptions Any post-accident monitor will be color banded based on the normal plant operation and not on accident conditions.
Assumptions Any post-accident monitor will be color banded based on the normal plant operation and not on accident conditions.
Where no lower limits exist for the indicated variable, the green range will start at zero and end at the first upper limit. All colors may not be required for all indications
Where no lower limits exist for the indicated variable, the green range will start at zero and end at the first upper limit.
* 66
All colors may not be required for all indications *
* *
* 66
* HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS Code 12 17 112 15 13 17 13 i7 112 ilO Table 3. Mimic Color Coding Conventions Color Meaning Control room ventilation mimic (RP-2) Black Emergency filtered and conditioned air Red *** Blue. Orange ******* Exhaust Normal filtered and conditioned air and outside air intake Emergency air recirculation Reactor protection status mimic (RP-4) Yellow. * * * * *
 
* Red * * * ** Blue/Green.  
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                         PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS
*
* Code   Color Table 3.
* Electrical distribution Yellow. Red . . . Blue. . . . . . . . Green
Meaning Mimic Color Coding Conventions Control room ventilation mimic (RP-2) 12      Black                     Emergency filtered and conditioned air 17      Red * *
* Reactor trip input signals and turbine runback Reactor trip actuation signals Permissives mimic (CC-3) 25kV 500kV 4kV 13kV  
* Exhaust 112    Blue.                     Normal filtered and conditioned air and outside air intake 15      Orange * * * * * *
* Emergency air recirculation Reactor protection status mimic (RP-4) 13      Yellow. * * * * *
* Reactor trip input signals and turbine runback 17      Red * * * **               Reactor trip actuation signals Blue/Green. *
* Permissives
* 13 i7 112 Electrical distribution mimic (CC-3)
Yellow.
Red ...
Blue. . . . . . . .
25kV 500kV 4kV ilO    Green
* 13kV
 
==Reference:==
NUREG-0700 Section 6.51 EPRI NP-2411 Color Numbers refer to Exhibit 6.5.7 of NUREG-0700 Colors 12 thru 19 yield satisfactory contrast for red-green-deficient observers.
Color 110 provides satisfactory contrast for the current application and for most observers Color 112 provides sufficient color contrast for their very limited application *


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
EPRI NP. 2411, Human Engineering Guide for Enhancing Nuclear Control Rooms.
67
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                        PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS
* Table 4. Enhancement Guidelines Demarcation Lines of demarcation when used shall be white. They should have corners filled in and be placed accurately. Sizes available are 1/8, 1/4, 3/8". In general, when space permits and if consistent with overall board aesthetics 3/8" wide lines of demarcation should be used for major systems. For smaller systems or subsystems 1/4" or 1/8" is adequate *
* 68
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                        PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS
* Table 5. Related Control and Indication Configuration The general arrangement of related controls and indication found on the console will be as follows:
When there are two components in the system one component display is to be mounted to the left of the controls and the other component display to the right. When there are three components the first two components follow the two component pattern and the third component display is to the left of the controls. Applicable labeling standards are presented in Tables 9 and 14.
LABEL              LABEL        LABEL
                                ~-
                          ~      -
* This control/display layout is subject to change if the criteria for channel separation in CD-S-1 is not met.
69
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES                      PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS
* Table 6. Pushbutton Mode of Operation Indication Legend indicators will be marked in the lower right hand corner with the letter "H" identifying the pushbutton must be held.
H =    Hold Pushbuttons without "H" are push and release type.
Letter Point Size:  9 (6/72 inch)
* D 70
* Table 7. Subsystem/Functional Labeling
  - - - - - - - - - - - - - - VARIED - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
  - T -
  ~l
_ ____________Ll_NE_o_N_E_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ___.I              ~41NcH LINE ONE: FUNCTIONAL NOUN NAME .
  --------------VARIED-------------
LINE ONE LINE TWO T
1-1/41NCH
  . . _______ _ _ _ _ l
* LINE ONE: FUNCTIONAL NOUN NAME LINE TWO: FUNCTIONAL NOUN NAME LETTER POINT SIZE: 48 (15/32 INCH)
EXAMPLES:
[SERVICE WATER                                                I CONTAINMENT VENTILATION 71


NUREG-0700 Section 6.51 EPRI NP-2411
Table 8. Vertical Board Meter and Indicator Labeling
                  ,..        2-1 /4 INCH      *I LINE ONE LINE TWO T1 INCH LINE ONE:
LINE THREE l
COMPONENT NUMBER OR FUNCTIONAL NOUN NAME LINE TWO:    FUNCTIONAL NOUN NAME LINE THREE: FUNCTIONAL NOUN NAME LETTER POINT SIZE: 24 (1 /4 INCH)
EXAMPLES:
NO. 2                                5015 AUX POWER                              REMOTE TRIP TRANSFORMER                            TRANSMITTER KEENEY LINE                                  28 APT VOLTS                            TAP CHANGER 72


==Reference:==
Table 9. Bailey Pushbutton Labelina STANDARD WINDOW
* SPLIT WINDOW 141-1/16 INCH-.f                                              f.1-1 /16 INCH--1 LINE ONE    . T                                              LINE ONE LINE TWO T
t:~~ WR'1E                                                                        5/8 INCH LINE FOUR
* l_
5/8 INCH LINE THREE LINE FOUR ___.... 1 LINE ONE:    FUNCTIONAL NOUN NAME                            LINE ONE:    FUNCTIONAL NOUN NAME LINE TWO:    FUNCTIONAL NOUN NAME                            LINE TWO:    OPERATION LINE THREE:  OPERATION                  -                    LINE THREE:  FUNCTIONAL NOUN NAME LINE FOUR:  COMPONENT IDENTIFIER-                            LINE FOUR:  OPERATION LEITER POINT SIZE: 14 (1 /8 INCH) ONE LINE 10 (3/32 INCH) TWO LINES 10 (3/32 INCH) THREE _LINE~              LEITER POINT SIZE: 9 (6172 INCH) ONE LINE 9 (7 /72 INCH) FOUR LINES                                    8 (6/72 INCH) TWO LINES EXAMPLES:                                                    EXAMPLES:
FW INLET                                                        OIL PUMP STOP VALVE                                                        STARTED OPEN                                                          OIL PUMP 22MF13                                                          STOPPED BLACKOUT                                                            AUTO ACCIDENT LOCAL LOADING                                                          MANUAL LOW OIL PRESS SEQUENCE                                                            TRIP IN TEST LOCCONTROL CLOSE TEST
* 73
* Table 10. Motorola/Veritrack Recorder Labeling .
                        ,,.          2-3/41NCH  ---.....i LINE ONE LINE TWO LINE THREE LINE FOUR              2-1 /4 INCH LINE FIVE LINE SIX LINE SEVEN LINE ONE:  COMPONENT IDENTIFICATION LINE TWO:  PARAMETER MONITORED LINE THREE: PEN INFORMATION LINE FOUR:  PARAMETER MONITORED LINE FIVE:  PEN INFORMATION LINE SIX:  PARAMETER MONITORED LINE SEVEN: PEN INFORMATION LETTER POINT SIZE: 1 B (3/16 INCH)
EXAMPLES:
13 STEAM FLOW O/o NR-43 CHAN 3 RED FR-522 NEUTRON FLUX FEEDWATER FLOW o/o RED-UPPER GREEN FR-520 GREEN-LOWER LEVEL%
BLUE LR-529 NOTE: IF LESS INFORMATION IS DESIRED, CENTER ON LABEL AS ILLUSTRATED IN EXAMPLE.
74
* Table 11. Tl/Leeds & Northrop Recorder Labeling M------                  4 INCH  ------.i LINE ONE                    T L-----~
LINE TWO LINE THREE                  l 1-1 /8 INCH LINE ONE:  RECORDER NUMBER LINE TWO:    COMPONENT IDENTIFICATION LINETHREE: PARAMETER LETTER POINT SIZE: 24 (1 /4 INCH)
EXAMPLES:
XA-3361
* NO. 11 CONTAINMENT H2 LEVEL N0.13 RC LOOP HOT & COLD LEG TEMP
* 75
* Table 12. Miscellaneous Component/ Module Identifier Labeling J+- 1-1/4 INCH-+!
_I    LINE ONE  I 1 /4 INCH LINE ONE: NUMBER LETTER POINT SIZE: 14 (10172 INCH)
EXAMPLES:
RC18-4 I    2os1sg
* 76
* Table 13. Vertical Panel Switch Labeling
    ~------VARIED                      -------
LINE ONE LINE TWO T
3/4 INCH
_______                LINE THREE                _______, 1 LINE ONE:  COMPONENT IDENTIFICATION/FUNCTIONAL NOUN NAME LINE TWO:  FUNCTIONAL NOUN NAME LINE THREE: FUNCTIONAL NOUN NAME LETTER POINT SIZE: 24 (1I4 INCH)
EXAMPLES:
CONTAINMENT SAMPLE REG ISOL VALVES
  -*.___1_s_H_u_r_o_o_w_N_B_A_N_K_A_____,]
77
* Table 14. Bailey Pushbutton Column Labeling I
Ml*,.____ 2 INCH - - -.....1 LINE ONE LINE TWO IT1 /2 INCH
                                              ~      .
LINE ONE: COMPONENT IDENTIFIER/FUNCTIONAL NOUN NAME LINE TWO: FUNCTIONAL NOUN NAME LETTER POINT SIZE: 14 (10/72 INCH)
EXAMPLES:
NO. 21 HTR DRAIN PUMP
* NO. 23 CIRC PUMP
* 78
 
PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC & GAS
* HED f 583 A NUREG-0700 review of the Salem Unit 2 Rad Computer System was conducted on 20 August 1986 by c. Harley and w. Martin of General Physics Corporation with the assistance of B. Bacon of PSE&G.
Appendix A contains the checklist from NUREG-0700.
The following are recommended modifications as a result of the review:
* 6. 7.1.lb    At least one copy of the current operating software should be stored in a secure remote location.
* 6.7.l.8a(2),
(4c), (Sb)
The computer system procedures should be readily accessable to the operators in the control room and the procedures should tell how to use the system.
* 6. 7.1.Sb(l)
              & (2)
The specific codes, or addresses by which data displays can be called up by an operator should be cross-indexed and available in the control room in hard-copy form.
* 6.7.2.ld(2)  The contrast between black on blue should be at least 15:1.
* 6.7.2.lh(l)  Parameters such as contrast and color should be adjustable by the control room operatc*r.
* 6.7.3.le(2)  There should be a positive indication of the remaining supply of paper.
* 6.7.3.le(3)  Instructions for reloading paper, ribbon, ink, etc.,
should appear on an instruction plate attached to the printer.


Color Numbers refer to Exhibit 6.5.7 of NUREG-0700 Colors 12 thru 19 yield satisfactory contrast for deficient observers.
S A L E M  N U C L E .A R G E N E R A T I N G    S T A T I D N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY
Color 110 provides satisfactory contrast for the current application and for most observers Color 112 provides sufficient color contrast for their very limited application
~:=~~=~=~~--=~~:~=~=~-----------------~~==~--~~=~~=-----------------~~~---~83 PANEL IDENTIFIER                       COMPONENT IDENTIFIER GENERIC                                   RAD COMPUTER SECTION CODE:       WORKSPACE:4 CONTROLS           GUIDELINE NO:O DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
* EPRI NP. 2411, Human Engineering Guide for Enhancing Nuclear Control Rooms. 67 
THE RAD COMPUTER SYSTEM DOES NOT MEET HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES ON SEVERAL COUNTS HED CATAGORY CODE: 4       LEVEL:       SCHEDULE:
*
* HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS Table 4. Enhancement Guidelines Demarcation Lines of demarcation when used shall be white. They should have corners filled in and be placed accurately.
Sizes available are 1/8, 1/4, 3/8". In general, when space permits and if consistent with overall board aesthetics 3/8" wide lines of demarcation should be used for major systems. For smaller systems or subsystems 1/4" or 1/8" is adequate
* 68 
* *
* HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS Table 5. Related Control and Indication Configuration The general arrangement of related controls and indication found on the console will be as follows: When there are two components in the system one component display is to be mounted to the left of the controls and the other component display to the right. When there are three components the first two components follow the two component pattern and the third component display is to the left of the controls.
Applicable labeling standards are presented in Tables 9 and 14. LABEL LABEL LABEL -------------------....... ----------------This control/display layout is subject to change if the criteria for channel separation in CD-S-1 is not met. 69
* HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS Table 6. Pushbutton Mode of Operation Indication Legend indicators will be marked in the lower right hand corner with the letter "H" identifying the pushbutton must be held. H = Hold Pushbuttons without "H" are push and release type. Letter Point Size: 9 (6/72 inch)
* D 70  
* *
* Table 7. Subsystem/Functional Labeling --------------
VARIED ---------------T -_ ____________
Ll_NE_o_N_E
___________
__.I LINE ONE: FUNCTIONAL NOUN NAME . --------------VARIED-------------
LINE ONE T 1-1/41NCH LINE TWO ....______
_____ l LINE ONE: FUNCTIONAL NOUN NAME LINE TWO: FUNCTIONAL NOUN NAME LETTER POINT SIZE: 48 (15/32 INCH) EXAMPLES:
[SERVICE WATER I CONTAINMENT VENTILATION 71 Table 8. Vertical Board Meter and Indicator Labeling , .. 2-1 /4 INCH *I LINE ONE T LINE TWO 1 INCH LINE THREE l LINE ONE: COMPONENT NUMBER OR FUNCTIONAL NOUN NAME LINE TWO: FUNCTIONAL NOUN NAME LINE THREE: FUNCTIONAL NOUN NAME LETTER POINT SIZE: 24 (1 /4 INCH) EXAMPLES:
NO. 2 AUX POWER TRANSFORMER KEENEY LINE VOLTS 72 5015 REMOTE TRIP TRANSMITTER 28 APT TAP CHANGER
* Table 9. Bailey Pushbutton Labelina STANDARD WINDOW
* 141-1/16 INCH-.f LINE ONE . T WR'1E 5/8 INCH LINE FOUR
* l_ .___________, LINE ONE: FUNCTIONAL NOUN NAME LINE TWO: FUNCTIONAL NOUN NAME LINE THREE: OPERATION
-LINE FOUR: COMPONENT IDENTIFIER-LEITER POINT SIZE: 14 (1 /8 INCH) ONE LINE EXAMPLES:
10 (3/32 INCH) TWO LINES 10 (3/32 INCH) THREE 9 (7 /72 INCH) FOUR LINES FW INLET STOP VALVE OPEN 22MF13 BLACKOUT ACCIDENT LOADING SEQUENCE IN TEST 73 SPLIT WINDOW f.1-1 /16 INCH--1 LINE ONE T LINE TWO 5/8 INCH LINE THREE LINE FOUR 1 .....__ _ ___.... LINE ONE: FUNCTIONAL NOUN NAME LINE TWO: OPERATION LINE THREE: FUNCTIONAL NOUN NAME LINE FOUR: OPERATION LEITER POINT SIZE: 9 (6172 INCH) ONE LINE EXAMPLES:
8 (6/72 INCH) TWO LINES OIL PUMP STARTED OIL PUMP STOPPED AUTO LOCAL MANUAL LOW OIL PRESS TRIP LOCCONTROL CLOSE TEST 
* *
* Table 10. Motorola/Veritrack Recorder Labeling . ,,. 2-3/41NCH
---.....i LINE ONE: LINE TWO: LINE THREE: LINE FOUR: LINE FIVE: LINE SIX: LINE SEVEN: LETTER POINT SIZE: 1 B (3/16 INCH) EXAMPLES:
13 LINE ONE LINE TWO LINE THREE LINE FOUR LINE FIVE LINE SIX LINE SEVEN 2-1 /4 INCH COMPONENT IDENTIFICATION PARAMETER MONITORED PEN INFORMATION PARAMETER MONITORED PEN INFORMATION PARAMETER MONITORED PEN INFORMATION STEAM FLOW O/o RED FR-522 FEEDWATER FLOW o/o GREEN FR-520 LEVEL% NR-43 CHAN 3 NEUTRON FLUX RED-UPPER GREEN-LOWER BLUE LR-529 NOTE: IF LESS INFORMATION IS DESIRED, CENTER ON LABEL AS ILLUSTRATED IN EXAMPLE. 74 
* *
* Table 11. Tl/Leeds & Northrop Recorder Labeling M------4 INCH ------.i LINE ONE T LINE TWO 1-1 /8 INCH LINE THREE l LINE ONE: RECORDER NUMBER LINE TWO: COMPONENT IDENTIFICATION LINETHREE:
PARAMETER LETTER POINT SIZE: 24 (1 /4 INCH) EXAMPLES:
XA-3361 NO. 11 CONTAINMENT H2 LEVEL N0.13 RC LOOP HOT & COLD LEG TEMP 75 
* *
* Table 12. Miscellaneous Component/
Module Identifier Labeling J+-1-1/4 INCH-+! _I LINE ONE I 1 /4 INCH LINE ONE: NUMBER LETTER POINT SIZE: 14 (10172 INCH) EXAMPLES:
RC18-4 I 2os1sg 76 
* *
* Table 13. Vertical Panel Switch Labeling
-------LINE ONE LINE TWO T 3/4 INCH LINE THREE 1 _______ _______, LINE ONE: COMPONENT IDENTIFICATION/FUNCTIONAL NOUN NAME LINE TWO: FUNCTIONAL NOUN NAME LINE THREE: FUNCTIONAL NOUN NAME LETTER POINT SIZE: 24 (1I4 INCH) EXAMPLES:
CONTAINMENT SAMPLE REG ISOL VALVES -*.___1 _s_H_u_r_o_o_w_N_B_A_N_K_A_____,]
77 
* *
* Table 14. Bailey Pushbutton Column Labeling I Ml*,.__ __ 2 INCH ---..... 1 LINE ONE IT LINE TWO 1 /2 INCH ......___
_______ . LINE ONE: COMPONENT IDENTIFIER/FUNCTIONAL NOUN NAME LINE TWO: FUNCTIONAL NOUN NAME LETTER POINT SIZE: 14 (10/72 INCH) EXAMPLES:
NO. 21 HTR DRAIN PUMP NO. 23 CIRC PUMP 78
* PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC & GAS HED f 583 A NUREG-0700 review of the Salem Unit 2 Rad Computer System was conducted on 20 August 1986 by c. Harley and w. Martin of General Physics Corporation with the assistance of B. Bacon of PSE&G. Appendix A contains the checklist from NUREG-0700.
The following are recommended modifications as a result of the review: * * * * * *
* 6. 7.1.lb 6.7.l.8a(2), (4c), (Sb) 6. 7.1.Sb(l)
& (2) 6.7.2.ld(2) 6.7.2.lh(l) 6.7.3.le(2) 6.7.3.le(3)
At least one copy of the current operating software should be stored in a secure remote location.
The computer system procedures should be readily accessable to the operators in the control room and the procedures should tell how to use the system. The specific codes, or addresses by which data displays can be called up by an operator should be cross-indexed and available in the control room in hard-copy form. The contrast between black on blue should be at least 15:1. Parameters such as contrast and color should be adjustable by the control room operatc*r.
There should be a positive indication of the remaining supply of paper. Instructions for reloading paper, ribbon, ink, etc., should appear on an instruction plate attached to the printer.
S A L E M N U C L E .A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I D N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY PANEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT IDENTIFIER GENERIC RAD COMPUTER SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE:4 CONTROLS GUIDELINE NO:O DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
THE RAD COMPUTER SYSTEM DOES NOT MEET HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES ON SEVERAL COUNTS HED CATAGORY CODE: 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
REVIEW THE RAD COMPUTER SYSTEM. COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
REVIEW THE RAD COMPUTER SYSTEM.
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
THE RAD COMPUTER SYSTEM HAS BEEN UPGRADED AND A HUMAN FACTORS REVIEW WILL BE CONDUCTED BY OUR CONSULTANT AND ANY MODIFICATIONS NECESSARY WILL BE IMPLEMENTED .
THE RAD COMPUTER SYSTEM HAS BEEN UPGRADED AND A HUMAN FACTORS REVIEW WILL BE CONDUCTED BY OUR CONSULTANT AND ANY MODIFICATIONS NECESSARY WILL BE IMPLEMENTED .
* L S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY GENERIC SCOTT AIR PACKS SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE:2.
 
COMMUNICATIONS GUIDELINE N0:6.2.1.8b DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
S A L E M   N U C L E A R   G E N E R A T I N G   S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY GENERIC                                 SCOTT AIR PACKS SECTION CODE:       WORKSPACE:2. COMMUNICATIONS   GUIDELINE N0:6.2.1.8b DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
SCOTT AIR PACKS DO NOT PROVIDE COMMUNICATIONS CAPABILITY.
SCOTT AIR PACKS DO NOT PROVIDE COMMUNICATIONS CAPABILITY.
HED CATAGORY CODE: 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:
HED CATAGORY CODE: 4       LEVEL:       SCHEDULE:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
OPERATORS SHOULD BE ABLE TO USE THE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS WHEN WEARING SCOTT AIR PACKS. COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
OPERATORS SHOULD BE ABLE TO USE THE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS WHEN WEARING SCOTT AIR PACKS.
THE SCOTT AIR PACKS WILL REPLACED WITH A TYPE WHICH WILL PERMIT PERSONS USING THEM TO USE THE COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS AND ALLOW FREE SPEECH . *
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
* S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY GEMEF<IC EMERGENCY MASl'\S SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE:2.
THE SCOTT AIR PACKS WILL B~ REPLACED WITH A TYPE WHICH WILL PERMIT PERSONS USING THEM TO USE THE COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS AND ALLOW FREE SPEECH .
COMMUNICATIONS GUIDELINE N0:6.2.1.8c-1,2&3 DESCRIPTION OF EMERGENCY MASKS DO NOT ALLOW FREE SPEECH. HED CATAGORY 4
 
SCHEDULE:
S A L E M N U C L E AR          G E N E R AT I NG      S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY GEMEF<IC                                     EMERGENCY MASl'\S SECTION CODE:           WORKSPACE:2. COMMUNICATIONS   GUIDELINE N0:6.2.1.8c-1,2&3 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY~
EMERGENCY MASKS DO NOT ALLOW FREE SPEECH.
HED CATAGORY     CODE~ 4     LEVEL~      SCHEDULE:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
EMERGENCY MASKS SHOULD PERMIT SPEECH, EITHER BY MEANS OF A DIAPHRAGM  
EMERGENCY MASKS SHOULD PERMIT SPEECH, EITHER BY MEANS OF A DIAPHRAGM <WITH CAPABILITY TO SEPARATE VOICE FROM EXHAUST VALVE ACTION) OR WITH ELECTRONIC SPEECH SYSTEMS.
<WITH CAPABILITY TO SEPARATE VOICE FROM EXHAUST VALVE ACTION) OR WITH ELECTRONIC SPEECH SYSTEMS.
-------------------------------------------------------~---------------------
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
SEE HED :!1:97 * *
SEE HED :!1:97
* S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY  
* S A L E M   N U C L E A R   G E N E R A T I N G       S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY EVIEWER: SCHROEDER                 DATE:   011483                   NO: 557 ANEL IDENTIFIER                     COMPONENT IDENTIFIER GE/\IERIC                               GEf\IERAL LAYOUT SECTION CODE:       WDRKSPACE:11 QUEST.             GUIDELINE N0:11. 1 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
-EVIEWER: SCHROEDER DATE: 011483 NO: 557 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE MAIN DESK AREA IS NOT DESIGNED FOR THE EFFICIENT USE OF RADIOS, PHONES,   PROCEDURES AND TAGS.
ANEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT IDENTIFIER GE/\IERIC GEf\IERAL LAYOUT SECTION CODE: WDRKSPACE:11 QUEST. GUIDELINE N0:11. 1 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
HED CATAGORY CODE: 4       LEVEL:       SCHEDULE:
THE MAIN DESK AREA IS NOT DESIGNED FOR THE EFFICIENT USE OF RADIOS, PHONES, PROCEDURES AND TAGS. HED CATAGORY CODE: 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
ANALYZE THE WORKFLOW AT THE MAIN DESK AREA AND RE-DESIGN THE WORK AREA FOR MORE EFFICIENT OPERATION.
ANALYZE THE WORKFLOW AT THE MAIN DESK AREA AND RE-DESIGN THE WORK AREA FOR MORE EFFICIENT OPERATION.
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
OPERATOR WORK STATION WILL BE REDESIGNED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE "SALEM NUCLEAR GENERATING STATION CONTROL ROOM HUMJ'.:"iN FACTORS GUIDELINES." SEE ATTACHED DRAWING FOR CONCEPTUAL DESIGN . *
OPERATOR WORK STATION WILL BE REDESIGNED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE "SALEM NUCLEAR GENERATING STATION CONTROL ROOM HUMJ'.:"iN FACTORS GUIDELINES." SEE ATTACHED DRAWING FOR CONCEPTUAL DESIGN .
* SALEM GENERA TING STATION UNITS 1 AND 2 CONTROL OPERATOR DESIGN S {) L E M 1,1 U C L E (1 C E 1,1 E::
 
T I H G S T r.:1 T I 0 l'I Hl.Ji"i('1l'l E::l,!G I l'IEEI:::
--~-----
I l*-IC I 01 .. 1./:0 I !3CREF'(.1HCY  
SALEM GENERATING STATION UNITS 1 AND 2 CONTROL OPERATOR DESIGN
.::v :i:  
 
:: l...EMF'GEG 102 i**ID:: ................................
C E 1,1 E:: F~ r:~1 T I H G                                                                                                 I
*-* ............  
  .::v S {) L E M                                      1,1 U C L E (1 f~                                                                                                                                              S T               r.:1   T               0 l'I Hl.Ji"i('1l'l E::l,!G I l'IEEI::: I l*-IC DBbEF;:V(~T I 01 . 1./:0 I !3CREF'(.1HCY
* .... *-* *-* *-* .... *-* ....*... *-* ........ *-* .... *-* *-* .... *-* .... *-* .... *-* *-* .... *-* ................  
:i: [J,,J[f~
*-* ... *-* ................................................................................
::       l...EMF'GEG
*:** ....................
(;l:?I.~)    102                                                                               i**ID::
**-**-........ *-* ........... . CC****:I.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    ***x.. }
CC****:? . CC****3 GECT I OM CCl:OE :: 1... WOF<l<SF*r:)CE DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
COMPOHENT                              IDENTIFIER CC****:I.                                                                                                                                                               LEGEND PUSHBUTTONS CC****:?
COMPOHENT IDENTIFIER LEGEND PUSHBUTTONS
  . CC****3 GECT I OM CCl:OE :                                          1...             WOF<l<SF*r:)CE                                              l1JDF~l<SPACE                          ::                        GUIDELINE N0:6 .. 1.2.2c DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
:: GUIDELINE N0:6 .. 1.2.2c . CONTROLS ON TOP OF BENCHBOARD ARE NOT WITHIN REACH OF THE 5TH PERCENTILE FEMALE ..
      . CONTROLS ON TOP OF BENCHBOARD ARE NOT WITHIN REACH OF THE 5TH PERCENTILE FEMALE .. ~ROM THE CENTER AXIS OF THE BODY OF A 5TH PERCENTILE (EMALE TO THE FURTHEST CONTROL ON THE BENCH BOARD IS 36.5 INCHES. THE
THE CENTER AXIS OF THE BODY OF A 5TH PERCENTILE (EMALE TO THE FURTHEST CONTROL ON THE BENCH BOARD IS 36.5 INCHES. THE
* EXTENDED FUNCTIONAL REACH OF A 51.H PERCENTILE FEMALE IS 28 . 9 INCHES.
* EXTENDED FUNCTIONAL REACH OF A 51.H PERCENTILE FEMALE IS 28 .. 9 INCHES. HED CATAGORY CODE: 3 l...EVEL.::  
HED CATAGORY CODE: 3                                                                                        l...EVEL.::                                              ~;CHEDULE                      ::
:: E COMME
F~ E COMME 1,1:0r~ITID1'1~:; ::
:: NO ACl"ION RECOMMENDED.
NO ACl"ION RECOMMENDED.
'**-* ....
          ~***                                                        **~                                                                                                                                                                        -- *-* *- ........................ *-* ............................ *-* ....
............  
.  *CDMMEl,IT~:;/ ,JU~:>T                                IF I CAT I 01\1 For~ 1\101\1*-*CCiNFO!"~M{:iHCE ::
*-* *-* *-* ................
  .               ::: c(JM~:;o1 ... E C(!1l'll,IOT                                    BE 1:::EDEGIGl,IED ~il\ID THEl~:E (~F:E 1'!0 !:'.iTH PEr~CENTil...E
*-* ............ ........ *-* .....................................
  .                 1ALE ROs. l"HE CONTROLS <PUSHBUTTONS) DO NOT REQUIRE ACCURACY OR
*-* ............
  *              .~CISlON TO OPERATE. A RAil...IHG AROUND THE BENCHBOARD PROVIDES HAND
**-............
  *.SUPPORT
*-* ........................
  -                                        TO THE O~ERATOR WHILE LEANING OVER THE CONSOLE .                                                                                                                                                           ALTHOUGH
*-................................................
      . lHERE ARE SAFETY RELA"fED CONTROLS ON THE BENCHBOARD~ IF THE OPERATOR E;l**IOUL.D Pl...t1CE THE If~ H1~~1MD ( r:*tiL.M DOl*Jl'I) Cll'I THE CUMTF<'.DL *.1 THEY l,H 1...L. l**IOT BE ACTUATED BECAUSE THE CONTROLS ARE ALL RECESSED PUSHBUTTO~IS THAT CAN ONLY BE ACTIVATED BY DEPRESSING BELOW THE BEZEL PLANE..                                                                                                                                                                                 SEE ATTACHED DRAWING AND HED t 5
--*-* *-........................
* 5*"Jc;: =- - - -
*-* ............................
S,<;ft'J{VI 01 x I 0
*-* ... . .
 
IF I CAT I 01\1  
I.. E M                          H U C I.. E {.\ r;:                                               G E              l**I      E    I~:    (~,    T I H G                                  GTl~TIClH HUM1'.'il\I E:l,IG I                      l'IEEr~            I l'IC~.     OB~:;i:::r~V(~ T .[                    01-.11 I> I DCF~EP(.~1 ..ICY
:: -. :::
                        **rr:*1.11::*1~
... E C(!1l'll,IOT BE 1:::EDEGIGl,IED 1'!0 !:'.iTH . 1ALE ROs. l"HE CONTROLS <PUSHBUTTONS)
                      'I ***** v, . ...
DO NOT REQUIRE ACCURACY OR
                                            *.11          l...l::MPGES                                                                                                                                                                                                                              HO::                      1::*
* TO OPERATE. A RAil...IHG AROUND THE BENCHBOARD PROVIDES HAND *.SUPPORT TO THE WHILE LEANING OVER THE CONSOLE .. ALTHOUGH . lHERE ARE SAFETY RELA"fED CONTROLS ON THE IF THE OPERATOR E;l**IOUL.D Pl...t1CE THE ( r:*tiL.M DOl*Jl'I)
                  '***                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    ~**
Cll'I THE CUMTF<'.DL
            *PANEi... IDENTIFIER CC****:I..                                                                                                                                                            LEGEHD                        PU~:lHBUTTCJl-.IEi CC*.. *3 SECT I 01,1 CODE::                                             :l..           vl011:1\SPACE                                                                                                                GUIDELIHE N0:6 .. :l.2.2d-2 DESCRIPTIOH OF                                                  DISCREPANCY~
*.1 THEY l,H 1...L. l**IOT BE ACTUATED BECAUSE THE CONTROLS ARE ALL RECESSED THAT CAN ONLY BE ACTIVATED BY DEPRESSING BELOW THE BEZEL PLANE.. SEE ATTACHED DRAWING AND HED t 5 * * **x * .. }
CONTROLS ON BACK PORTION OF CONSOLE ARE NOT WITHIN REACH OF 5TH PtRCENTILE FEMALE. FROM CENTER AXIS or 5"fH PERCEN"Til...E FEMALE BODY l'O FURTHEST
* 5*"Jc;: = ----S,<;ft'J{VI 01 x I 0
      'CDMTFWI... (PUSHBUTTONS) CH*I vr:rnIC~1L F'CHnIC:ll\I OF BEJ*ICHEl(Jf:1Frn H! 43 .. !.'.:i INCHES ..
* I... E M H U C I... E {.\ r;: G E l**I E T I H G
HED CAl.AGORY CODE: 3                                                                                         L.. I::.-*.I/*1-*~. 1-* ::                             SCHEDULE::
*.
F< EC OM ME HD'(..\ T I*D l'I ~3 ::
... . 'I ***** v, .... *.11 HUM1'.'il\I E:l,IG I I
      *No ACTION RECOMMENDED COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR MON-CONFORMANCE:
T .[ 01-.11 I> I
THE COH~301...E CAHl,IOT l:!E r;:EDE!::. I GMED (11-~D THEF\E (..\F~E ,,,D ~=.:iTH PEl:~cEMTI l._E
.. ICY l...l::MPGES HO:: 1::* ****' .... *-* *-* .... '*** .............................
        . ..ALE ROs.. THE CONTROLS <PUSHBUTTONS) DO NOT REQUIRE ACCURACY PRECISION TO OPERATE. A RAIL.ING AROUND THE BENCHBOARD PROVIDES
... : .... *-* .... *-* ............................
          " ..,,1:0 f:>l.JF'POl:~T TU THE or:*Eli'.(.iTDF~ WHILE LE(1l,IIHC CJV[F~ THE CDHf:)Dl...E .. P.11...THOUGH
*-* .... *-* *-* *-* *-* .... *-* ................................
      ' lHEr<E ,:~r~E El1:'.'1FETY r::[L(.'1 T E:O C(Jl .. ITF~OLB Dl\1 THE BE:1-.1CH:E<C.lr::1r~D' IF THE DP Er::(.\ *1 DR
*-* ........ *-* .... *-* ........................................................................ ............................................... . *PANEi...
      * '...c~l**lf-Jltl    r,
IDENTIFIER CC****:I..
                  ... " *** A,                ~. r*1::*
LEGEHD CC* .. *3 SECT I 01,1 CODE:: :l.. vl011:1\SPACE GUIDELIHE N0:6 .. :l.2.2d-2 DESCRIPTIOH OF CONTROLS ON BACK PORTION OF CONSOLE ARE NOT WITHIN REACH OF 5TH PtRCENTILE FEMALE. FROM CENTER AXIS or 5"fH PERCEN"Til...E FEMALE BODY l'O FURTHEST 'CDMTFWI... (PUSHBUTTONS)
1::*1... IL.       ... *r*1 ..11::*_,,.1*1:..\ 1..1~1*.1*
CH*I F'CHnIC:ll\I OF BEJ*ICHEl(Jf:1Frn H! 43 .. !.'.:i INCHES .. HED CAl.AGORY CODE: 3 L I-*. *1-* 1 .. ::. I/ -* :: SCHEDULE::
n A1 ) <r.:*(..       r L..t-1  1 *.1 T>f'"IJl,I)
*-* ............................
A J ~                c*1,1
*-* ........................
                                                                                                                                                                  .I        *1*1.. 11::*... c:n1. *- ..1T1:i*1*11 I *** -*?              "'!'1**11::*v
*-* ............
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            *- I      1,JJ*1
*-* ........................
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        * * *** 1    -      1-.1I cr1*
*-* .... *-* .... *-* ................................
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  *        .!:i1::*
*-* ........ *-* ....................
1
-* ............
()C'i"Ur'.:\TE:O                    I~Ecr:~1UDE                      THE              CDl.,ITF~ULS                            f*\F::E      r~l...I...     l~ECF!:Jf:)E:O                        F*U~3H:OUTTDl,I!:;                              TH(~T                Cr.~11.,1 ONLY BE ACTIVATED BY DEPRESSING BELDW l"HE BEZEL PLANE.                                                                                                                                                                                   SEE ATTACHED
-** ............
        .DRAWING AND HED # 3.
.. : ................................................................................ . F< EC OM ME HD'(..\ T I*D l'I :: *No ACTION RECOMMENDED COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR MON-CONFORMANCE:
 
THE CAHl,IOT l:!E r;:EDE!::.
                          .s*">~ =- --- -
I GMED THEF\E
S,"ltl~fft 01 X .s      0
,,,D l._E . ..ALE ROs.. THE CONTROLS <PUSHBUTTONS)
 
DO NOT REQUIRE ACCURACY PRECISION TO OPERATE. A RAIL.ING AROUND THE BENCHBOARD PROVIDES " .. ,,1:0 TU THE WHILE LE(1l,IIHC THE CDHf:)Dl...E
S A L E M  N U C L E A R    G E N E R A T I N G    S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY REVIEWER:  LEMPGES                    DATE:  020982                  NOg    14 PANEL IDENTIFIER                      COMPONENT IDENTIFIER 1 RP-1                                    RADIATION MONITORS SECTION CODE:      WORKSPACE:1. WORKSPACE      GUIDELINE N0:6.1.2.5b-2 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
.. P.11...THOUGH
RADIATION MONITORS ON 1RP-1 ARE ABOVE GUIDELINE REQUIREMENT OF 65 INCHES. THEY ARE 92 INCHES ABOVE THE GROUND.
' lHEr<E El1:'.'1FETY r::[L(.'1 T E:O C(Jl ..
HED CATAGORY CODE: 3       LEVEL:       SCHEDULE:
Dl\1 THE IF THE DP Er::(.\ *1 DR
* r, 1::*1 r*1::* *r*1 .. 11::* 1*1: .. 1 .. <r.:*(.. 1 *.1 T>f'"IJl,I) c*1,1 *1*1 .. 11::* c:n1 .. 1T1:i*1*11
"'!'1**11::*v 1,JJ*1 1 1-.1 cr1* 1:i1::* '... ... " *** A, ... IL. ... _,,. \ n A r L..t-1 A J .I ... . *-I *** -*? *-I * * *** -I * .! *... ()C'i"Ur'.:\TE:O THE f*\F::E ONLY BE ACTIVATED BY DEPRESSING BELDW l"HE BEZEL PLANE. SEE ATTACHED .DRAWING AND HED # 3. 
*
=-----
01 X .s 0 ** <: '
* S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY
*REVIEWER:
LEMPGES DATE: 020982 NOg 14 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT IDENTIFIER 1 RP-1 RADIATION MONITORS SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE:1.
WORKSPACE GUIDELINE N0:6.1.2.5b-2 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
RADIATION MONITORS ON 1RP-1 ARE ABOVE GUIDELINE REQUIREMENT OF 65 INCHES. THEY ARE 92 INCHES ABOVE THE GROUND. HED CATAGORY CODE: 3 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
CHANGE COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
CHANGE COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
CRITICAL MONITORS WILL BE RELOCATED BELOW 65 INCHES AND THE ARRANGEMENT WILL BE RECONFIGURED, *
CRITICAL MONITORS WILL BE RELOCATED BELOW 65 INCHES AND THE ARRANGEMENT WILL BE RECONFIGURED,
* PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC & GAS 3.a HEDs CC-1: 132, 134, 139, 140, 141, 145, 146, 523, and 672 All but three of these HEDs will be corrected thereby eliminating the cumulative and interactive effects. The three not needing correction, HEDs 140, 523, and 672, have no cumulative or interactive effects. HEDs 140 and 523 deal with equipment being in procedural vs. logical sequence.
 
HED 672 deals with a components location.
PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC & GAS
Comments/Justification for non-conformance is contained on each individual HED. HEDs CC-2: 37, 39, 41, 109, 111, 113, 114, 119, 120, 121, 122, 133, 521, and 522. All but three of these HEDs will be corrected thereby eliminating the cumulative and interactive effects. The three not needing correction, HEDs 109, 111, and 119, have no cumulative or interactive effects. HED 109 has to do with color coding, HED 111 deals with not being safety related, and HED 119 deals with component string length. Comments/justification for conformance is contained on each individual HED. HEDs CC-3: 133, 204, 205, 206, 211, 214, and 216 All but four of these HEDs will be corrected thereby eliminating the cumulative and interactive effects. Three of the four not needing correction, HEDs 206, 214, and 216, have to do with HF turbine control being a non-safety system. HED 211 deals with component string length. Comments/justification for non-conformance is contained on each individual HED.
* 3.a HEDs CC-1: 132, 134, 139, 140, 141, 145, 146, 523, and 672 All but three of these HEDs will be corrected thereby eliminating the cumulative and interactive effects. The three not needing correction, HEDs 140, 523, and 672, have no cumulative or interactive effects. HEDs 140 and 523 deal with equipment being in procedural vs. logical sequence. HED 672 deals with a components location. Comments/Justification for non-conformance is contained on each individual HED.
S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY CC*-*1 COOL DOWN VALVES C11> SECTION C/D INTEGRATION GUIDELINE N0:6.9.1.1c-1 DtSCRIPTION OF ON THE "11 COOL DOWN VALVES" BEZEL, THE 11 RH 18 RHX OUTLET VALVE CONTROL PUSHBUTTONS AND THE VALVE DEMAND INDICATION LOCATED FOUR BEZELS AWAY ARE NOT WELL ASSOCIATED.
HEDs CC-2: 37, 39, 41, 109, 111, 113, 114, 119, 120, 121, 122, 133, 521, and 522.
THIS IS ALSO TRUE FOR 12 RH 18 RHX. HED CATAGORY 4
All but three of these HEDs will be corrected thereby eliminating the cumulative and interactive effects. The three not needing correction, HEDs 109, 111, and 119, have no cumulative or interactive effects. HED 109 has to do with color coding, HED 111 deals with not being safety related, and HED 119 deals with component string length. Comments/justification for non-conformance is contained on each individual HED.
HEDs CC-3: 133, 204, 205, 206, 211, 214, and 216 All but four of these HEDs will be corrected thereby eliminating the cumulative and interactive effects. Three of the four not needing correction, HEDs 206, 214, and 216, have to do with HF turbine control being a non-safety system. HED 211 deals with component string length. Comments/justification for non-conformance is contained on each individual HED.
 
S A L E M N U C L E AR        G E NE R A T I N G   S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY CC*-*1                                     COOL DOWN VALVES C11>
SECTION   CODE~      WORKSPACE~9. C/D INTEGRATION GUIDELINE N0:6.9.1.1c-1 DtSCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY~
ON THE "11 COOL DOWN VALVES" BEZEL, THE 11 RH 18 RHX OUTLET VALVE CONTROL PUSHBUTTONS AND THE VALVE DEMAND INDICATION LOCATED FOUR BEZELS AWAY ARE NOT WELL ASSOCIATED. THIS IS ALSO TRUE FOR 12 RH 18 RHX.
HED CATAGORY   CODE~ 4     LEVEL~        SCHEDULE~
RECOMMENDATIONS:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
F<t-m FLOWS SHOULD BE NEXT TO Ffrl -18 & 20 CONTROLS.
F<t-m FLOWS SHOULD BE NEXT TO Ffrl - 18 & 20 CONTROLS.
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR THE CONTROL/DISPLAY RELATIONSHIP IN THE CONTROL ROOM WILL BE MODIFIED TO MEET THE SALEM HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES  
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE~
* *
THE CONTROL/DISPLAY RELATIONSHIP IN THE CONTROL ROOM WILL BE MODIFIED TO MEET THE SALEM HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES
* S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY CC*-*1 SAFEGUARD ACTUATION EQUIPMENT SECT I 01'1 PANEL LAYOUT GUIDELINE N0:6.8.1.3d DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
* S A L E M N U C L E A R     G E NE R A T I N G     S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY CC*-*1                                       SAFEGUARD ACTUATION EQUIPMENT
-----------------~-----------------------------------------------------------
SECT I 01'1 CODE~      WORKSPACE~8. PANEL LAYOUT     GUIDELINE N0:6.8.1.3d DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
THE SAFEGUARD ACTUATION EQUIPMENT IS NOT DISTINGUISHED BY ENHANCEMENT TECHNIQUES TO FACILITATE IDENTIFICATION.
THE SAFEGUARD ACTUATION EQUIPMENT IS NOT DISTINGUISHED BY ENHANCEMENT TECHNIQUES TO FACILITATE IDENTIFICATION.
HED CATAGDRY 3
HED CATAGDRY     CODE~ 3     LEVEL~      SCHEDULE:
I CHANGE RECOMMENDED.
F~ECOMMEMDAT I OMS~
SCHEDULE:
CHANGE RECOMMENDED.
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR TO BE HIGHLIGHTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SALEM HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINE  
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE~
*
TO BE HIGHLIGHTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SALEM HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINE
* S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY CC*-*1 1;:H1;: SYSTEM SI SYSTEM REACTOR COOLANT PUMPS SECT I 01-1 CID INTEGRATION GUIDELINE N0:6.9.1.2a-4
 
S A L E M N U C L E A R     G E NE R A T I N G   S T AT I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY CC*-*1                                       1;:H1;: SYSTEM SI SYSTEM REACTOR COOLANT PUMPS SECT I 01-1 CODE~      WORKSPACE~9. CID INTEGRATION GUIDELINE N0:6.9.1.2a-4
* DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
* DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
CONTROLS ARE OFTEN MOUNTED TO THE LEFT OF DISPLAYS CONTRARY TO THE PREFERED ORIENTATION OF CONTROLS MOUNTED TO THE RIGHT. FOR RHR SI SYSTEM AND REACTOR COOLANT PUMPS. HED CATAGORY 3
CONTROLS ARE OFTEN MOUNTED TO THE LEFT OF DISPLAYS CONTRARY TO THE PREFERED ORIENTATION OF CONTROLS MOUNTED TO THE RIGHT.
FOR EXAMPLE~ RHR SYSTEM~ SI SYSTEM AND REACTOR COOLANT PUMPS.
HED   CATAGORY   CODE~ 3     LEVEL~      SCHEDULE:
RECOMMENDATIONS~
CHANGE RECOMMENDED.
CHANGE RECOMMENDED.
SCHEDULE:
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
CONTROL/DISPLAY RELATIONSHIPS WILL BE CHANGED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SALEM HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES  
CONTROL/DISPLAY RELATIONSHIPS WILL BE CHANGED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SALEM HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES
*
* S A L E M   N U C L E A R   G E N E R A T I N G       S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY
* S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY L;(l IDENTIFIER IDENTIFIER CC-1 Rl.-JST LEVELS SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE:8.
--:~~~~~~--~~~=~---------------------~~~:~~---~=~~~~----------------*---~=~----~ L;(l
PANEL LAYOUT GUIDELINE NO:G.8.2.
~NEL    IDENTIFIER                     COM~ONENT    IDENTIFIER CC-1                                     Rl.-JST LEVELS SECTION CODE:       WORKSPACE:8. PANEL LAYOUT       GUIDELINE NO:G.8.2. la-1 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
la-1 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
DISPLAYS ARE NOT ARRANGED IN A NATURAL SEQUENCE. FOR EXAMPLE, RWST LEVELS D AND B COULD BE TO THE RIGHT OF BORON INJECTION TANK TEMP AND DISCH PRESS AND CHARGING PUMPS DISCHARGE FLOW.
DISPLAYS ARE NOT ARRANGED IN A NATURAL SEQUENCE.
HED CATAGORY CODE: 4       LEVEL:       SCHEDULE:
FOR EXAMPLE, RWST LEVELS D AND B COULD BE TO THE RIGHT OF BORON INJECTION TANK TEMP AND DISCH PRESS AND CHARGING PUMPS DISCHARGE FLOW. HED CATAGORY CODE: 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
NO CHANGE RECOMMENDED.
NO CHANGE RECOMMENDED.
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
THE BENEFITS RESULTING FROM MAKING SUCH CHANGES DO NOT JUSTIFY THE COSTS. NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN. THE CURRENT LAYOUT HAS DISCHARGE PRESSURE NEXT TO FLOW, WHICH IS DESIRABLE.
THE BENEFITS RESULTING FROM MAKING SUCH CHANGES DO NOT
THE METER SCALES AND METER DESIGN ARE .FE RENT ENOUGH THAT THE OPERATOR WOULD NOT CONFUSE THE TWO METERS .
.FE JUSTIFY THE COSTS. NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN.     THE CURRENT LAYOUT HAS DISCHARGE PRESSURE NEXT TO FLOW, WHICH IS DESIRABLE. THE METER SCALES AND METER DESIGN ARE RENT ENOUGH THAT THE OPERATOR WOULD NOT CONFUSE THE TWO METERS .
* S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY CC** .. 1 CCW BEZEL SECTIOt-1 WORKSPACE:8.
 
PANEL LAYOUT GUIDELINE N0:0 DESCRIPTION OF PLACEMENT OF CONTROLS NEXT TO RELATED DISPLAYS IS NOT ALWAYS CONSISTENT.
S A L E M N U C L E A R     G E N E R A T I N G   S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY CC**.. 1                                   CCW BEZEL SECTIOt-1 CODE~      WORKSPACE:8. PANEL LAYOUT     GUIDELINE N0:0 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY~
FOR EXAMPLE, IN THE CCW GROUP, CONTROL PUSHBUTTONS ARE GENERALLY NEXT TO THEIR RELATED DISPLAYS.
PLACEMENT OF CONTROLS NEXT TO RELATED DISPLAYS IS NOT ALWAYS CONSISTENT. FOR EXAMPLE, IN THE CCW GROUP, CONTROL PUSHBUTTONS ARE GENERALLY NEXT TO THEIR RELATED DISPLAYS. HOWEVER, THE 12 cc PUMP rs NEXT TO BOTH THE 12 AND 13 CC PUMP INDICATOR WHILE THE 13 CC PUMP IS ON THE FAR SIDE OF THE 13 CC PUMP INDICATOR.
HOWEVER, THE 12 cc PUMP rs NEXT TO BOTH THE 12 AND 13 CC PUMP INDICATOR WHILE THE 13 CC PUMP IS ON THE FAR SIDE OF THE 13 CC PUMP INDICATOR.
HED CATAGORY   CODE~ 3     LEVEL:      SCHEDULE::
HED CATAGORY 3
RECOMMENDATIONS~
CHANGE RECOMMENDED.
CHANGE RECOMMENDED.
LEVEL: SCHEDULE::
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE~
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR CONTROL/DISPLAY RELATIONSHIP WILL BE CHANGED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINE  
CONTROL/DISPLAY RELATIONSHIP WILL BE CHANGED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINE
* *
* S AL E M N U C L E AR        G E NE R A T I N G     S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY VIEWER~  DOYLE                     DATE~  021682                 ND: 14!.:'i
* S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY DOYLE 021682 ND: 14!.:'i .
.       *---------------------~--------------------------------------------------
NEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT IDENTIFIER CC*-*1 LEGEND PUSHBUTTONS SECTION WORKSPACE:8.
NEL IDENTIFIER                     COMPONENT IDENTIFIER CC*-*1                                     LEGEND PUSHBUTTONS SECTION   CODE~      WORKSPACE:8. PANEL LAYOUT     GUIDELINE N0:6.8.3.2b DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY~
PANEL LAYOUT GUIDELINE N0:6.8.3.2b DESCRIPTION OF THERE ARE STRINGS OF PUSHBUTTONS WHICH EXCEED 20" IN WIDTH. HED CATAGORY 4
THERE ARE STRINGS OF PUSHBUTTONS WHICH EXCEED 20" IN WIDTH.
HED CATAGORY     CODE~ 4     LEVEL:      SCHEDULE:
RECOMMENDATIONS~
CHANGE RECOMMENDED.
CHANGE RECOMMENDED.
LEVEL: SCHEDULE:
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
DEMARCATION LABELING WILL BE USED THE BREAKUP OF GROUPS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SALEM HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES.
DEMARCATION LABELING WILL BE USED THE BREAKUP OF GROUPS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SALEM HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES.
S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY CC*-*1 COl-ITROLS SECTIOl-1 WORKSPACE:B.
 
PANEL LAYOUT GUIDELINE DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
S AL E M N U C L E AR            G E N E R A T I N G     S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY CC*-*1                                         COl-ITROLS METEF~t)
MANY COMPONENT GROUPINGS EXCEED MORE THAN 5 IN NUMBER AND PHYSICAL SPACING OR DEMARCATION IS NOT USED. HEn CATAGORY 3
SECTIOl-1 CODE~          WORKSPACE:B. PANEL LAYOUT     GUIDELINE N0~6.8.3.2C-1&2 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
TI CHANGE RECOMMENDED.
MANY COMPONENT GROUPINGS EXCEED MORE THAN 5 IN NUMBER AND PHYSICAL SPACING OR DEMARCATION IS NOT USED.
SCHEDULE:
HEn CATAGORY       CODE~  3     LEVEL~      SCHEDULE:
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR GROUPS GREATER THAN FIVE ARE FUNCTIONALLY LINKED BY PARAMETER.
l~ECOMMEMDt-\ TI 01-IS~
LABEL DEMAF:CATION WILL BE ADDED TO tmEAKUP GROUPHIGS HI ACCORDANCE WITH THE SALEM HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELIMES  
CHANGE RECOMMENDED.
*
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE~
* S A L E tvi N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY
GROUPS GREATER THAN FIVE ARE FUNCTIONALLY LINKED BY PARAMETER.
* REVIEWER:
~1LSO LABEL DEMAF:CATION WILL BE ADDED TO tmEAKUP GROUPHIGS HI ACCORDANCE WITH THE SALEM HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELIMES
DOYLE DATE: 041982 NO: 523 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
* S A L E tvi   N U C L E A R   G E N E R A T I N G   S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY REVIEWER: DOYLE                       DATE: 041982                 NO: 523 PANEL IDENTIFIER                       COMPONENT IDENTIFIER CC-1                                       SAFETY INJECTION PUSHBUTTONS SECTION CODE:         WORKSPACE:4. CONTROLS       GUIDELINE N0:6.4.3. la DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
PANEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT IDENTIFIER CC-1 SAFETY INJECTION PUSHBUTTONS SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE:4.
SAFETY INJECTION PUSHBUTTONS WOULD BE BETTER ARRANGED LEFT TO RIGHT AS: SUCTION, DISCHARGE, BIT, AS THE PROCEDURE WOULD CALL FOR.
CONTROLS GUIDELINE N0:6.4.3.
HED CATAGORY CODE: 4         LEVEL:       SCHEDULE:
la DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
SAFETY INJECTION PUSHBUTTONS WOULD BE BETTER ARRANGED LEFT TO RIGHT AS: SUCTION, DISCHARGE, BIT, AS THE PROCEDURE WOULD CALL FOR. HED CATAGORY CODE: 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
NO CHANGES RECOMMENDED.
NO CHANGES RECOMMENDED.
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN. THE PUSHBUTTONS ARE ARRANGED IN A LOGICAL ORDER BY COMPONENTS ON THE CONTROL CONSOLE. NUREG 0700 GIVES A CHOICE OF LOGICAL ORDER DR PROCEDURE SEQUENCE.
NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN. THE PUSHBUTTONS ARE ARRANGED IN A LOGICAL ORDER BY COMPONENTS ON THE CONTROL CONSOLE. NUREG 0700 GIVES A CHOICE OF LOGICAL ORDER DR PROCEDURE SEQUENCE. LOGICAL ORDER WAS CHOSEN .
LOGICAL ORDER WAS CHOSEN . *
 
* S A L E M i\IUCLEAR G E N E R A T I N G HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY 72 NEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT IDENTIFIER CC-1 SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE:11 QUEST. DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
S A L E M     i\IUCLEAR       G E N E R A T I N G       ST~iT.LON HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY
ACCUMULATOR CHECK VALVE LEGEND PUSHBUTTONS GU I DEL. I NE NO: 11. :l 0 ONE OPERATOR HAS INDICATED THAT THE CHECK VALVE TEST ScCTION IS DIFFICULT TO FIND DR IDENTIFY DUE TO ITS CURRENT LOCATION IN THE CONTROL VALVE SECTION. HED CATAGORY CODE: 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:
-  ~~~=~==~--=~~:~=~==-----------------*-~~~~~--~~~~~=------------------*-:~~----~
CC-1 NEL IDENTIFIER                       COMPONENT IDENTIFIER ACCUMULATOR CHECK VALVE LEGEND PUSHBUTTONS 72 SECTION CODE:         WORKSPACE:11 QUEST.           GU I DEL. I NE NO: 11. :l 0 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
ONE OPERATOR HAS INDICATED THAT THE CHECK VALVE TEST ScCTION IS DIFFICULT TO FIND DR IDENTIFY DUE TO ITS CURRENT LOCATION IN THE CONTROL VALVE SECTION.
HED CATAGORY CODE:     4     LEVEL:       SCHEDULE:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
CONSIDER DEMARCATING OR OTHERWISE CODING THESE CONTROLS FOR EASE OF IDENTITY.
CONSIDER DEMARCATING OR OTHERWISE CODING THESE CONTROLS FOR EASE OF IDENTITY.
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
THIS IS NOT A SAFETY SIGNIFICANT ITEM. THESE CHECK VALVE TEST LINES ARE ONLY USED DLRING PERFORMANCE OF CHECK VALVE TESTS AND SOME STARTUPS.
THIS IS NOT A SAFETY SIGNIFICANT ITEM.
NO ACTION WILL BE . * ---------
THESE CHECK VALVE TEST LINES ARE ONLY USED DLRING PERFORMANCE OF CHECK VALVE TESTS AND SOME STARTUPS. NO ACTION WILL BE TAKE~ .
S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY CC*-*2 PRESSURIZER PRESSURE CONTROLS, RECORDER PRESSURIZER LEVEL RECORDER SECT I Ol'I CODE:
  -~~    ---------
C/D INTEGRATION GUIDELINE N0:6.9.1.1c-1 DESCRIPTION OF PRESSURIZER PRESSURE & PRESSURIZER LEVEL CONTROLS ARE NOT WELL ASSOCIATED WITH RECORDERS.
 
CONTROLS ARE ON HORIZONTAL PLANE OF CONSOLE. RECORDERS ARE OFFSET ON VERTICAL PLANE OF COMSOLE. HED CATAGORY 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:
S A L E M N U C L E AR            G E N E R A T I N G   S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY CC*-*2                                             PRESSURIZER PRESSURE CONTROLS, RECORDER PRESSURIZER LEVEL CONTROLS~ RECORDER SECT I Ol'I CODE:             WORKSPACE~?. C/D INTEGRATION GUIDELINE N0:6.9.1.1c-1
I 01'-IS CONSIDER DEMARCATING THE RECORDERS WITH THE USE OF TAPE OR Il..JG. COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR THE ASSOCIATION OF CONTROLS AND DISPLAYS IS NOT A PROBLEM FOR THE OPERATORS.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------~--
THE RECOMMENDATION WILL NOT IMPLEMENTED.
DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY~
IN AN EMERGENCY, THE OPERATORS WOULD Y ON THE METERS. THE PRESSURE AND LEVEL RECORDERS USED FOR TRENDING AND POST-*ACCIDENT ANALYSIS ONLY. THE ARRANGEMEN*r OF CONTROLS TO METERS WILL CONFORM TO THE SALEM HllMAN FACTORS GUIDELINE.
PRESSURIZER PRESSURE & PRESSURIZER LEVEL CONTROLS ARE NOT WELL ASSOCIATED WITH RECORDERS. CONTROLS ARE ON HORIZONTAL PLANE OF CONSOLE. RECORDERS ARE OFFSET ON VERTICAL PLANE OF COMSOLE.
S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY LEMPGES DATE:: 02:1.282 NO:: 3S' -------------------------------------------------------------------------
HED   CATAGORY     CODE~    4     LEVEL:       SCHEDULE:
NEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT IDENTIFIER  
r~ECOMMENDAT I   01'-IS ~
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
CONSIDER DEMARCATING THE RECORDERS WITH THE USE OF TAPE OR COLO!=~**-PADD Il..JG.
CC*-*2 PANEL ARRANGEMENT SECTIOl'-1 CODE:: WORKSPACE:9.
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE~
C/D INTEGRATION GUIDELINE N0:6.9.1.2a-1,2&4 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
THE ASSOCIATION OF CONTROLS AND DISPLAYS IS NOT A PROBLEM FOR THE OPERATORS. THE RECOMMENDATION WILL NOT IMPLEMENTED. IN AN EMERGENCY, THE OPERATORS WOULD Y ON THE METERS. THE PRESSURE AND LEVEL RECORDERS
CONTROLS ARE NOT GENERALLY MOUNTED BELOW THE DISPLAY. CONTROLS ARE NOT GENERALLY CENTERED ON THE DISPLAY. COIHFWLS l'IOT CONSISTEl,ITL Y MOU"ITED TO THE RIGHT OF DISPLAY. EXAMPLE::
  *~E USED FOR TRENDING AND POST-*ACCIDENT ANALYSIS ONLY.
FEEDWATER l FW CONT VA CONT VALVEI 11BF19 HED CATAGORY CODE:: 3 CHANGE RECOMMENDED.
THE ARRANGEMEN*r OF CONTROLS TO METERS WILL CONFORM TO THE SALEM HllMAN FACTORS GUIDELINE.
SCHEDULE:
 
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR THE CONSOLE WILL BE LAID OUT IN A HORIZONTAL ARCHITECTURE FOR CONTROLS AND DISPLAYS AS DESCRIBED IN THE SALEM HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINE  
S A L E M N U C L E A R         G E N E R A T I N G   S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY VIEWEI~:
* *
LEMPGES                     DATE:: 02:1.282               NO:: 3S' NEL IDENTIFIER                         COMPONENT IDENTIFIER CC*-*2                                         PANEL ARRANGEMENT SECTIOl'-1 CODE::       WORKSPACE:9. C/D INTEGRATION GUIDELINE N0:6.9.1.2a-1,2&4 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
* S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY CC-2 STEAM GENERATOR 11, 13, 14 I, II, III, lV INDICr=iTORS SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE:9.
CONTROLS ARE NOT GENERALLY MOUNTED BELOW THE DISPLAY.
C/D INTEGRATION GUIDELINE N0:6.9.2.2d&e DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
CONTROLS ARE NOT GENERALLY CENTERED ON THE DISPLAY.
STEAM GENERATOR PRESSURE AND LEVEL INDICATORS ARE NOT CONSISTENTLY ARRANGED FOR CHANNELS I THROUGH IV. HED CATAGORY CODE: 3 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:
COIHFWLS ~.F~E l'IOT CONSISTEl,ITL Y MOU"ITED TO THE RIGHT OF DISPLAY.
EXAMPLE:: FEEDWATER l FW CONT VA CONT VALVEI     11BF19 HED CATAGORY CODE:: 3         LEVEL.~        SCHEDULE:
RECOMMENDATIONS~
CHANGE RECOMMENDED.
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE~
THE CONSOLE WILL BE LAID OUT IN A HORIZONTAL ARCHITECTURE FOR CONTROLS AND DISPLAYS AS DESCRIBED IN THE SALEM HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINE
* S A L E M   N U C L E A R   G E N E R A T I N G     S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY
---------------------~-------------------------------------------------------
CC-2                                     STEAM GENERATOR 11, 12~ 13, 14 I, II, III, lV INDICr=iTORS SECTION CODE:       WORKSPACE:9. C/D INTEGRATION GUIDELINE N0:6.9.2.2d&e DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
STEAM GENERATOR PRESSURE AND LEVEL INDICATORS ARE NOT CONSISTENTLY ARRANGED FOR CHANNELS I THROUGH IV.
HED CATAGORY CODE: 3       LEVEL:       SCHEDULE:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
CHANGE RECOMMENDED.
CHANGE RECOMMENDED.
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
ALL CONTROL/INDICATORS WILL BE ARRANGED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES . *
ALL CONTROL/INDICATORS WILL BE ARRANGED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE     SALE~
* S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY DOYLE DATE: 021582 NO: 109 **-**--------**-*-**-**---*--*----*---*--*--*----------* ****-* *----------------------------------ANEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT IDENTIFIER
HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES .
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
CC-2 eves BEZELS AND CHARGING BEZEL SECTION CODE: 8. PANEL LAYOUT WORKSPACE:
S A L E M N U C L E AR                                G E NE R AT I N G                             S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY
GUIDELINE N0:6.8.1.3c DESCRIPTION OF THE 3 eves BEZELS ARE NOT GROUPED TOGETHER AND THE CHARGING BEZEL COULD ALSO BE BETTER MARKED. HED CATAGORY 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:
* REVIEWER~          DOYLE                                             DATE:             021582                                   NO:         109 ANEL IDENTIFIER CC-2 COMPONENT IDENTIFIER eves BEZELS AND CHARGING BEZEL SECTION CODE:               8.     PANEL LAYOUT               WORKSPACE:                       GUIDELINE N0:6.8.1.3c DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY~
THE 3 eves BEZELS ARE NOT GROUPED TOGETHER AND THE CHARGING BEZEL COULD ALSO BE BETTER MARKED.
HED CATAGORY         CODE~        4           LEVEL:                   SCHEDULE:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
CHANGE RECOMMENDED  
CHANGE RECOMMENDED *
* . COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
. COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
LOCATION IS A TRAINING FUNCTION.
LOCATION IS A TRAINING FUNCTION. DIFFICULTY CHANGING PLACEMENT DOES NOT JUSTIFY THE BENEFITS. BEZELS WILL BE RELABELED.
DIFFICULTY CHANGING PLACEMENT DOES NOT JUSTIFY THE BENEFITS.
 
BEZELS WILL BE RELABELED.
S A L E M N U C L E AR            G E NE R A T I N G       S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY PEVIEWER~        DOYLE                         DATE: 021582                       NO:     111
S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY DOYLE DATE: 021582 NO: 111 CC*-*2 PRESSURIZER RELIEF ISOLATION VALVE SECT I 01-1 WORKSPACE:8.
**;~~~~*-*;~~~:;~;.;~~~-*-*----**-*-*-*--------*------~~~~:;;,~~~-~;~~~~~~~~----*--*---*--------
PANEL LAYOUT GUIDELIME N0::0 DESCRIPTION OF THE PRESSURIZER RELIEF ISOLATION VALVE IN THE RC PRESSURE BEZEL COULD BENEFIT FROM SPECIAL DEMARCATION AS AN EMERGENCY CONTROL. HED CATAGORY 4 LEVEL:: SCHEDULE:
CC*-*2                                             PRESSURIZER RELIEF ISOLATION VALVE SECT I 01-1 CODE~            WORKSPACE:8. PANEL LAYOUT     GUIDELIME N0::0 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY~
I 01'-IS: NO CHANGE RECOMMENDED.
THE PRESSURIZER RELIEF ISOLATION VALVE IN THE RC PRESSURE BEZEL COULD BENEFIT FROM SPECIAL DEMARCATION AS AN EMERGENCY CONTROL.
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR THE PORV ISOLATION VALVE IS NOT AN EMERGENCY CONTROL AND IS NOT SAFETY SIGNIFICANT.
HED CATAGORY       CODE~    4     LEVEL::       SCHEDULE:
IN ADDITION, THE BLOCK VALVE IS LOCATED APPROXIMATE TO THE RELIEF PER DESIGN, NO FURTHER DEMARCATION IS MECESSf4F<Y  
l~ECOMMEl'-IDAT I 01'-IS:
*
NO CHANGE RECOMMENDED.
* S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY CC*-*2 eves SECTIOl'-1 PANEL LAYOUT GUIDELINE N0:6u8.2.1a-2 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE~
ARRANGEMENT OF CONTROLS DOES NOT FOLLOW A FLOW SEQUENCE OR OPERATIONS SEQUENCE.
THE PORV ISOLATION VALVE IS NOT AN EMERGENCY CONTROL AND IS NOT SAFETY SIGNIFICANT. IN ADDITION, THE BLOCK VALVE IS LOCATED APPROXIMATE TO THE RELIEF PER DESIGN, NO FURTHER DEMARCATION IS MECESSf4F<Y
SEE BELOW FOR AN EXAMPLE. THIS PROBLEM IS MINIMIZED BY GROUPING OF CONTROLS ACCORDING TO SYSTEMS AND BY THE MINIATURIZATION OF CONTROLS WHICH ALLOWS OPERATORS TO HAVE ACCESS TO DOZENS OF CONTROLS WHILE STANDING IN ONE PLACE. CONTROL ARRANGEMENTS  
* S A L E M N U C L E A R       G E N E R A T I N G   S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY CC*-*2                                         eves SECTIOl'-1 CODE~        WORKSPACE~8. PANEL LAYOUT     GUIDELINE N0:6u8.2.1a-2 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
<SUCH AS THE ONE PRESENTED BELOW> SHOULD BE EXAMINED ON A CASE BY CASE BASIS AND EVALUATED WITH RESPECT TO OPERATOR WORKLOAD AND CRITICALITY OF THE CATAGORY CODE: 4 LEVEL:
ARRANGEMENT OF CONTROLS DOES NOT FOLLOW A FLOW SEQUENCE OR OPERATIONS SEQUENCE. SEE BELOW FOR AN EXAMPLE. THIS PROBLEM IS MINIMIZED BY GROUPING OF CONTROLS ACCORDING TO SYSTEMS AND BY THE MINIATURIZATION OF CONTROLS WHICH ALLOWS OPERATORS TO HAVE ACCESS TO DOZENS OF CONTROLS WHILE STANDING IN ONE PLACE. CONTROL ARRANGEMENTS <SUCH AS THE ONE PRESENTED BELOW> SHOULD BE EXAMINED ON A CASE BY CASE BASIS AND EVALUATED WITH RESPECT TO OPERATOR WORKLOAD AND CRITICALITY OF THE   OF'Er~ATION.
CATAGORY CODE: 4         LEVEL:       m~HEDULE~
RECOMMENDATIONS~
NO CHANGE RECOMMENDED.
NO CHANGE RECOMMENDED.
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
THE LOCATION OF CONTROLS IS A FUNCTION OF TRAINING.
THE LOCATION OF CONTROLS IS A FUNCTION OF TRAINING. THE HIERARCHICAL LABELLING SCHEME EMPLOYED AND THE MINIATURIZATION OF CONTROLS COMPENSATES FOR NON-OPTIMAL ARRANGEMENT. NO ACTION l~IILL BE TAl\El'-1
THE HIERARCHICAL LABELLING SCHEME EMPLOYED AND THE MINIATURIZATION OF CONTROLS COMPENSATES FOR NON-OPTIMAL ARRANGEMENT.
* S A L E M N U C L E A R     G E N E R A T I N G   S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY REVIEWER:   DOYLE                     DATE: 021582                 NO~ 114 NEL IDENTIFIER                     COMPONENT IDENTIFIER CC-2                                     RC TEMPERATURE METER SECTION CODE:   8. PANEL LAYOUT WORKSPACE:       GUIDELINE N0:6.8.2.1b-2 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
NO ACTION BE TAl\El'-1  
IT IS SOMETIMES DIFFICULT TO IDENTIFY IMPORTANT FROM NON-IMPORTANT CONTROLS AND DISPLAYS IN THE LONG BANKS OF INSTRU-MENTATION IN THE BEZELS CE.G. REACTOR COOLANT TEMP.)
*
HED CATAGORY CODE~ 3     LEVEL~      SCHEDULE:
* S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY REVIEWER:
RECOMMENDATIONS~
DOYLE DATE: 021582 NEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT IDENTIFIER CC-2 RC TEMPERATURE METER SECTION CODE: 8. PANEL LAYOUT WORKSPACE:
GUIDELINE N0:6.8.2.1b-2 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
IT IS SOMETIMES DIFFICULT TO IDENTIFY IMPORTANT FROM IMPORTANT CONTROLS AND DISPLAYS IN THE LONG BANKS OF MENTATION IN THE BEZELS CE.G. REACTOR COOLANT TEMP.) HED CATAGORY 3
SCHEDULE:
NO CHANGE RECOMMENDED.
NO CHANGE RECOMMENDED.
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NOT AN HED BECAUSE ALL INDICATIONS IN THE BEZEL ARE IMPORTANT  
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE~
*
NOT AN HED BECAUSE ALL INDICATIONS IN THE BEZEL ARE IMPORTANT
* 114 S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY 1 '3 NEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT IDENTIFIER . CC-2 ROD POSITION METERS SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE:8.
* S A L E M   N U C L E A R   G E N E R A T I N G   ST~rTION HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY t~~=~=:~--~~~I==----------------------~~==~--~~~~~~------------------~~~----~ 1
PANEL LAYOUT GUIDELINE N0:6.8.3.2b&c DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
                                                                                  '3 CC-2 NEL IDENTIFIER                       COMPONENT IDENTIFIER ROD POSITION METERS SECTION CODE:       WORKSPACE:8. PANEL LAYOUT     GUIDELINE N0:6.8.3.2b&c DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
ROD POSITION METER BANK IS 22 INCHES, BUT THESE DISPLAYS SHOULD BE NEXT TO EACH OTHER FOR EASY COMPARISON.
ROD POSITION METER BANK IS 22 INCHES, BUT THESE DISPLAYS SHOULD BE NEXT TO EACH OTHER FOR EASY COMPARISON.
HED CATAGORY CODE: 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:
HED CATAGORY CODE: 4       LEVEL:       SCHEDULE:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
NO CHANGE COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
NO CHANGE RECOMMENDED~
ROD POSITION INDICATORS ARE ARRANGED IN SUCH A MANOR AS TO AZD THE OPERATOR IN DETERMINING ROD MISALIGNMENTS.
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN .
ROD POSITION INDICATORS ARE ARRANGED IN SUCH A MANOR AS TO AZD THE OPERATOR IN DETERMINING ROD MISALIGNMENTS.     NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN .
* S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY CC*-*2 FEEDWATER HEATERS SECTION CODE:
 
PANEL LAYOUT GUIDELINE N0:6.8.3.2c-2 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
S A L E M N U C L E AR      G E NE R A T I N G     S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY CC*-*2                                   FEEDWATER HEATERS SECTION CODE:       WORKSPACE~8. PANEL LAYOUT     GUIDELINE N0:6.8.3.2c-2 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
FEEDWATER HEATER METERS AND FW HEATER MOISTURE SEPARATOR DRAIN TANK METERS COULD BE SEPARATED BY USE OF TAPE OR SOME DEMARCATION TO BREAK UP A LONG GROUPING OF METERS. HED CATAGORY 4
FEEDWATER HEATER METERS AND FW HEATER MOISTURE SEPARATOR DRAIN TANK METERS COULD BE SEPARATED BY USE OF TAPE OR SOME DEMARCATION TO BREAK UP A LONG GROUPING OF METERS.
SCHEDULE:
HED CATAGORY CODE~ 4     LEVEL~      SCHEDULE:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
CHANGE RECOMMENDED.
CHANGE RECOMMENDED.
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
METERS ARE ARRANGED LEFT TO RIGHT AS HEATERS AND TANKS APPEAR IN THE FEED SYSTEM. STRING WILL BE BROKEN UP WITH DEMARCATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SALEM HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINE.  
METERS ARE ARRANGED LEFT TO RIGHT AS HEATERS AND TANKS APPEAR IN THE FEED SYSTEM. STRING WILL BE BROKEN UP WITH DEMARCATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SALEM HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINE.
* *
* S AL E M N U C L E AR        G E NE R A T I N G     S T AT I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY
* I l S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY DOYLE DATE: 021582 NO: NEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT IDENTIFIER CC-2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE:8.
  ~EVIEWER:  DOYLE                     DATE: 021582                 NO: 121 NEL IDENTIFIER                     COMPONENT IDENTIFIER CC-2                                     NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION SECTION CODE:       WORKSPACE:8. PANEL LAYOUT     GUIDELINE N0:6.8.3.2c-2 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
PANEL LAYOUT GUIDELINE N0:6.8.3.2c-2 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
THE BEZEL WITH THE NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION CONTAINS 8 METERS, WHICH IS MORE THAN THE RECOMMENDED MAXIMUM OF 5.
THE BEZEL WITH THE NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION CONTAINS 8 METERS, WHICH IS MORE THAN THE RECOMMENDED MAXIMUM OF 5. HED CATAGORY CODE: 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:
HED CATAGORY CODE: 4       LEVEL:       SCHEDULE:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
NO CHANGE RECOMMENDED. . . 121 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
NO CHANGE RECOMMENDED.
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
GROUPED WITHIN THE BEZEL BY PARAMETER.
GROUPED WITHIN THE BEZEL BY PARAMETER. TWO SOURCE RANGE, TWO INTERMEDIATE RANGE AND FOUR POWER RANGE. ADDITIONALLY, THE THREE GROUPS ARE SPATIALY SEPARATED
TWO SOURCE RANGE, TWO INTERMEDIATE RANGE AND FOUR POWER RANGE. ADDITIONALLY, THE THREE GROUPS ARE SPATIALY SEPARATED  
* S A L E M N U C L E A R     G E N E R A T I N G   S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY DOYLE                     DATE: 021582                 NO~ 1 ??
*
ANEL IDENTIFIER                     COMPONENT IDENTIFIER CC-2                                     RC TEMPERATURE METERS SECTION CODE:       WORKSPACE:8. PANEL LAYOUT     GUIDELINE N0:6.8.3.2c-2 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
* S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY DOYLE DATE: 021582 ANEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT IDENTIFIER CC-2 RC TEMPERATURE METERS SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE:8.
REACTOR COOLANT TEMPERATURE METERS WOULD BENEFIT FROM DEMARCATION BETWEEN LOOPS 11,12,13 AND 14.
PANEL LAYOUT GUIDELINE N0:6.8.3.2c-2 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
HED CATAGORY CODE~  4     LEVEL:      SCHEDULE:
REACTOR COOLANT TEMPERATURE METERS WOULD BENEFIT FROM DEMARCATION BETWEEN LOOPS 11,12,13 AND 14. HED CATAGORY 4
RECOMMENDATIONS~
DEMARCATE ACCORDINGLY.
DEMARCATE ACCORDINGLY.
LEVEL: SCHEDULE:
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
EACH LOOP WILL BE DEMARCATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SALEM HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINE  
EACH LOOP WILL BE DEMARCATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SALEM HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINE
* *
* S A L E M N U C L E A R     G E NE R A T I N G   S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY CC*-1                                       CONTROLS CC*-*2                                     METERS CC*-*3 SECTIOl'-I CODE:       WORKSPACE:9. C/D INTEGRATION GUIDELINE N0:6.9.1.2a-1
* 1?? --
S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY CC*-1 CC*-*2 CC*-*3 CONTROLS METERS SECTIOl'-I CODE: WORKSPACE:9.
C/D INTEGRATION GUIDELINE N0:6.9.1.2a-1
* DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
* DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
CONTROLS ARE NOT MOUNTED BELOW DISPLAYS.
CONTROLS ARE NOT MOUNTED BELOW DISPLAYS.
HED CATAGORY CODE: 3 SCHEDULE:
HED   CATAGORY CODE:   3     LEVEL~      SCHEDULE:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
CHAl'1GE F\'.ECOMMDIDED.
CHAl'1GE F\'.ECOMMDIDED.
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR CONTROL/DISPLAY RELATIONSHIPS WILL BE CHANGED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SALEM HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES  
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE~
* * 
CONTROL/DISPLAY RELATIONSHIPS WILL BE CHANGED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SALEM HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES
------------------
* S A L E fYi   N U C L E A R   G E N E R A T I N G   S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY REVIEWER:   DOYLE                       DATE:   041'382                 NO: 52i PANEL IDENTIFIER                       COMPONENT IDENTIFIER CC-2                                       CHARGING SYSTEM ISOLATION VALVES SECTION CODE:         WORKSPACE:4. CONTROLS         GUIDELINE N0:5.4.3. 1a DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
S A L E fYi N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY  
THESE VALVES COULD BE BETTER ARRANGED TD REFLECT SYSTEM DESIGN.
*REVIEWER:
HED CATAGORY CODE:     4     LEVEL:       SCHE:DULE:
DOYLE DATE: 041'382 NO: 52i --------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT IDENTIFIER CC-2 CHARGING SYSTEM ISOLATION VALVES SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE:4.
CONTROLS GUIDELINE N0:5.4.3.
1a DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
THESE VALVES COULD BE BETTER ARRANGED TD REFLECT SYSTEM DESIGN. HED CATAGORY CODE: 4 LEVEL: SCHE:DULE:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
NO CHANGES RECOMMENDED.
NO CHANGES RECOMMENDED.
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN. VALVES ARE ARRANGED IN A LOGICAL ORDER AS REQUIRED BY NUREG 0700, FROM LEFT TO RIGHT ON THE CONTROL CONSOLE EVEN THOUGH NUMERICALLY THEY APPEAR TD BE OUT OF ORDER. VALVES CV59 AND CV68 ARE OPERATED TOGETHER IN NO PARTICULAR ORDER. VALVES CV140 AND CV139 ARE ALSO OPERATED TOGETHER IN NO PARTICULAR ORDER. VALVE CV79 IS OPERATED SINGLY. -FWER IS PREDICATED ON THE PUSHBUTTON DESIGN OF CONSOLE LIMITED BY SEPARATION FOR POWER SUPPLY CHANNELS .
NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN.     VALVES ARE ARRANGED IN A LOGICAL ORDER AS REQUIRED BY NUREG 0700, FROM LEFT TO RIGHT ON THE CONTROL CONSOLE EVEN THOUGH NUMERICALLY THEY APPEAR TD BE OUT OF ORDER. VALVES CV59 AND CV68 ARE OPERATED TOGETHER IN NO PARTICULAR ORDER. VALVES CV140 AND CV139 ARE ALSO OPERATED TOGETHER IN NO PARTICULAR ORDER. VALVE CV79 IS OPERATED SINGLY.
* S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T R T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY REVIEWER:
FWER IS PREDICATED ON THE PUSHBUTTON DESIGN OF CONSOLE
DOYLE DATE: 041982 NO: ANEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT IDENTIFIER CC-2 eve SYSTEM SECTION CODE: WDRKSPACE:4.
    ~ND LIMITED BY SEPARATION FOR POWER SUPPLY CHANNELS .
CONTROLS GUIDELINE N0:6.4.3.
 
la DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
S A L E M     N U C L E A R   G E N E R A T I N G   S T R T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY REVIEWER:   DOYLE                       DATE: 041982                 NO:
ARRANGEMENT OF CONTROLS WITHIN THIS BEZEL IS NOT OPTIMAL CONSIDERING SEQUENCE OF USE. HED CATAGORY CODE: 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:
ANEL IDENTIFIER                         COMPONENT IDENTIFIER CC-2                                         eve SYSTEM SECTION CODE:           WDRKSPACE:4. CONTROLS       GUIDELINE N0:6.4.3. la DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
ARRANGEMENT OF CONTROLS WITHIN THIS BEZEL IS NOT OPTIMAL CONSIDERING SEQUENCE OF USE.
HED CATAGORY CODE: 4           LEVEL:       SCHEDULE:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
NO CHANGES RECOMMENDED.
NO CHANGES RECOMMENDED.
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN. ON THE eves BEZEL, GROUPINGS OF CONTROLS ARE ORGANIZED LOGICALLY AS REQUIRED BY NUREG 0700, BY COMPONENT (VCT) OR BY SUBSYSTEM (LETDOWN, EXCESS LETDOWN, BORATION, MAKEUP). SEARCH TIME IS MINIMIZED BY THE GROUPINGS AND MINITURIZATION OF THE CONTROLS.
NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN. ON THE eves BEZEL, GROUPINGS OF CONTROLS ARE ORGANIZED LOGICALLY AS REQUIRED BY NUREG 0700, BY COMPONENT (VCT)
IN ADDITION, THE ONLY CONTROLS ARE TWO RAPID BORATE CONTROLS IN A ROW BY  
OR BY SUBSYSTEM     (LETDOWN, EXCESS LETDOWN, BORATION, MAKEUP).
<FOUR OF THE BUTTONS IN
SEARCH TIME IS MINIMIZED BY THE GROUPINGS AND MINITURIZATION OF THE CONTROLS. IN ADDITION, THE ONLY E~ERGENCY-RELATED CONTROLS ARE TWO RAPID BORATE CONTROLS IN A ROW BY THE~SELVES <FOUR OF THE BUTTONS IN IS ROW ARE BLANK). THE REMAINING E~ERGENCY-RELATED CONT~OLS IN T~E C SYSTEM CCHARGI~G PUMPS> ARE :N R SEPAlATE BEZEL.     SEE HED 521 .
* IS ROW ARE BLANK). THE REMAINING IN C SYSTEM PUMPS> ARE :N R SEPAlATE BEZEL. SEE HED 521 .
 
S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY CC-1 CONTROLS CC-2 METERS CC*-*3 SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE:9.
S AL E M NUC L E AR        G E NE R AT I NG      S T AT I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY
C/D INTEGRATtON GUIDELINE N0:6.9.1.2a-1 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
~-~~~~~~~~~~~m~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~fi~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~33 CC-1                                     CONTROLS CC-2                                     METERS CC*-*3 SECTION CODE:       WORKSPACE:9. C/D INTEGRATtON GUIDELINE N0:6.9.1.2a-1 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
CONTROLS ARE NOT MOUNTED BELOW DISPLAYS.
CONTROLS ARE NOT MOUNTED BELOW DISPLAYS.
HED CATAGORY CODE: 3 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:
HED CATAGORY CODE: 3       LEVEL:       SCHEDULE:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
CHANGE RECOMMENDED.
CHANGE RECOMMENDED.
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR CONTROL/DISPLAY RELATIONSHIPS WILL BE CHANGED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SALEM HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES  
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE~
*
CONTROL/DISPLAY RELATIONSHIPS WILL BE CHANGED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SALEM HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES
* S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY LEMPGES ANEL IDENTIFIER CC-3 DATE: 030882 COMPONENT IDENTIFIER STEAM DUMP CONTROL RELIEF VALVE CONTROL NO: SECTION CODE:
* S A L E M N U C L E A R     G E NE R A T I N G     S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY
PANEL LAYOUT GUIDELINE N0:6.8.1.3a 204 DESCRIPTION OF SPACING BETWEEN STEAM DUMP CONTROL AND RELIEF VALVE CONTROL IS NOT ADEQUATE.
    ~EVIEWER~  LEMPGES                   DATE:  030882                  NO: 204 ANEL IDENTIFIER                      COMPONENT IDENTIFIER CC-3                                     STEAM DUMP CONTROL RELIEF VALVE CONTROL SECTION CODE:       WORKSPACE~8. PANEL LAYOUT   GUIDELINE N0:6.8.1.3a
HED CATAGORY CODC: 3 CHANGES RECOMMENDED.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------~--
LEVEL: SCHEDULE:
DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY~
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR DEMARCATION WILL DE ADDED WITH HIERARCHICAL LABELING IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SALEM HUMAN FACTORS STANDARDS GUIDELINE  
SPACING BETWEEN STEAM DUMP CONTROL AND RELIEF VALVE CONTROL IS NOT ADEQUATE.
*
HED CATAGORY CODC: 3       LEVEL:       SCHEDULE:
* S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY LEMPGES l'IEL. I DENT IF I CC>-*3 030882 COMPONENT IDENTIFIER VITAL BUS 1A MODULES VITAL BUS 1B MODULES VITAL BUS 1C MODULES NO: SECT I 01..J PANEL LAYOUT GUIDELINE N0:6.8.1.3b DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
RECOMMENDATIONS~
DEMARCATION BETWEEN VITAL BUS VIl'AL BUS 1B AND VITAL BUS 1C CONTROLS IS NOT ADEQUATE.
CHANGES RECOMMENDED.
HED CATAGORY CODE: 4 CHANGES RECOMMENDED.
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE~
LEVEL:
DEMARCATION WILL DE ADDED WITH HIERARCHICAL LABELING IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SALEM HUMAN FACTORS STANDARDS GUIDELINE
* S A L E M N UC L E A R           G E NE R A T I N G     S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY
  ~EVIEWER:        LEMPGES                       DATE~  030882                  NO: 20~i l'IEL. I DENT IF I El~                      COMPONENT IDENTIFIER CC>-*3                                               VITAL BUS 1A MODULES VITAL BUS 1B MODULES VITAL BUS 1C MODULES SECT I 01..J CODE~          WORKSPACE~8. PANEL LAYOUT     GUIDELINE N0:6.8.1.3b DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
DEMARCATION BETWEEN VITAL BUS             1A~ VIl'AL BUS 1B AND VITAL BUS 1C CONTROLS IS NOT ADEQUATE.
HED CATAGORY CODE: 4                 LEVEL:        SCHEDULE~
RECOMMENDATIONS~
CHANGES RECOMMENDED.
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
DEMARCATE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SALEM HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINE  
DEMARCATE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SALEM HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINE
* *
* S A L E M N UC L E A R       G E NE R A T I N G     S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY
* S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY  
  *'EVIEWER:   LEMPGES                   DATE: 030882                 NO~ 206 NEL IDENTIFIER                     COMPONENT IDENTIFIER CC-3                                       EH TURBINE CONTROL SECTION   CODE~      WORKSPACE~8. PANEL LAYOUT     GUIDELINE N0:6.8.2.1a-3 DtSCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
*'EVIEWER:
LEMPGES DATE: 030882 NEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT IDENTIFIER CC-3 EH TURBINE CONTROL SECTION PANEL LAYOUT GUIDELINE N0:6.8.2.1a-3 DtSCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
DISPLAYS ON EH TURBINE CONTROL PANELS ARE NOT SYMMETRICAL WITH CONTROLS.
DISPLAYS ON EH TURBINE CONTROL PANELS ARE NOT SYMMETRICAL WITH CONTROLS.
HED CATAGORY 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:
HED   CATAGORY CODE~ 4     LEVEL:       SCHEDULE:
RECOMMENDATIONS~
NO CHANGES RECOMMENDED.
NO CHANGES RECOMMENDED.
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN. THIS STANDARD WESTINGHOUSE CONTROL PANEL IS USED ONLY DURING TURBINE START-UP, SHUTDOWN AND LOAD CHANGES -EACH OF WHICH OCCURS UNDER CONTROLLED CONDITIONS.
NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN. THIS STANDARD WESTINGHOUSE CONTROL PANEL IS USED ONLY DURING TURBINE START-UP, SHUTDOWN AND LOAD CHANGES - EACH OF WHICH OCCURS UNDER CONTROLLED CONDITIONS.
SEE ALSO HEDs 1214 AND 1216. NOT SAFETY OR SAFETY SIGNIFICANT EQUIPMENT  
SEE ALSO HEDs 1214 AND 1216. NOT SAFETY OR SAFETY SIGNIFICANT EQUIPMENT
*
* S A L E M N U C L E AR      G E NE R A T I N G     S T AT I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY LEMPGES                   DATE: 030982                   NO: 211 NEL IDENTIFIER                     COMPONENT IDENTIFIER CC-3                                    GENERATOR INDICATORS SECTION CODE:   8. PANEL LAYOUT WORKSPACE:       GUIDELINE N0:6.8.3.2c-1&2
* 206 CC-3 S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY LEMPGES DATE: 030982 NO: NEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT IDENTIFIER GENERATOR INDICATORS SECTION CODE: 8. PANEL LAYOUT WORKSPACE:
----------------------------------------------------------------~------------
GUIDELINE N0:6.8.3.2c-1&2 211 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
6 METERS FOR 13 KV VOLTMETERS ARE LAID OUT IN AN UNBROKEN ROW WITHOUT BENEFIT OF SPACING OR DEMARCATION.
6 METERS FOR 13 KV VOLTMETERS ARE LAID OUT IN AN UNBROKEN ROW WITHOUT BENEFIT OF SPACING OR DEMARCATION.
HED CATAGORY 4
HED CATAGORY CODE~ 4     LEVEL~      SCHEDULE:
SCHEDULE:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
CHANGES RECOMMENDED.  
CHANGES RECOMMENDED.
'COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
'COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
LABELING IS THE ACTUAL PROBLEM. THIS WILL BE CORRECTED USING THE SALEM HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINE ON LABELING . *
LABELING IS THE ACTUAL PROBLEM. THIS WILL BE CORRECTED USING THE SALEM HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINE ON LABELING .
* S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY CC*-3 EH TURBINE CONTROL SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE;9.
 
CID INTEGRATION GUIDELINE N0:6.9.1.1b DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
S AL E M N U C L E AR                    G E NE R A T I N G     S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY CC*-3                                                   EH TURBINE CONTROL SECTION CODE:           WORKSPACE;9.         CID INTEGRATION GUIDELINE N0:6.9.1.1b DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
EH TURBINE INDICATORS ARE OBSCURED DURING CONTROL OPERATION.
EH TURBINE INDICATORS ARE OBSCURED DURING CONTROL OPERATION.
HED CATAGORY CODE; 4 LEVEL; SCHEDULE:
HED CATAGORY CODE; 4             LEVEL;               SCHEDULE:
RECOMMENDATIOMS~
NO CHANGES RECOMMENDED.
NO CHANGES RECOMMENDED.
COMMENTS/
COMMENTS/ JU!3T IF ICAT I ot~ FOF~ 1'101'1****CDNFDF~MAl'ICE ~
JU!3T IF ICAT I NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN. CONTROL PANEL IS USED ONLY DURING TURBINE STARTUP, SHUTDOWN, AND LOAD CHANGES? EACH OF WHICH OCCURS UNDER CONTROLLED CONDITIONS.
NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN. CONTROL PANEL IS USED ONLY DURING TURBINE STARTUP, SHUTDOWN, AND LOAD CHANGES? EACH OF WHICH OCCURS UNDER CONTROLLED CONDITIONS. NOT SAFETY OR SAFETY SIGNIFICANT EQUIPMENT. SEE ALSO HEDs i206 AND i216.
NOT SAFETY OR SAFETY SIGNIFICANT EQUIPMENT.
 
SEE ALSO HEDs i206 AND i216.
S A L E M N U C L E AR      G E NE R A T I N G     S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY "EVIEWER:   LEMPGES                   DATE: 030B82                 NO:: 216
---------------
    ~NEL  IDHHIFIEFi:                     COMPONENT IDENTIFIER EH TURBINE CONTROL SECTIOf-1 CODE:       WORKSPACE:9. C/D INTEGRATION GUIDELINE N0::6.9.1.2a-1,2&4 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY::
S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY "EVIEWER:
LEMPGES DATE: 030B82 NO::
IDHHIFIEFi:
COMPONENT IDENTIFIER EH TURBINE CONTROL 216 SECTIOf-1 CODE: WORKSPACE:9.
C/D INTEGRATION GUIDELINE N0::6.9.1.2a-1,2&4 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY::
CONTROLS ARE MOUNTED ABOVE DISPLAY, NOT BELOW OR TO THE RIGHT AS SUGGESTED IN THE GUIDELINES.
CONTROLS ARE MOUNTED ABOVE DISPLAY, NOT BELOW OR TO THE RIGHT AS SUGGESTED IN THE GUIDELINES.
CONTROLS ARE OFFSET TO THE LEFT OF DISPLAY, NOT CENTERED AS SUGGESTED IN THE GUIDELINES.
CONTROLS ARE OFFSET TO THE LEFT OF DISPLAY, NOT CENTERED AS SUGGESTED IN THE GUIDELINES.
HED CATAGORY CODE:: 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE::
HED CATAGORY CODE:: 4       LEVEL:       SCHEDULE::
RECOMMENDATIONS~
NO CHANGES RECOMMENDED.
NO CHANGES RECOMMENDED.
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
THIS PANEL IS ONLY USED DURING CONTROLLED EVOLUTIONS.
THIS PANEL IS ONLY USED DURING CONTROLLED EVOLUTIONS. EQUIPMENT IS NOT SAFETY RELATED. SEE ALSO HEDs 1206 AND 1214
EQUIPMENT IS NOT SAFETY RELATED. SEE ALSO HEDs 1206 AND 1214 *
* S A L E M   N U C L E A R   G E N E R A T I N G     S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY LEMPGES                   DATE:   030982                 NO: 189 ANEL IDENTIFIER                     COMPONE~T  IDENTIFIER GENERIC                                 COMPUTER SYSTEM SECTION CODE:       WORKS~ACE:7. COMPUTERS/CRT   GUIDELINE NO:G.7. 1.Ba-4a
* S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY LEMPGES DATE: 030982 NO: ANEL IDENTIFIER IDENTIFIER GENERIC COMPUTER SYSTEM SECTION CODE:
~ESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
COMPUTERS/CRT GUIDELINE NO:G.7. 1.Ba-4a OF DISCREPANCY:
OPERATING PROCEDURES DO NOT DESCRIBE THE OVERALL COMPUTER SYSTEM. THIS INFORMATION IS LOCATED IN THE COMPUTER ROOM ADJACENT TO THE CONTROL ROOM.
OPERATING PROCEDURES DO NOT DESCRIBE THE OVERALL COMPUTER SYSTEM. THIS INFORMATION IS LOCATED IN THE COMPUTER ROOM ADJACENT TO THE CONTROL ROOM. HED CATAGORY CODE: 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:
HED CATAGORY CODE: 4       LEVEL:       SCHEDULE:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
CHANGES RECOMMENDED.
CHANGES RECOMMENDED.
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
A NEW OPERATOR USERS MANUAL IS LOCATED IN THE CONTROL ROOM .
A NEW OPERATOR USERS MANUAL IS LOCATED IN THE CONTROL ROOM .
* 189 i I I i S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T R T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING REVIEWER:
 
LEMPGES DATE: 030982 NO: 190 GENERIC COMPUTER SYSTEM SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE:7.
S A L E M     N U C L E A R   G E N E R A T I N G   S T R T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATIO~/DISCREPANCY REVIEWER:   LEMPGES                   DATE:   030982                 NO: 190
COMPUTERS/CRT GUIDELINE N0:6.7. 1.8a-5b DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
*~~i=-~~~~~~;~~~---------------------~;~;;I~~~~-~~~~~~~~~;---*-----------------
PROCEDURES DESCRIBING NECESSARY ACTIONS TO PERFORMED BY THE OPERATOR IF THE COMPUTER FAILS OR MALFUNCTIONS ARE LOCATED IN THE COMPUTER ROOM, ADJACENT TD THE CONTROL ROOM. HED CATAGORY CODE: 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:
GENERIC                                   COMPUTER SYSTEM SECTION CODE:         WORKSPACE:7. COMPUTERS/CRT   GUIDELINE N0:6.7. 1.8a-5b DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
PROCEDURES DESCRIBING NECESSARY ACTIONS TO B~ PERFORMED BY THE OPERATOR IF THE COMPUTER FAILS OR MALFUNCTIONS ARE LOCATED IN THE COMPUTER ROOM, ADJACENT TD THE CONTROL ROOM.
HED CATAGORY CODE: 4         LEVEL:       SCHEDULE:
RECOMMEl\iDATIONS:
RECOMMEl\iDATIONS:
CHANGES RECOMMENDED.
CHANGES RECOMMENDED.
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
AN ANNUNCIATOR WILL ON COMPUTER FAILURE OR THE ALARM RESPONSE PROCEDURES, LOCATED IN THE CONTROL ROOM, WHAT ACTIONS TO PERFORM. l __ 
AN ANNUNCIATOR WILL A~ARM ON COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALF~NCTION.      THE ALARM RESPONSE PROCEDURES, LOCATED IN THE CONTROL ROOM, TEL~S WHAT ACTIONS TO PERFORM.
--------------S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S , A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY  
l_ _
*i="t...JIEWER:
 
L.EMPGES DATE: 030'382 NO: 1 '31 .
S A L E M   N U C L E A R   G E N E R A T I N G     S , A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY i="t...JIEWER: L.EMPGES                   DATE:   030'382                 NO: 1 '31
GENERIC COMPUTER sys-:-EiYJ SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE:7.
.*      ~~~-~~~~~~;~~~---------------------~;;~~~~~~-~;~~~~;~~;-----------------
COMPUTERS/CRT GUIDELINE N0:5.7. l.Bb-2 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
GENERIC                                       COMPUTER sys-:-EiYJ SECTION CODE:             WORKSPACE:7. COMPUTERS/CRT     GUIDELINE N0:5.7. l.Bb-2 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
CROSS INDICES ARE NOT AVAILABLE IN THE CONTROL ROOM. THEY ARE LOCATED IN THE COMPUTER ROOM ADJACENT TO THE CONTOL ROOM. HED CATAGDRY CODE: 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:
CROSS INDICES ARE NOT AVAILABLE IN THE CONTROL ROOM. THEY ARE LOCATED IN THE COMPUTER ROOM ADJACENT TO THE CONTOL ROOM.
HED CATAGDRY CODE: 4             LEVEL:       SCHEDULE:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
NO CHANGES RECOMMENDED.
NO CHANGES RECOMMENDED.
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
OPERATOR DOES NOT NEED THIS INFORMATION, INFORMATION IS AVAILABLE TO THE OPERATOR OFF THE MENU . *
OPERATOR DOES NOT NEED THIS INFORMATION, INFORMATION IS AVAILABLE TO THE OPERATOR OFF THE MENU .
* S A L E M N U C L E R R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY eEVIEWER:
 
LEMPGES DRTE: 030982 . *ANEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT RP-9 COMPUTER SYSTEM SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE:7.
S A L E M   N U C L E R R   G E N E R A T I N G     S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY eEVIEWER:   LEMPGES                   DRTE:   030982                 ~O:
COMPUTERS/CRT GUIDELINE N0:6.7.3.
  . *ANEL IDENTIFIER                     COMPONENT ID~NTIFIER RP-9                                       COMPUTER SYSTEM SECTION CODE:       WORKSPACE:7. COMPUTERS/CRT   GUIDELINE N0:6.7.3. ld DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
ld DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
PRINTER SPEED IS APPROXIMATELY 60 LINES PER MINUTE, LESS THAN THE GUIDELINE RECOMMENDATION OF 300 LINES PER MINUTE.
PRINTER SPEED IS APPROXIMATELY 60 LINES PER MINUTE, LESS THAN THE GUIDELINE RECOMMENDATION OF 300 LINES PER MINUTE. CATAGORY CODE: 4 LEVEi_: SCHEDULE:
H~D  CATAGORY CODE: 4     LEVEi_:       SCHEDULE:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
REPLACE PRINTER. COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
REPLACE PRINTER.
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
A NEW PRINTER WILL BE INSTALLED THAT MEETS THE GUIDELINES RECOMMENDATION OF 300 LINES PER MINUTE.
A NEW PRINTER WILL BE INSTALLED THAT MEETS THE GUIDELINES RECOMMENDATION OF 300 LINES PER MINUTE.
S A L E M N LI C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T R T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY IDENTIFIER COMPONENT IDENTIFIER RP-9 COMPUTER SYSYEM SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE:7.
 
COMPUTERS/CRT GUIDELINE N0:6.7.3.
S A L E M   N LI C L E A R   G E N E R A T I N G   S T R T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY
le-5 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
..r=:~::=~~--~~~~~~=--------------------~=~~~--~~~:~=-----*-----*-------~~~---~9*3
~NEL      IDENTIFIER                     COMPONENT IDENTIFIER RP-9                                     COMPUTER SYSYEM SECTION CODE:       WORKSPACE:7. COMPUTERS/CRT   GUIDELINE N0:6.7.3. le-5 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
A TAKE-UP DEVICE FOR PRINTED MATERIALS IS NOT PROVIDED.
A TAKE-UP DEVICE FOR PRINTED MATERIALS IS NOT PROVIDED.
HED CATAGORY CODE: 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:
HED CATAGORY CODE: 4       LEVEL:       SCHEDULE:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
CONSIDER INSTALLING DEVICE. COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
CONSIDER INSTALLING DEVICE.
A TAKE-UP DEVICE FOR PRINTED MATERIALS WILL BE PROVIDED WHEN THE NEW PRINTER IS INSTALLED . *
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
* S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S : A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY IDENTIFIER COMPONENT CC-2 CRT SCREEN SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE:7 COMPUTERS/CRT GUIDELINE N0:6.7.2.
A TAKE-UP DEVICE FOR PRINTED MATERIALS WILL BE PROVIDED WHEN THE NEW PRINTER IS INSTALLED .
if-4 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
 
THE NUMBERS OF RESOLUTION ELEMENTS PER CHARACTER ARE TOO LOW <8> FOR CHARACTER HEIGHT. HED CATAGORY CODE: 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:
S A L E M   N U C L E A R   G E N E R A T I N G   S : A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY
~E~~=~=~~--~~=~==~-------------------~~~=~--=~=:~=-------------------~~~---~55
~NEL      IDENTIFIER                     COMPONENT ID~NTIFIER CC-2                                     CRT SCREEN SECTION CODE:       WORKSPACE:7   COMPUTERS/CRT   GUIDELINE N0:6.7.2. if-4 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
THE NUMBERS OF RESOLUTION ELEMENTS PER CHARACTER ARE TOO LOW <8> FOR CHARACTER HEIGHT.
HED CATAGORY CODE: 4       LEVEL:       SCHEDULE:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
NO CHANGES RECOMMENDED.
NO CHANGES RECOMMENDED.
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
SATISFACTORY AS IS. CRT NOT USED AS PRIMARY DISPLAY . * 
SATISFACTORY AS IS. CRT NOT USED AS PRIMARY DISPLAY .
*
 
* PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC & GAS 3.b HEDs i 1, 6, 13, 180 HED il covers RPl, RP3, RP4 and RP6 HED i6 covers RPl, RP3, RP4, RP5 and RP6 HED il3 covers RPl, RP2, RP3, RP4, RP5 and RP6 HED il80 covers RP6 workspace workspace workspace workspace The cumulative affect here involves panel spacing and instrumentation location.
PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC & GAS
HED il identified clearances between the back of the console and the vertical panels that were 42-44" instead of the recommended 50". This difference of 6-8" may prevent an operator from backing up to read indicators that are located too high or too low on the vertical panel. This is no longer the case, because as stated on HEDs f6 and 113, all indicators that are important to safety and that display parameters not available elsewhere in the control room will be moved to a new location and height, meeting the criteria of NUREG-0700.
* 3.b   HEDs i 1, 6, 13, 180 HED HED HED HED il covers RPl, RP3, RP4 and RP6 i6 covers RPl, RP3, RP4, RP5 and RP6 il3 covers RPl, RP2, RP3, RP4, RP5 and RP6 il80 covers RP6 workspace workspace workspace workspace The cumulative affect here involves panel spacing and instrumentation location. HED il identified clearances between the back of the console and the vertical panels that were 42-44" instead of the recommended 50". This difference of 6-8" may prevent an operator from backing up to read indicators that are located too high or too low on the vertical panel. This is no longer the case, because as stated on HEDs f6 and 113, all indicators that are important to safety and that display parameters not available elsewhere in the control room will be moved to a new location and height, meeting the criteria of NUREG-0700. This location will be where the core profile map is currently on RP3. HED il80 refers to the 4kV Group Bus (fl Gen) and 4kV Bkr Fail Relays (f 12 SPT) indicator lights. These lights are not safety related, do not require close precise reading, and are supplemental indications to annunci-ators which alert the operators to the reason(s) for electrical failure
This location will be where the core profile map is currently on RP3. HED il80 refers to the 4kV Group Bus (fl Gen) and 4kV Bkr Fail Relays (f 12 SPT) indicator lights. These lights are not safety related, do not require close precise reading, and are supplemental indications to ators which alert the operators to the reason(s) for electrical failure
* S A L E M N U C L E A R                                               G E NE R AT I N G                           S T AT I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY
* S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY =*-**-* ...............
.-.I~F~~ =-=-~~~~~ ~---* -**==~~:~ ~~ =*-**-* ..............._. -**-**-*-***. . *-*-***. -**-**-*---~-~ :.: ~---* -~~ ~~ ~ ~ __ --* -*-* _-*-_-**** -* _****-* _~~ ~~- -* -* __ __
_. -**-**-*-***  
              'NEL IDENTIFIER                                                                     COMPONENT IDENTIFIER 1
... *-*-*** ..
r.;:p .... 1                                                                                       PANEL ARRANGEMENT m:* ... 3 F~P*--4 f~P-***6 SECTION           CODE~            WORKSPACE:l.                                 WORKSPACE                           GUIDELINE         N0~6.1.1.            3f-1 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY~
:.: __ --* -*-* _ -*-_ -**** -* _ ****-* _ -* -* __ __ 1 'NEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT IDENTIFIER r.;:p .... 1 PANEL ARRANGEMENT m:* ... 3 SECTION WORKSPACE:l.
SPACE BETWEEN VERTICAL PANELS AND BACK OF CONSOLE DOES NOT MEET GUIDELINE REQUIREMENTS OF 50 INCHES iRPl & BACK OF CONSOLE - 44 INCHES 1RP3 & BACK OF CONSOLE - 42 INCHES 1RP4 & BACK OF CONSOLE - 42 INCHES 1RP6 & BACK OF CONSOLE - 44 INCHES HED CATAGORY             CODE~      4                     LEVEL~                                SCHEDULE::
WORKSPACE DESCRIPTION OF GUIDELINE 3f-1 SPACE BETWEEN VERTICAL PANELS AND BACK OF CONSOLE DOES NOT MEET GUIDELINE REQUIREMENTS OF 50 INCHES iRPl & BACK OF CONSOLE -44 INCHES 1RP3 & BACK OF CONSOLE -42 INCHES 1RP4 & BACK OF CONSOLE -42 INCHES 1RP6 & BACK OF CONSOLE -44 INCHES HED CATAGORY 4
RECOMMENDATIONS~
SCHEDULE::
NO CHANGE RECOMMENDED.
NO CHANGE RECOMMENDED.  
El-ITS/ JUSTIFICATION             FOF~          NOl'1-**CONFOr\MAl~ICE~
-El-ITS/ JUSTIFICATION ISFACTORY AS IS. DIMENSIONS CANNOT DE CHANGED. NO ACTION L BE TAl<EN" THE Tl.i.i() l'(EY EACH OM F\P-l. Al'1D F\P-2) ARE LOCATED AT POINTS WHERE THE CONSOLE ENDS OR CURVES SO THAT A DISTAl,ICE:
ISFACTORY AS IS. DIMENSIONS CANNOT DE CHANGED. NO ACTION L BE TAl<EN" THE Tl.i.i() l'(EY LOCl'~S rnrn~: EACH OM F\P-l. Al'1D F\P-2)
THAM 50 H> F'FWVIDED.
-    ARE LOCATED AT POINTS WHERE THE CONSOLE ENDS OR CURVES SO THAT A DISTAl,ICE: Gf~EATEf~ THAM 50 INCi-iE~> H> F'FWVIDED. THE OTHEr.;:
THE OTHEr.;: POSSIBLE POTENTIAL FOR ACCIDENTAL ACTIVATION IS THE LIFT COIL TOGGLE SWITCHES WHICH F'FWTECTED BY PLASTIC COVERS ..
POSSIBLE POTENTIAL FOR ACCIDENTAL ACTIVATION IS THE LIFT COIL TOGGLE SWITCHES WHICH M~E F'FWTECTED BY PLASTIC COVERS ..
S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY LEMPGES
 
* l'IEL I DENT IF I RF'*-*3 RP*-5 RP-6 020382 ND: COMPONENT IDENTIFIER METERS SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE:i.
S A L E M N U C L E A R             G E N E R A T I N G   S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY
WORKSPACE GUIDELINE N0:6.1.2.2e-2 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
    ~EVIEWER~          LEMPGES                         DATE~  020382                ND:
UPPER METERS ON PANELS RP-1, RP-3, RP-4, RP-5, RP-6 ARE NOT MOUNTED SO THAT THE ANGLE FROM THE LINE OF SIGHT TO THE FACE PLANE IS 45 DEGREES OR GREATER. HED CATAGORY 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:
* l'IEL I DENT IF I EF~                          COMPONENT IDENTIFIER f-~P*-*1                                                  METERS RF'*-*3 r~:P*-*4 RP*-5 RP-6 SECTION CODE:                   WORKSPACE:i.       WORKSPACE       GUIDELINE N0:6.1.2.2e-2 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
UPPER METERS ON PANELS RP-1, RP-3, RP-4, RP-5, RP-6 ARE NOT MOUNTED SO THAT THE ANGLE FROM THE LINE OF SIGHT TO THE FACE PLANE IS 45 DEGREES OR GREATER.
HED CATAGORY             CODE~  4         LEVEL:         SCHEDULE:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
NO CHANGE RECOMMENDED.
NO CHANGE RECOMMENDED.
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
THESE PANELS ARE VERTICAL STAND-ALONE PANELS THAT ARE *-ACHED FROM THE BENCHBOARD CONSOLES.
THESE PANELS ARE VERTICAL STAND-ALONE PANELS THAT ARE
SEE HED #2 FOR METERS T 1,.JEJi'.E DEEMED IMPOF.:T?)l'IT E1'10UGH TO MOVE TO A LO\.i.IEF.:  
      *-ACHED FROM THE BENCHBOARD CONSOLES. SEE HED #2 FOR METERS T 1,.JEJi'.E DEEMED IMPOF.:T?)l'IT E1'10UGH TO MOVE TO A LO\.i.IEF.:
-:.IGHT.
  - :.IGHT.
S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY LEMPGES RP-1 RP-2 RP-3 RP-4 RP-5 RP-6 NEL IDENTIFIER 020382 COMPONENT IDENTIFIER METERS SECTION WORKSPACE GUIDELINE DESCRIPTION OF UPPER METERS ON THESE PANELS ARE PLACED ABOVE THE GUIDELINE REQUIREMENT OF 70 INCHES. HED CATAGORY 3
 
SCHEDULE:
S A L E M N UC L E A R       G E NE R A T I N G     S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY
  ~EVIEWER~    LEMPGES                   DATE~  020382                NO~ 13 NEL IDENTIFIER                      COMPONENT IDENTIFIER RP-1                                       METERS RP-2 RP-3 RP-4 RP-5 RP-6 SECTION CODE~      WORKSPACE~l. WORKSPACE        GUIDELINE N0~6.1.2.5b-1 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY~
UPPER METERS ON THESE PANELS ARE PLACED ABOVE THE GUIDELINE REQUIREMENT OF 70 INCHES.
HED CATAGORY   CUDE~ 3     LEVEL~        SCHEDULE:
RECOMMENDATIONS~
REVIEW DISPLAYS TO DETERMINE WHICH MAY NEED TO BE RELOCATED.
REVIEW DISPLAYS TO DETERMINE WHICH MAY NEED TO BE RELOCATED.
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR METERS THAT ARE IMPORTANT TO SAFETY AND THAT DISPLAY 1AMETERS NOT AVAILABLE ELSEWHERE IN THE CONTROL WILL BE ERED WITHIN THE REQUIREMENTS OF NUREG-0700 OR DUPLICATED SEWHERE. SEE HED i2 FOR DETAILS .
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE~
* 13 
METERS THAT ARE IMPORTANT TO SAFETY AND THAT DISPLAY 1AMETERS NOT AVAILABLE ELSEWHERE IN THE CONTROL WILL BE ERED WITHIN THE REQUIREMENTS OF NUREG-0700 OR DUPLICATED
--------------------------------------
~ SEWHERE. SEE HED i2 FOR DETAILS .
S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY  
 
..*
S A L E M N U C L E AR                                    G E N E R A T I N G               S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY F~E~ ~::.~~:..... -==~ ~:: =~**--- * * -*-* * *-* - **--_--*-*----*-*-*- ~ ~ :~: -~ __ ~ =~=~
::
        'NEL IDENTIFIER                                                      COMPONENT
.....  
                                                                                                  =-_
****-*-*****-**-
IDENTIFIER
**--_ --*-*----*-*-*-__  
                                                                                                                    ~~ ~--*-~ ~1 8
=-_ ----___________
m=**-*6                                                                       4KV GRP BUS Cil GEN>
8 'NEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT IDENTIFIER m=**-*6 4KV GRP BUS Cil GEN> 4KV BKR FAIL RELAYS <112 SPT> SECTIOM WORKSPACE GUIDELINE DESCRIPTION OF DISPLAYS DO NOT MEET GUIDELINE REQUIREMENTS OF PLACEMENT 41 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR. THESE DISPLAYS ARE 33 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR. HED CATAGORY CODE: 4 LEVEL:
4KV BKR FAIL RELAYS <112 SPT>
SECTIOM   CODE~                WORKSPACE~l.                    WORKSPACE                    GUIDELINE N0~6.1.2.5b-1 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY~
DISPLAYS DO NOT MEET GUIDELINE REQUIREMENTS OF PLACEMENT 41 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR. THESE DISPLAYS ARE 33 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR.
HED CATAGORY CODE: 4                             LEVEL:                     ~>CHEDULE:
RECOMMENDATIONS~
NO CHANGE RECOMMENDED.
NO CHANGE RECOMMENDED.
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
SATISFACTORY AS IS. NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN * * 
SATISFACTORY AS IS. NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN
* *
* PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC & GAS
* 3.d HED 121 HED #625 HED 1626 HED 1631 legend pushbutton intensity control room lighting control room lighting emergency lighting PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC & GAS The cumulative effect here involves overhead lighting and the ability to detect legend pushbutton "ON" or "OFF" status. HEDs 1626 and 1625 involve illumination levels in the control room: The control room light intensity can be controlled via individual breaker operation by the Shift Supervisor.
* 3.d HED 121 HED #625 HED 1626 legend pushbutton intensity control room lighting control room lighting HED 1631    emergency lighting The cumulative effect here involves overhead lighting and the ability to detect legend pushbutton "ON" or "OFF" status. HEDs 1626 and 1625 involve illumination levels in the control room: The control room light intensity can be controlled via individual breaker operation by the Shift Supervisor. In this way, he can determine any lighting deficiencies and correct them as needed by his shift crew. As for HED 121, each color legend pushbutton in the "ON" condition is four times the intensity of the legend pushbutton in the "OFF" condition. Therefore, it is judged that there is no problem in determining "ON" or "OFF" status. The cumulative effect between HED #631 (emergency lighting) and HED 121 (legend pushbutton intensity) is also negated because when the lighting in the control room decreases (e.g., emergency lighting energized) the intensity of the surrounding panel decreases while the legend pushbutton intensity remains constrant, resulting in a higher contrast ratio between surrounding panel and energized legend pushbutton. The legend pushbutton intensity will be much greater than the surrounding panel
In this way, he can determine any lighting deficiencies and correct them as needed by his shift crew. As for HED 121, each color legend pushbutton in the "ON" condition is four times the intensity of the legend pushbutton in the "OFF" condition.
* S A L E M N U C L E AR                G E NE R A T I N G       S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY GEl-IEIUC                                                 LEGEND PUSHBUTTONS SECTION CODE:               WORKSPACE:4. CONTROLS             GUIDELINE N0=6.4.3.3b-2 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
Therefore, it is judged that there is no problem in determining "ON" or "OFF" status. The cumulative effect between HED #631 (emergency lighting) and HED 121 (legend pushbutton intensity) is also negated because when the lighting in the control room decreases (e.g., emergency lighting energized) the intensity of the surrounding panel decreases while the legend pushbutton intensity remains constrant, resulting in a higher contrast ratio between surrounding panel and energized legend pushbutton.
LIGHT INTENSITY OF LEGEND PUSHBUTTONS IS NOT ALWAYS 10 PERCENT GREATER THAN THE SURROUNDING PANEL.
The legend pushbutton intensity will be much greater than the surrounding panel
HED CATAGORY       CODE~    4       LEVEL:           SCHEDULE:
* S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY GEl-IEIUC LEGEND PUSHBUTTONS SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE:4.
F;:ECOMMEl,IDAT I 01,IS:
CONTROLS GUIDELINE N0=6.4.3.3b-2 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
NO CHANGE RECOMMENDED.
LIGHT INTENSITY OF LEGEND PUSHBUTTONS IS NOT ALWAYS 10 PERCENT GREATER THAN THE SURROUNDING PANEL. HED CATAGORY 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:
F;:ECOMMEl,IDAT I 01,IS: NO CHANGE RECOMMENDED.
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
PUSHBUTTONS ARE DISTINGUISHABLE ON THE BASIS OF HUE, AND LIGHTS TURNED ON ARE MORE THAN 10 PERCENT BRIGHTER THAN THOSE IN THE "OFF II POSITION.  
PUSHBUTTONS ARE DISTINGUISHABLE ON THE BASIS OF HUE, AND LIGHTS TURNED ON ARE MORE THAN 10 PERCENT BRIGHTER THAN THOSE IN THE "OFF II POSITION.       "'o ACTIOl-1 WILL. r:t: TAKEi'-1
"'o ACTIOl-1 WILL. r:t: TAKEi'-1 * *
* S A L E M   N U C l E A R   G E N E R A T I N G     S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY REVIEWER: SCHROEDER                 DATE:   ,122082                 NO: 625 PANEL IDENTIFIER                     COMPONENT IDENTIFIER GENERIC                                   ILLUMINATION SECTION CODE:       WORKSPACE:1 WORKSPACE           GUIDELINE N0:6.1.5.3a DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
* S A L E M N U C l E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY REVIEWER:
SCHROEDER DATE: ,122082 NO: PANEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT IDENTIFIER GENERIC ILLUMINATION SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE:1 WORKSPACE GUIDELINE N0:6.1.5.3a DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
ILLUMINATION LEVELS DD NOT MEET RECOMMENDED CRITERIA FDR CONTROL ROOM WORK AREAS AND TASK SITUATIONS.
ILLUMINATION LEVELS DD NOT MEET RECOMMENDED CRITERIA FDR CONTROL ROOM WORK AREAS AND TASK SITUATIONS.
HED CATAGORY CODE: 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:
HED CATAGORY CODE: 4       LEVEL:       SCHEDULE:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
NO CHANGES RECOMMENDED.
NO CHANGES RECOMMENDED.
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
SEE SAMPLE DATA AND RECOMMENDATIONS IN APPENDIX B. HIGHER LEVEL LIGHTING MAY BE TURNED ON AT OPERATOR'S PREFERENCE.
SEE SAMPLE DATA AND RECOMMENDATIONS IN APPENDIX B.
NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN. 625 S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY REVIEWER:
HIGHER LEVEL LIGHTING MAY BE TURNED ON AT OPERATOR'S PREFERENCE.
SCHROEDER DATE: 122082 NO: PANEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT IDENTIFIER GENERIC ILLUMINATION SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE:l WORKSPACE GUIDELINE N0:5.1.5.3b 626 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN.
 
S A L E M   N U C L E A R   G E N E R A T I N G   S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY REVIEWER: SCHROEDER                 DATE:   122082                 NO: 626 PANEL IDENTIFIER                     COMPONENT IDENTIFIER GENERIC                                   ILLUMINATION SECTION CODE:       WORKSPACE:l WORKSPACE         GUIDELINE N0:5.1.5.3b
~-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
LEVELS OF ILLUMINATION VARY GREATLY OVER A GIVEN WORK AREA. FOR EXAMPLE, MEASUREMENTS TAKEN AT THREE POSITIONS AT RP-3 YIELDED VALUES OF 2, 25, AND 50 FOOTCANDLES.
LEVELS OF ILLUMINATION VARY GREATLY OVER A GIVEN WORK AREA. FOR EXAMPLE, MEASUREMENTS TAKEN AT THREE POSITIONS AT RP-3 YIELDED VALUES OF 2, 25, AND 50 FOOTCANDLES.
HED CATAGORY CODE: 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:
HED CATAGORY CODE: 4       LEVEL:       SCHEDULE:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
REFER TO DCRDR DOCUMENTATION FOR SAMPLE ILLUMINATION MEASUREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS.
REFER TO DCRDR DOCUMENTATION FOR SAMPLE ILLUMINATION MEASUREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. INVESTIGATE THIS PROBLEM FURTHER.
INVESTIGATE THIS PROBLEM FURTHER. COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
THIS IS NOT CONSIDERED TO BE A SIGNIFICANT PROBLEM. NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN .
THIS IS NOT CONSIDERED TO BE A SIGNIFICANT PROBLEM.
* S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY  
NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN .
*REVIEWER:
 
SCHROEDER DATE: 123082 NO: 53i --------------------------------------------------------------------------
S A L E M   N U C L E A R   G E N E R A T I N G   S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY REVIEWER: SCHROEDER                 DATE: 123082                 NO: 53i PANEL IDENTIFIER                     COMPONENT IDENTIFIER GENERIC                                   EMERGENCY LIGHTING SECTION CODE:       WORKSPACE:l WORKSPACE         GUIDELINE N0:6.1.5.4c DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
PANEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT IDENTIFIER GENERIC EMERGENCY LIGHTING SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE:l WORKSPACE GUIDELINE N0:6.1.5.4c DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
THE CONTROL ROOM EMERGENCY LIGHTING SYSTEM DOES NOT PROVIDE A MINIMUM ILLUMINATION OF 10 FOOT CANDLES AT ALL WORK STATIONS IN THE PRIMARY OPERATING AREA.
THE CONTROL ROOM EMERGENCY LIGHTING SYSTEM DOES NOT PROVIDE A MINIMUM ILLUMINATION OF 10 FOOT CANDLES AT ALL WORK STATIONS IN THE PRIMARY OPERATING AREA. HED CATAGORY CODE: 2 LEVEL: B SCHEDULE:
HED CATAGORY CODE: 2       LEVEL: B     SCHEDULE:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
SEE SAMPLE DATA AND RECOMMENDATIONS IN APPENDIX B. INVESTIGATE THIS PROBLEM FURTHER. COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
SEE SAMPLE DATA AND RECOMMENDATIONS IN APPENDIX B.
EMERGENCY LIGHTING COMBINED WITH LIGHT FROM THE CONSOLE PROVIDE SUFFICIENT LIGHT TO SAFELY OPERATE THE CONTROL BOARD. NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN AT THIS TIME . *
INVESTIGATE THIS PROBLEM FURTHER.
* 3.d HED :ft250 HED f 444 HED :ft450 HED :ft458 scale white on black strokewidth-to-character height character width-to-height strokewidth PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC & GAS The recorders are only used during normal operation for daily logging of meteorological information.
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
There is a procedure which instructs the operator to leave the operating area and approach RP-2 (where the records are located) to obtain the readings.
EMERGENCY LIGHTING COMBINED WITH LIGHT FROM THE CONSOLE PROVIDE SUFFICIENT LIGHT TO SAFELY OPERATE THE CONTROL BOARD.
The readability of the recorders is adequate from the required reading distance.
NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN AT THIS TIME .
In cases of emergency, the recorders are not used, however, the H.P. technician uses the Dame and Moore computer-based logical system.
 
F<P**-1 S A L E M N U C l E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY El WIND SPEED AND DIRECTION RECORDE EL 33' WIND SPEED AND DIRECTION RECORDER SECTION WORKSPACE:5.
PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC & GAS
DISPLAYS GUIDELINE DESCRIPTION OF SCALES HAVE BLACK BACKGROUND WITH WHITE MARKINGS.
* 3.d HED :ft250 HED f 444 HED :ft450 scale white on black strokewidth-to-character height character width-to-height HED :ft458  strokewidth The recorders are only used during normal operation for daily logging of meteorological information. There is a procedure which instructs the operator to leave the operating area and approach RP-2 (where the records are located) to obtain the readings. The readability of the recorders is adequate from the required reading distance. In cases of emergency, the recorders are not used, however, the H.P. technician uses the Dame and Moore computer-based meteoro-logical system.
HED CATAGORY 4 LEVEL: SCI-IE DU LE:
 
THESE SCALES SHOULD BE CHANGED. COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE=
S A L E M N UC l E AR        G E N E R A T I N G       S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY F<P**-1                                    El 300~ WIND SPEED AND DIRECTION RECORDE EL 33' WIND SPEED AND DIRECTION RECORDER SECTION CODE~        WORKSPACE:5. DISPLAYS           GUIDELINE N0~6.5.1.3c-1 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY~
THE METEOROLOGICAL COMPUTER WILL PROVIDE THE PRIMARY SOURCE FOR THESE PARAMETERS.
SCALES HAVE BLACK BACKGROUND WITH WHITE MARKINGS.
THESE SCALES WILL BE CHANGED IF FEM3I BL.E. *
HED CATAGORY     CODE~ 4     LEVEL:       SCI-IE DU LE:
* S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY REVIEWER:
RECOMMENDATIONS~
DOYLE DATE: 043082 NO: PANEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT IDENTIFIER 444 RP-1 EL 300' WIND SPEED AND DIRECTION RECORD&#xa3; EL 33' WIND SPEED AND DIRECTION RECORDEf SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE:5.
THESE SCALES SHOULD BE CHANGED.
DISPLAYS DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE=
THE METEOROLOGICAL COMPUTER WILL PROVIDE THE PRIMARY SOURCE FOR THESE PARAMETERS. THESE SCALES WILL BE CHANGED IF FEM3I BL.E.
 
S A L E M   N U C L E A R   G E N E R A T I N G   S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY REVIEWER:   DOYLE                       DATE: 043082                 NO: 444 PANEL IDENTIFIER                       COMPONENT IDENTIFIER RP-1                                       EL 300' WIND SPEED AND DIRECTION RECORD&#xa3; EL 33' WIND SPEED AND DIRECTION RECORDEf SECTION CODE:       WORKSPACE:5. DISPLAYS         GUIDELINE N0:5.5.1.3d-1 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
STROKEWIDTH-TO-CHARACTER-HEIGHT RATIO IS 2:7 A RATIO OF BETWEEN 1:5 AND 1:8 IS RECOMMENDED.
STROKEWIDTH-TO-CHARACTER-HEIGHT RATIO IS 2:7 A RATIO OF BETWEEN 1:5 AND 1:8 IS RECOMMENDED.
HED CATAGORY CODE: 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:
HED CATAGORY CODE: 4       LEVEL:       SCHEDULE:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
NO CHANGES RECOMMENDED.
NO CHANGES RECOMMENDED.
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
GUIDELINE N0:5.5.1.3d-1 DIFFERENCE FROM THE GUIDELINE IS NOT NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN. THESE RECORDERS ARE NO LONGER USED WHEN THE EMERGENCY PLAN IS IMPLEMENTED.
DIFFERENCE FROM THE GUIDELINE IS NOT SIG~IFICANT.
THE LETTERING IS QUITE LEGIBLE EVEN THOUGH THE CHARACTERS ARE WIDE. SEE ALSO HED # 450. A DAMES AND MOORE COMPUTER BASED SYSTEM *s NOW USED FOR EMERGENCY OPERATION .
NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN. THESE RECORDERS ARE NO LONGER USED WHEN THE EMERGENCY PLAN IS IMPLEMENTED. THE LETTERING IS QUITE LEGIBLE EVEN THOUGH THE CHARACTERS ARE WIDE. SEE ALSO HED # 450. A DAMES AND MOORE COMPUTER BASED SYSTEM
* S A L E iYI N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY  
  *s NOW USED FOR EMERGENCY OPERATION .
*REVIEWER:
 
DOYLE DATE: 043082 NO: 450 ----------------------------------*----------------------------------------
S A L E iYI   N U C L E A R   G E N E R A T I N G   S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY REVIEWER:   DOYLE                         DATE: 043082                 NO: 450 PANEL IDENTIFIER                         COMPONENT IDENTIFIER RP-1                                         EL 300' WIND SPEED AND DIRECTION RECORDE EL 33' WIND SPEED AND DIRECTION RECORDEI SECTION CODE:         WORKSPACE:5. DISPLAYS         GUIDELINE N0:6.5.1.3d-3 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
PANEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT IDENTIFIER RP-1 EL 300' WIND SPEED AND DIRECTION RECORDE EL 33' WIND SPEED AND DIRECTION RECORDEI SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE:5.
CHARACTER WIDTH-TO-HEIGHT RATIO OF NUMERALS IS 6:7.
DISPLAYS GUIDELINE N0:6.5.1.3d-3 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
A RATIO OF 3:5 IS RECOMMENDED FOR NUMERALS.
CHARACTER WIDTH-TO-HEIGHT RATIO OF NUMERALS IS 6:7. A RATIO OF 3:5 IS RECOMMENDED FOR NUMERALS.
HED CATAGORY CODE: 4         LEVEL:       SCHEDULE:
HED CATAGORY CODE: 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
NO CHANGES RECOMMENDED.
NO CHANGES RECOMMENDED.
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
REFER HED # 444.
REFER HED # 444.
S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY REVIEWER:
 
DOYLE DATE: 043082 NO: PANEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT IDENTIFIER 458 RP-1 EL 300' WIND SCEED AND DIRECTION RECORDE EL 33' WIND SPEED AND DIRECTION RECORDEI SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE:5.
S A L E M   N U C L E A R   G E N E R A T I N G   S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY REVIEWER:   DOYLE                     DATE: 043082                 NO: 458 PANEL IDENTIFIER                       COMPONENT IDENTIFIER RP-1                                     EL 300' WIND SCEED AND DIRECTION RECORDE EL 33' WIND SPEED AND DIRECTION RECORDEI SECTION CODE:       WORKSPACE:5. DISPLAYS         GUIDELINE N0:6.5.1.3d-4
DISPLAYS GUIDELINE N0:6.5.1.3d-4 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
------------------------------------------------------------------------~----
DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
INTERCHARACTER DISTANCE OF 1/64'' IS LESS THAN ONE STROKEWIDTH.
INTERCHARACTER DISTANCE OF 1/64'' IS LESS THAN ONE STROKEWIDTH.
RECOMMENDED INTERCHARACTER DISTANCE IS 2/32". HED CATAGORY CODE: 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:
RECOMMENDED INTERCHARACTER DISTANCE IS 2/32".
HED CATAGORY CODE: 4       LEVEL:       SCHEDULE:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
NO CHANGES RECOMMENDED.
NO CHANGES RECOMMENDED.
Line 1,071: Line 1,484:
DIFFERENCE FROM THE GUIDELINE IS NOT SIGNIFICANT.
DIFFERENCE FROM THE GUIDELINE IS NOT SIGNIFICANT.
NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN.
NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN.
* 3.d HED 1324 HED 1325 HED 1328 HED 1331 HED 1332 HED 1349 HED 1354 HED 1551 Letter size Lettering style Width-to-height ratio Space between words Space between lines PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC & GAS Legend indicators are not easily viewed 10 components in a string Contrast 160:1 The Fire Protection Legend Indicators are not used as the initial means of alerting the operators that a problem exists. The fire protection system uses coded audible alarms that indicate the location of a fire. These alarms sound in the control room and throughout the plant with meaning of the coded alarms posted throughout the plant and control room. Additionally, the fire protection system has, located in the control room, overhead annunciators (e.g., FIRE PROT SYSTEM FIRE, FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM TROUBLE, AUDIBLE ALM CODERS LOSS OF AC) to alert the operators to now go to the fire protection panel and identify the zone that is alarming.
 
The indicators are arranged in eight rows by detector type and each row is clearly labeled
PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC & GAS 3.d HED 1324   Letter size HED 1325   Lettering style HED 1328   Width-to-height ratio HED 1331    Space between words HED 1332    Space between lines HED 1349    Legend indicators are not easily viewed HED 1354    10 components in a string HED 1551    Contrast 160:1 The Fire Protection Legend Indicators are not used as the initial means of alerting the operators that a problem exists. The fire protection system uses coded audible alarms that indicate the location of a fire. These alarms sound in the control room and throughout the plant with meaning of the coded alarms posted throughout the plant and control room. Additionally, the fire protection system has, located in the control room, overhead annunciators (e.g., FIRE PROT SYSTEM FIRE, FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM TROUBLE, AUDIBLE ALM CODERS LOSS OF AC) to alert the operators to now go to the fire protection panel and identify the zone that is alarming. The indicators are arranged in eight rows by detector type and each row is clearly labeled
* S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY REVIEWER; DOYLE DATE; 032382 HEL I DEi-iT IF I Eli: COMPONENT IDENTIFIER FIRE PROTECTION LEGEND INDICATORS SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE:5.
* S A L E M N U C L E A R           G E N E R A T I NG    S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY REVIEWER;       DOYLE                         DATE; 032382                     ~324 HEL I DEi-iT IF I Eli:                     COMPONENT IDENTIFIER FIRE PROTECTION LEGEND INDICATORS SECTION CODE:               WORKSPACE:5. DISPLAYS         GUIDELINE N0:6.5.1.3a DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
DISPLAYS GUIDELINE N0:6.5.1.3a DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
LETTEf-\:ING ON THESE I 1-IDICATOr.:~; IS 1/8". HII S IS TOO SMALL FOF~ THE 1:~EADADILITY Cl~ITEfUA AT THE 40" VIEWHIG DISTAMCE ..
LETTEf-\:ING ON THESE I IS 1/8". HII S IS TOO SMALL THE AT THE 40" VIEWHIG DISTAMCE .. VIEWHIG DISTAl,lCE F<:EQUH<:ES 11/64" HED CATAGORY CODE: 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:
VIEWHIG DISTAl,lCE F<:EQUH<:ES 11/64" LETTEr~~l.
HED CATAGORY CODE: 4             LEVEL:         SCHEDULE:
RECOMMENDATIONS~
NO CHANGES RECOMMENDED.
NO CHANGES RECOMMENDED.
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
INDICATORS ARE DACKLIT WHICH AIDS READABILITY.
INDICATORS ARE DACKLIT WHICH AIDS READABILITY. SPACING WILL NOT ALLOW RE-ENGRAVING. NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN
SPACING WILL NOT ALLOW RE-ENGRAVING.
* S A L E M N U C L E A R     G E N E R A T I N G   S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY F~P***:'.":i                                FIRE PROTECTION LEGEND INDICATORS SECTIOM CODE:         WORKSPACE~5. DISPLAYS         GUIDELINE N0:6.5.1.3b DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN *
LETTEFnNG STYLE ON THEBE HIDICATOf-~S IS NOT CONSISTENT" HED CATAGORY     CODE~ 4     LEVEL:       SCHEDULE:
* S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY FIRE PROTECTION LEGEND INDICATORS SECTIOM CODE:
DISPLAYS GUIDELINE N0:6.5.1.3b DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
LETTEFnNG STYLE ON THEBE IS NOT CONSISTENT" HED CATAGORY 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
THE STYLE WITH THE THICKER STROKE-WIDTH rs MORE EASILY READ. ADOPT THIS TYPE FOR USE HERE. COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
THE STYLE WITH THE THICKER STROKE-WIDTH rs MORE EASILY READ. ADOPT THIS TYPE FOR USE HERE.
THIS IS NOT CONSIDERED TO BE A SAFETY SIGNIFICANT ITEM" HOWEVER? THE RECOMMENDATION WILL BE IMPLEMENTED  
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
* *
THIS IS NOT CONSIDERED TO BE A SAFETY SIGNIFICANT ITEM" HOWEVER? THE RECOMMENDATION WILL BE IMPLEMENTED
* S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY DOYLE DATE: 032382 NOr.
* S A L E M NU C L E A R             G E N E R A T I N G   S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY
I DEl'-IT l FI COMPONENT IDENTIFIER 1:;:P*-*5 FIRE PROTECTION LEGEND INDICATORS SECT IOI'-! CODE: WORKSPACE=5.
    ~EVIEWER:          DOYLE                         DATE: 032382                 NOr. 32B
DISPLAYS GUIDELINE N0:6.5.1.3d-2 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
      ~d'-IEL I DEl'-IT l FI El~                      COMPONENT IDENTIFIER 1:;:P*-*5                                               FIRE PROTECTION LEGEND INDICATORS SECT IOI'-!   CODE:             WORKSPACE=5. DISPLAYS         GUIDELINE N0:6.5.1.3d-2 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
WIDTH-TO-HEIGHT RATIOS ON SOME OF THE FIRE PROTECTION INDICATORS LIGHTS ARE .50 AND .37 RATHER THAN THE 1.0 TO .60 RANGE RECOMMENDED.
WIDTH-TO-HEIGHT RATIOS ON SOME OF THE FIRE PROTECTION INDICATORS LIGHTS ARE .50 AND .37 RATHER THAN THE 1.0 TO .60 RANGE RECOMMENDED.
HED CATAGORY CODE: 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:
HED CATAGORY CODE: 4                     LEVEL:       SCHEDULE:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
NO CHANGES RECOMMENDED.
NO CHANGES RECOMMENDED.
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
DIFFERENCE FROM THE GUIDELINE IS NOT SIGNIFICANT.
DIFFERENCE FROM THE GUIDELINE IS NOT SIGNIFICANT.
NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN. THESE INDICATORS ARE EASILY READABLE FROM THE RELATIVELY CLOSE RANGE AT WHICH THE OPERATOR WOULD USE THEM * *
NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN. THESE INDICATORS ARE EASILY READABLE FROM THE RELATIVELY CLOSE RANGE AT WHICH THE OPERATOR WOULD USE THEM
* 32B S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY DOYLE 032382 *NEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT IDENTIFIER RP-5 FIRE PROTECTION LEGEND INDICATORS SECTION WORKSPACE:5.
* S A L E M NU C L E AR        G E N E R A T I N G   S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY
DISPLAYS GUIDELINE N0:6.5.1.3d-5 DtSCRIPTION OF MINIMUM SPACE BETWEEN WORDS IS LESS THAN ONE CHARACTER ON SOME INDICATORS.
  ~EVIEWER~  DOYLE                     DATE~  032382                 NO~ 331
HED CATAGORY 4
    *NEL IDENTIFIER                     COMPONENT IDENTIFIER RP-5                                     FIRE PROTECTION LEGEND INDICATORS SECTION CODE~      WORKSPACE:5. DISPLAYS         GUIDELINE N0:6.5.1.3d-5 DtSCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY~
SCHEDULE:
MINIMUM SPACE BETWEEN WORDS IS LESS THAN ONE CHARACTER ON SOME INDICATORS.
HED CATAGORY   CODE~ 4     LEVEL~      SCHEDULE:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
NO CHANGES RECOMMENDED.
NO CHANGES RECOMMENDED.
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR SPACE ON INDICATORS WILL NOT ALLOW RE-ENGRAVING.
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE~
INDICATORS ARE READAB NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN . *
SPACE ON INDICATORS WILL NOT ALLOW RE-ENGRAVING. INDICATORS ARE READAB NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN .
* 331 S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY DATE:
 
1'-IEL I DENT IFI El:;: COMPONENT IDENTIFIER FIRE PROTECTION LEGEND INDICATORS SECT I 01-1 DISPLAYS GUIDELINE N0:6.5.1.3d-6 DESCRIPTION OF MINIMUM SPACE BETWEEN LINES IS LESS THAN ONE-HALF THE CHARACTER HEIGHT. HED CATAGORY 4
S A L E M N U C L E A R           G E N E R A T I N G   S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY DATE: 03~~382 1'-IEL I DENT IFI El:;:                     COMPONENT IDENTIFIER FIRE PROTECTION LEGEND INDICATORS SECT I 01-1 CODE~            WORKSPACE~5. DISPLAYS         GUIDELINE N0:6.5.1.3d-6 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY~
SCHEDULE::
MINIMUM SPACE BETWEEN LINES IS LESS THAN ONE-HALF THE CHARACTER HEIGHT.
HED CATAGORY     CODE~    4     LEVEL~        SCHEDULE::
RECOMMENDATIONS~
NO CHANGES RECOMMENDED.
NO CHANGES RECOMMENDED.
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
SPACE ON INDICAl"ORS WILL NOT ALLOW RE-*ENGRAVING.
SPACE ON INDICAl"ORS WILL NOT ALLOW RE-*ENGRAVING. INDICATORS ARE READAB FROM THE REQUIRED DISTANCE. NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN
INDICATORS ARE READAB FROM THE REQUIRED DISTANCE.
* S AL E M NUC L E AR          G E NE R AT I NG      S T AT I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY REVIEWER~    DOYLE                     DATE~  032682                 NO~ 349 NEL IDENTIFIER                     COMPONENT IDENTIFIER RP-5                                     FIR[ PROTECTION LEGEND INDICATORS SECTION CODE~      WORKSPACE~8. PANEL LAYOUT     GUIDELINE N0:6.8.1.1c DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY~
NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN * *
FIRE PROTECTION LEGEND INDICATORS ARE NOT EASILY VIEWED BY OPERATORS, BUT THESE INDICATORS USE THE "DARK BOARD" CONCEPT AND SEARCH AND IDENTIFICATION IS DONE EASILY.
* S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY DOYLE 032682 NEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT IDENTIFIER RP-5 FIR[ PROTECTION LEGEND INDICATORS SECTION PANEL LAYOUT GUIDELINE N0:6.8.1.1c DESCRIPTION OF FIRE PROTECTION LEGEND INDICATORS ARE NOT EASILY VIEWED BY OPERATORS, BUT THESE INDICATORS USE THE "DARK BOARD" CONCEPT AND SEARCH AND IDENTIFICATION IS DONE EASILY. HED CATAGORY CODE: 4 SCHEDULE:
HED CATAGORY CODE: 4        LEVEL~      SCHEDULE:
RECOMMENDATIONS~
NO CHANGES RECOMMENDED.
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE~
NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN. THE PANEL IS ONLY A SHORT DISTANCE BEHIND THE CONTROL CONSOLE AND WITHIN THE BOUNDS OF THE CONTROL ROOM. THE OPERATOR USES THE AUDIBLE CODED ALARM FOR LOCATION OF PROBLEM. HE DOES NOT HAVE TO SCAN THE INDICATOR
* S A L E M N U C L E AR        G E N E R A T I N G    S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY
        -VIEWER:  DOYLE                      DATE:  032682                  MO:: 354 ti      ------------------------------------------------------------------------
NEL IDENTIFIER                      COMPONENT IDENTIFIER ffr'-*5                                      FIRE PROTECTION LEGEND INDICATORS SECTIOM CODE:            WORKSPACE:B. PANEL LAYOUT    GUIDELINE N0:6.8.3.2c-1&2 DESCRIPTIOM OF DISCREPANCY:
SIMILAR COMPONENTS ARE GROUPED IN AN UNBROKEN ROW WITH AS MANY AS 10 COMPONENTS FORMING A STRING. HOWEVER, THESE INDICATORS USE THE "DARK BOARD'' CONCEPT AND SEARCH AND IDENTIFICATION IS DOME EASILY.
HED CATAGORY CODE: 4           LEVEL:      SCHEDULE:
l'.\:ECOMMENDAT IONS~
NO CHANGES RECOMMENDED.
NO CHANGES RECOMMENDED.
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN. THE PANEL IS ONLY A SHORT DISTANCE BEHIND THE CONTROL CONSOLE AND WITHIN THE BOUNDS OF THE CONTROL ROOM. THE OPERATOR USES THE AUDIBLE CODED ALARM FOR LOCATION OF PROBLEM. HE DOES NOT HAVE TO SCAN THE INDICATOR
* *
* 349 S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY ti-VIEWER: DOYLE DATE: 032682 MO:: 354 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
NEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT IDENTIFIER ffr'-*5 FIRE PROTECTION LEGEND INDICATORS SECTIOM CODE: WORKSPACE:B.
PANEL LAYOUT GUIDELINE N0:6.8.3.2c-1&2 DESCRIPTIOM OF DISCREPANCY:
SIMILAR COMPONENTS ARE GROUPED IN AN UNBROKEN ROW WITH AS MANY AS 10 COMPONENTS FORMING A STRING. HOWEVER, THESE INDICATORS USE THE "DARK BOARD'' CONCEPT AND SEARCH AND IDENTIFICATION IS DOME EASILY. HED CATAGORY CODE: 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:
l'.\:ECOMMENDAT NO CHANGES RECOMMENDED.
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN * *
NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN
* S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY REVIEWER:
* S A L E M   N U C L E A R   G E N E R A T I N G   S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY REVIEWER: DOYLE                     DATE: 072782                 NO: 55i PANEL IDENTIFIER                     COMPONENT IDENTIFIER RP-5                                     FIRE PROTECTION PANE~
DOYLE DATE: 072782 NO: PANEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT IDENTIFIER RP-5 FIRE PROTECTION SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE:1 WORKSPACE GUIDELINE N0:5.1.5.3d DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
SECTION CODE:       WORKSPACE:1   WORKSPACE       GUIDELINE N0:5.1.5.3d DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
THE CONTRAST RATIOS BETWEEN TASK AREAS AND BACKGROUND ARE TOO GREAT (160:1) FOR THE FIRE PROTECTION PANEL. HED CATAGORY CODE: 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:
THE CONTRAST RATIOS BETWEEN TASK AREAS AND BACKGROUND ARE TOO GREAT (160:1) FOR THE FIRE PROTECTION PANEL.
HED CATAGORY CODE: 4       LEVEL:       SCHEDULE:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
NO CHANGES RECOMMENDED.
NO CHANGES RECOMMENDED.
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:
FIRE PROTECTION TILES ARE BACKLIT WHEN ACTUATED.
FIRE PROTECTION TILES ARE BACKLIT WHEN ACTUATED.
NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN . *
NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN .
* 55i 
 
*
PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC & GAS 3.d HED f 54 There are three mimics in the control room each of which is on a separate panel, each having distinctly different system functions, and none of which is adjacent to another (i.e., Control room ventilation mimic, RP-2; Reactor protection status mimic, RP-4; Electrical distribution mimic, CC3). The mimic colors are consistent within themselves.
* PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC & GAS 3.d HED f 54 There are three mimics in the control room each of which is on a separate panel, each having distinctly different system functions, and none of which is adjacent to another (i.e., Control room ventilation mimic, RP-2; Reactor protection status mimic, RP-4; Electrical distribution mimic, CC3). The mimic colors are consistent within themselves.
Color                                             Meaning Control room ventilation mimic (RP2)
Color Meaning Control room ventilation mimic (RP2) Black *******************
Black ******************* Emergency filtered and conditioned air Red ********************* Exhaust Blue ******************** Normal filtered and conditioned air and outside air intake Orange ****************** Emergency air recirculation Reactor protection status mimic (RP4)
Emergency filtered and conditioned air Red *********************
Yellow ****************** Reactor trip input signals and turbine runback Red ********************* Reactor trip actuation signals Blue/Green ************** Permissives Electrical distribution mimic (CC3)
Exhaust Blue ********************
Yellow ******************           25 kV Red........... . . . . . . . . . . 500 kV Blue....................             4 kV Green *******************           13 kV There has never been a case of confusion as to the meaning of a particular color from panel-to-panel
Normal filtered and conditioned air and outside air intake Orange ******************
* S A L E M N U C L E AR      G E N E R AT I N G     S T AT I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY
Emergency air recirculation Reactor protection status mimic (RP4) Yellow ******************
    <EVIEWER~      LEMPGES                   DATE:  021782                NO:  54 MEL IDENTIFIEf~                    COMPONENT IDENTIFIER F"<P*-*2                                     MIMICS F<P*-*4 CC*-*3 SECTIOM CODE:           WORKSPACE:6. LABELS & AIDS   GUIDELINE N0:6.6.6.4a-4 .
Reactor trip input signals and turbine runback Red *********************
DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
Reactor trip actuation signals Blue/Green  
COLOR/CONTENT RELATIONSHIP IS NOT CONSISTENT ACROSS MIMICS.
**************
HOWEVER, COLORS WITHIN EACH MIMIC CONSISTENTLY DEPICT DIFFERENT FLOW CONDITIONS OF THE SAME ELEMENT HED CATAGORY CODE: 4           LEVEL:       SCHEDULE:
Permissives Electrical distribution mimic (CC3) Yellow ******************
25 kV Red........... . . . . . . . . . .
500 kV Blue....................
4 kV Green *******************
13 kV There has never been a case of confusion as to the meaning of a particular color from panel-to-panel
* S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY LEMPGES F"<P*-*2 F<P*-*4 CC*-*3 MEL DATE: 021782 NO: COMPONENT IDENTIFIER MIMICS SECTIOM CODE: WORKSPACE:6.
LABELS & AIDS GUIDELINE N0:6.6.6.4a-4 . DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:
COLOR/CONTENT RELATIONSHIP IS NOT CONSISTENT ACROSS MIMICS. HOWEVER, COLORS WITHIN EACH MIMIC CONSISTENTLY DEPICT DIFFERENT FLOW CONDITIONS OF THE SAME ELEMENT HED CATAGORY CODE: 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
NO CHANGE RECOMMENDED.
NO CHANGE RECOMMENDED.
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR SATISFACTORY AS IS. MIMICS ARE CONSISTENT WITHIN. NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN . *
COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE~
* 54 
SATISFACTORY AS IS. MIMICS ARE CONSISTENT WITHIN.
* * ---------------------
NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN .
PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC & GAS Salem Annunciators 6.1.5.5 (635) 6.2.2.3 (711,714, 715) 6.3.1.1 6.3.1.2 (530, 531) (533,534, 535) 6.3.1.3 6.3.1.4 (538) The acoustic design of the control room will ensure that auditory signals are readily detected.
 
Background noise levels will not exceed 65 dB(A). Auditory signals may be coded. For example, to prioritize signals, or to direct operator attention to a particular area in the control room. Coding methods should be distinct and unambiguous, and will not conflict with other auditory signals. Coding by intensity will not be used. Annunciator warning system will consist of three (3) major subsystems: (a) an auditory alert subsystem, (b) a visual alarm subsystem, and (c) an operator response subsystem.
PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC & GAS Salem Annunciators 6.1.5.5   The acoustic design of the control room will ensure that auditory (635)    signals are readily detected.
The limits or setpoints for initiating the annunciator warning system will meet the following:  
Background noise levels will not exceed 65 dB(A).
(1) alarms will not occur so frequently as to be considered a nuisance by the operators, (2) setpoints will be established to give operators adequate time to respond to the condition before a serious problem or automatic action takes place, (3) the setpoints and reset points will be wide enough "dead band" so as not to become a nuisance alarm
6.2.2.3  Auditory signals may be coded. For example, to prioritize signals, (711,714, or to direct operator attention to a particular area in the control 715)      room. Coding methods should be distinct and unambiguous, and will not conflict with other auditory signals. Coding by intensity will not be used.
* General alarms, alarms that require the control room operator to direct an auxiliary operator to a given plant location for specific information, will only be used for conditions that allow adequate time for auxiliary operator action and subsequent control room operator action. Annunciators with inputs from more than one plant parameter setpoint will be avoided. Multi-input alarms that summarize single-input annunciators elsewhere in the control room are an exception.
6.3.1.1  Annunciator warning system will consist of three (3) major subsystems: (a) an auditory alert subsystem, (b) a visual alarm subsystem, and (c) an operator response subsystem.
Alarms for any shared plant systems will be duplicated in both control rooms. First out annunciator panels will be provided for the reactor system and turbine-generator system to identify the initiating event. The first out panel will consist of separate annunciator tiles for each of the automatic trip functions.
6.3.1.2  The limits or setpoints for initiating the annunciator warning (530,    system will meet the following: (1) alarms will not occur so 531)      frequently as to be considered a nuisance by the operators, (2) setpoints will be established to give operators adequate time to respond to the condition before a serious problem or automatic action takes place, (3) the setpoints and reset points will be wide enough "dead band" so as not to become a nuisance alarm
In the event of a trip, the tile associated with the event will illuminate, and not others. First out panels will be located directly above the main control workstation for the system. Logical prioritization will be applied such that operators will be able to differentiate the most important or serious alarms from less important ones * 
* General alarms, alarms that require the control room operator to direct an auxiliary operator to a given plant location for specific information, will only be used for conditions that allow adequate time for auxiliary operator action and subsequent control room operator action.
*
(533,534, Annunciators with inputs from more than one plant parameter 535)      setpoint will be avoided. Multi-input alarms that summarize single-input annunciators elsewhere in the control room are an exception.
* 6.3.1.5 (540, 541 710,712) 6.3.2.1 (716) 6.3.3.1 (543) PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC & GAS Examples of priority levels are as follows: FIRST PRIORITY ALARMS
Alarms for any shared plant systems will be duplicated in both control rooms.
6.3.1.3  First out annunciator panels will be provided for the reactor system and turbine-generator system to identify the initiating event. The first out panel will consist of separate annunciator tiles for each of the automatic trip functions. In the event of a trip, the tile associated with the event will illuminate, and not others. First out panels will be located directly above the main control workstation for the system.
6.3.1.4  Logical prioritization will be applied such that operators will be able to differentiate the most important or serious alarms from (538)    less important ones
* PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC & GAS
* Examples of priority levels are as follows:
FIRST PRIORITY ALARMS
* Plant shutdown (reactor trip, turbine trip)
* Plant shutdown (reactor trip, turbine trip)
* Radiation release
* Radiation release
Line 1,173: Line 1,589:
* Plant conditions which, if not corrected, may lead to plant shutdown or radiation releases THIRD PRIORITY ALARMS
* Plant conditions which, if not corrected, may lead to plant shutdown or radiation releases THIRD PRIORITY ALARMS
* Plant conditions representing problems (e.g., system degradation) which affect plant operability but which should not lead to plant shutdown, radiation release, or violation of technical specifications.
* Plant conditions representing problems (e.g., system degradation) which affect plant operability but which should not lead to plant shutdown, radiation release, or violation of technical specifications.
Color and/or auditory methods will be use for priority coding. Cleared alarms will have a dedicated, distinctive audible signal which should be of finite duration.
Color and/or auditory methods will be use for priority coding.
The individual tile will have a flash rate twice or one-half the normal flash rate to allow discrimination.
6.3.1.5  Cleared alarms will have a dedicated, distinctive audible signal which should be of finite duration. The individual tile will have (540, 541 a flash rate twice or one-half the normal flash rate to allow 710,712)  discrimination.
The annunciator signal should be such that operators can reliably discern the signal above the ambient control room noise. A nominal value of 10 dB(A) above background will be used. The signal intensity, if adjustable will be controlled by administrative procedures.
6.3.2.1  The annunciator signal should be such that operators can reliably discern the signal above the ambient control room noise. A nominal value of 10 dB(A) above background will be used. The signal (716)    intensity, if adjustable will be controlled by administrative procedures. The annunciator auditory alert mechanism will automatically reset when it has been silenced. Separate auditory signals will be provided at each workstation within the primary operating area.
The annunciator auditory alert mechanism will automatically reset when it has been silenced.
6.3.3.1  Visual alarm panels will be located above the related controls and displays which are required for corrective or diagnostic action in (543)    response to the alarm.
Separate auditory signals will be provided at each workstation within the primary operating area. Visual alarm panels will be located above the related controls and displays which are required for corrective or diagnostic action in response to the alarm. Each annunciator panel will be identified by a label. The label height will be consistent with a subtended visual angle of at least 15 minutes when viewed from a central position within the primary operating area. If lamp replacement requires legend tile removal, there will be a way to ensure that the tile is replaced in the correct location
Each annunciator panel will be identified by a label. The label height will be consistent with a subtended visual angle of at least 15 minutes when viewed from a central position within the primary operating area.
* 6.3.3.2 (718) 6.3.3.3 (492) .... 6.3.3.4 6.3.3.5 S.3.4.1 (502,507) 6.3.4.2 6.3.4.3
If lamp replacement requires legend tile removal, there will be a way to ensure that the tile is replaced in the correct location
* PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC & GAS Specific guidelines for visual recognition and identification of alarm tiles are as follows: Tiles on an annunciator panel will use flashing illumination to indicate an alarm condition.
* PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC & GAS 6.3.3.2   Specific guidelines for visual recognition and identification of alarm tiles are as follows:
The flash rate will be from three to five flashes per second with approximate equal on and off time. In case of flasher failure of an alarm tile, the tile light will illuminate and burn steady. Visual alarms will be organized as a matrix of visual alarm tiles within each annunciator panel. Visual alarm tiles will be grouped by function or system within each annunciator panel. The vertical and horizontal axes of annunciator panel will be labeled with alphanumerics on the left and top sides. No more than 50 tiles per matrix is recommended.
(718)    Tiles on an annunciator panel will use flashing illumination to indicate an alarm condition.
The flash rate will be from three to five flashes per second with approximate equal on and off time.
In case of flasher failure of an alarm tile, the tile light will illuminate and burn steady.
6.3.3.3  Visual alarms will be organized as a matrix of visual alarm tiles within each annunciator panel.
(492)    Visual alarm tiles will be grouped by function or system within each annunciator panel.
The vertical and horizontal axes of annunciator panel will be
...            labeled with alphanumerics on the left and top sides. No more than 50 tiles per matrix is recommended.
Blank or unused annunciator tiles will not be illuminated.
Blank or unused annunciator tiles will not be illuminated.
Annunciator tile wording will be in short concise messages.
~    6.3.3.4 6.3.3.5 Annunciator tile wording will be in short concise messages.
Abbreviations and acronyms will be in accordance with the Salem human factors guidelines.
Abbreviations and acronyms will be in accordance with the Salem human factors guidelines. Tiles will address specific conditions.
Tiles will address specific conditions.
Visual tile readability will conform to the guidelines of NUREG-0700 Section 6.3.3.5.
Visual tile readability will conform to the guidelines of NUREG-0700 Section 6.3.3.5. Controls for the operator to include the following four: These functions will conform Section 6.3.4.1. respond to the annunciator system will silence, acknowledge, reset and test. to the guidelines of NUREG-0700 Repetitive groups of annunciator controls will have the same. arrangement and relative location at different workstations.
S.3.4.1   Controls for the operator to respond to the annunciator system will include the following four: silence, acknowledge, reset and test.
The responses control will be coded for easy recognition (e.g., color, shape, demarcation).
(502,507) These functions will conform to the guidelines of NUREG-0700 Section 6.3.4.1.
Annunciator response procedures will be available in the control room. They will be indexed by panel indentification and annunciator tile coordinates  
6.3.4.2  Repetitive groups of annunciator controls will have the same.
*}}
arrangement and relative location at different workstations.
The responses control will be coded for easy recognition (e.g.,
color, shape, demarcation).
6.3.4.3  Annunciator response procedures will be available in the control room. They will be indexed by panel indentification and annunciator tile coordinates *
    *}}

Latest revision as of 08:05, 3 February 2020

Control Room Human Factors Guidelines.
ML18092B357
Person / Time
Site: Salem  PSEG icon.png
Issue date: 09/30/1986
From:
GENERAL PHYSICS CORP.
To:
Shared Package
ML18092B356 List:
References
GP-R-212187, NUDOCS 8611190216
Download: ML18092B357 (157)
v • d • e


Text

SALEM NUCLEAR GENERATING STATION CONTROL ROOM HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES Prepared for:

PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS COMPANY GP-R-212187 September 1986 Prepared by:

General Physics Corporation 10650 Hickory Ridge Road Colwnbia, Maryland

. 8611190216 861114 PDR ADOCK 05000272 p PDR

\

\ .. . -:.*.'*.' ** . ...... * - ._,_,', ** : *I .~*-*

\

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION. * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *

  • 1 SECTION 1. SALEM ABBREVIATIONS************************************ 2 1.1 Preface ****************************************** 2 1.2 Units of Measure *...*.*.******.....**....****.***. 3 1.3 Standard Abbreviations **************************** 6 SECTION 2. DESIGN CONVENTIONS CHECKLIST *************************** 22 2.1 Panel Layout ********.**...*...*****.*..****.*....* 24 2.2 Control-Display Integration *********************** 26
2. 3 Controls . ........................................ . 29 2.4 Visual Displays *..***.**.*..*..****.**.*.**..***** 35 2.5 Labels and Location Aids ************************** 44 2.6 Annunciators ...**..*...******.*.*.*.**.*****.**.** 53 2.7 Environment .****.*****.*..**....*****.**...*..***. 61 SECTION 3. SALEM SPECIFIC CONVENTIONS ***************************** 65 TABLE 1. Control Color Coding Conventions *********************** 65
2. Color-Banding Visual Displays ************************** 66
3. Mimic Color Coding Conventions ************************* 67
4. Enhancement Guidelines ********************************* 68
5. Related Control and Indication Configuration **********.* . 69
6. Pushbutton Mode of Operation Indication **************** 70
1. Subsystem/Functional Labeling ************************** 71
8. Vertical Board Meter and Indicator Labeling ************ 72
9. Bailey Pushbutton Labeling ***************************** 73
10. Motorola/Veritrack Recorder Labeling ******************* 74
11. TI/Leeds & Northrop Recorder Labeling ****************** 75
12. Miscellaneous Component/Module Identifier Labeling ***** 76
13. Vertical Panel Switch Labeling ************************* 77 14
  • Bailey Pushbutton Column Labeling ********************** 78
  • i

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS INTRODUCTION Public Service Electric and Gas Company (PSE&G} has implemented an ongoing human factors program to review proposed design modifications. In order to ensure a complete program, this document was developed to provide a human factors reference for all the various PSE&G organizations to work from.

Section 1 contains the Salem standard list of abbreviations to be used for labeling.

Section 2 contains generic human factors design conventions that were extracted from NUREG-0700. This section can be used to determine if a design modification is in conformance with NRC human factors criteria

  • Section 3 contains Salem plant-specific human factors conventions that were either noted during the Detailed Control Room Design Review (DCRDR} or developed as a result of it. This section is especially helpful in determining if a design modification is consistent with existing Salem human factors conventions.

The use of this document in the development and review of plant modifications will ensure consistent application of human factors principles at Salem *

  • 1

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS SECTION 1. SALEM ABBREVIATIONS 1.1 Preface

  • The intent of Section 1 of this document is to provide for standarization of word abbreviations at Salem Nuclear Generating Station. These two lists are to be used during the design process to determine the abbreviation to be used on the main control board labels, local panel labels, and annunciators.
  • Abbreviations may be used when space does not permit use of the full length word.
  • It is the intent that words not found in the abbreviations list are not to be abbreviated.
  • The following abbreviations, as listed in Section 1 have more than one meaning.

ABV Above or Auxiliary Building Ventilation AO Automatic Operated or Analog Output ATT Attachment or Attention CAT Chemical Addition Tank or Cation ccw Component Cooling Water or Counterclockwise CP Control Power, Control Point GW Generator Cooling Water or Gaseous Waste HP High Pressure or Health Physics LO Locked Open or Low LOPA Loss of Pressure Accident or Loss of Power Accident POT Potential or Potentiometer SP Speed or Spare If there is any possibility of confusion arising from the use of one of the abbreviations listed above, then the words should not be abreviated.

2

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS 1.2 Units of Measure ABBREVIATION DESCRIPTION amp Amperes BHP Brake Horsepower BTU British Thermal Units oc Degrees Centigrade cfm Cubic Feet per Minute Ci Curies cm Centimeters cpm Counts per Minute cps Counts per Second dpm Disintegrations per Minute dps Disintegrations per Second EFPD Effective Full Power Days OF Degrees Fahrenheit fpm Feet per Minute fps Feet Per Second ft Feet ft 2 Square Feet ft 3 Cubic Feet gal Gallons gm Gram gpm Gallons per Minute gps Gallons per Second Hp Horsepower hr Hours hz Cycles per Second (Hertz) in Inches in 2 Square Inches in 3 Cubic Inches Keff K effective KV Kilovolts KVA Kilovolt Amperes KVAH Kilovolt Ampere Hour KVAR Reactive-Kilovolt-Ampere KW Kilowatts KWe Kilowatt electric KWH Kilowatt Hour

  • KWt Kilowatt thermal 3

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS ABBREVIATION DESCRIPTION 1 Liter lb Pounds lbm pounds mass lbm/hr Pounds mass per hour M Mega (10 6 )

m Meters, Milli (10-3) ma Milliampre MeV Million Electron Volts Mil-in Milli-inch min Minutes MPBB Maximum Permissable Body Burden MPC Maximum Permissable Concentration mph miles per hour mr Milliroentgen mrem Milli rem mr/hr Milliroentgen per Hour MT Metric Tons WJA Megavolt Amperes WJAR Reactive Megavolt-Amperes MW Megawatts MWD Megawatt Days MWD/T Megawatt Days per Ton MWe Megawatt Electrical MWt Megawatt Thermal

% Percent PF Power Factor ppb Parts per Billion ppm Parts per Million psi Pounds per Square Inch psi a Pounds per Square Inch Absolute psid Pounds per Square Inch Differential psig Pounds per Square Inch Gauge R Roentgen r rad rem Radiation Equivalent Man R/hr Roentgen per Hour rpm Revolutions per Minute scfm Standard Cubic Feet per Minute sec Seconds VAC Volts Alternating Current VAR Reactive Volt-Ampere

  • voe v

Volts Direct Current Volt 4

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS

    • . ABBREVIATION REPRESENTS wk Week yd Yard yd2 Square Yards yd3 Cubic Yards yr Year
  • 5

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS

  • ABBREVIATIONS 1.3 Standard Abbreviations REPRESENTS A BLDG "A" Building ABS Absolute ABV Above, Auxiliary Building Ventilation AC Alternating Current A/C Air Conditioning ACB Air Circuit Breaker ACC Access ACCUM Acccumulator ACID Acid ACK Acknowledge ACN Advanced Change Notice ACT Actuate ACTG Actuating A.O. Administrative Directive ADD Additive/Addition ADJ Adjuster, Adjust ADM IN BLDG Administration Building ADM IN Administrative (ion}

AFW Auxiliary Feedwater AFD Axial Flux Difference AFP Auxiliary Feed Pump AFST Auxiliary Feedwater Storage Tank AHC Air Heating Coil AIR Air ALM Alarm ALOP Auxiliary Lube Oil Pump ALT Alternate AMB Ambient ANAL Analyzer AND or & And ANNUN Annuciator AO Automatic Operated, Analog Output AOP Abnormal Operating Procedure AOV Air Operated Valve A.P. Administrative Procedure APD Air Particulate Detector APP Appendix APT Auxiliary Power Transformer AR Condenser Air Removal & Priming System Ar Argon ARM Area Radation Monitor ARP Alarm Response Procedure A/S Action Statement ASSY Assembly ATMOS Atmosphere ATT Attachment, Attention 6

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS AUTO Automatic Aux Auxiliary Aux BLDG Auxiliary Building Aux BOIL Auxiliary Boiler AVG Average B Boron Ba Barium BA Boric Acid BA BATCH TK Boric Acid Batching Tank BARR Barrier BAST Boric Acid Storage Tank BATCH Batching BATCH TK Batching Tank BATP Boric Acid Transfer Pump B BLDG "B" Building BD Building and Equipment Drains Be Beryllium BF Boiler Feed (Steam Generator Feedwater)

BIAS Bias BIT Boron Injection Tank BKGD Background BKR Breaker BLCK Block/Blocked BLJ:X; Building BLNDR Blender B/D .Blowdown BLWN Blown BNK Bank BOIL Boiler BOL Beginning of Life BOP Balance of Plant BOT Bottom BR Boric Acid Recovery System BRG Bearing BS Bleed Steam BSN Basin BSTR Booster BATT Battery BU Backup BP Bypass BWR Boiling Water Reactor BYP Bypass c Carbon CA Control Air CAACS Control Air Air Cond. System CAB Cabinet CAL Calibration CARR Carrier 7

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS

  • CAS CAT CB CBL cc Continuous Action Sununary Chemical Addition Tank, Cation Containment Building Cable Component Cooling C&C Conduit and Cable CCHX Component Cooling Heat Exchanger CCP Component Cooling Pump ccs Component Cooling System ccw Component Cooling Water, Counterclockwise CD Carbor Dioxide System CET Core Exit Thermocouple CF Feedwater Chemical Treatment System CFCU Containment Fan Coil Unit CFR Code of Federal Regulations CSFST Critical Safety Function Status Tree CH Chilled Water CHAN Channel CHEM Chemistry, Chemical CHG Charge(ing)

CHG PMP Charging Pump CHK Check CIRC. Circulation/Circulating CIRC WTR or CW Circulating Water CKT Circuit CKT BKR Circuit Breaker CL Chlorination/Chlorine CLG Cooler/Cooling

/

CLR Cooler CLS Close CLT Coolant CLSD Closed CLW Clockwise CM Communications System COMM Communications CMPNT Component CMPTR Computer CN Condensate System CNDSR Condenser CNDT Conduit CNSLE Console CNTMT Containment CNTMT ISOL Containment Isolation CNTRL Control Co Cobalt C02 Carbon Dioxide COIL Coil COL Check Off List COMPAR Comparator COMPART Compartment 8

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS

  • COMPEN COMPL COMPR CONC Compensate Complete(d)

Compressor Concrete COND Conductivity CON DR Conductor cos Checkoff Sheet CP Control Power, Control Point Cr Chromium CR Control Rod CRD Control Rod Drive CROM Control Rod Drive Mechanism Cs Cesium cs Containment Spray CSD Cold Shutdown CSF Critical Safety Function CSG Casing CS PMP Containment Spray Pump.

CT Cleared and Tagged CTR Center CHK VLV Check Valve CV Containment Vessel eve Chemical and Volume Control System CVR Cover CWI Circulating Water Intake CWTR Cooling Water CXL CBL Coaxial Cable CYL Cylinder CYC Cycle DA Diesel Engine Auxiliaries DATA Data DB Debora ting DBA Design Basis Accident DC Design Change OCR Design Change Request DEC Decrease DEF Defeat DEFOAM De foaming DEM Demand DEM IN Demineralizer(ized)

DEPT Department DET Detector DEV Deviation DF Diesel Fuel DG Diesel Generator DIA Diameter DIAG Diagram DISARM Disarmed

  • DISCH DI SENG Discharge Disengage 9

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS

  • DISP DIFF DMPR DM DN Disposal Differential Damper Demineralized Water Down D/P Differential Pressure DR Demineralized Water (restricted)

DROP Drop DSL Diesel DSN Design D/T Differential Temperature DTL Detail DWST Demineralized Water Storage Tank DWTP Demineralized Water Transfer Pump E East ECCS Emergency Core Cooling System ECG Emergency Classification Guide EOO Emergency Duty Officer EH Electro-Hydraulic EHC Electro-Hydraulic Control EI Emergency Instruction EJECT Ejector ELEC Electrical ELEV Elevation ELOP Emergency Lube Oil Pump ELEVR Elevator ELHX Excess Letdown Heat Exchanger EMER Emergency ENG Engineering EO Equipment Operator EOF Emergency Offsite Facility EOL End of Life EOP Emergency Operating Procedure EP Emergency Plan EPZ Emergency Planning Zone EQUIP Equipment EREP Extended Radiation Exposure Permit ESF Engineering Safety Feature ESS Emergency Safety (Safeguard) System ETS Environmental Technical Specification EVAP Evaporator EX Exchanger EXC Excess EXCEN Eccentricity EXCTR Exciter, Excitation EXH Exhaust EXP Expansion EXT Exterior, External

  • 10

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS

  • FAI FAIL F/C FCU Fail As IS Failure Fail Closed Fan Coil Unit Feed Control Valve FCV FDR Feeder Fe Iron FHB Fuel Handling Building F/I Failed Instrument FIG Figure F/~ Full Length FLO Field FLO Flow FLOT Float FLTR Filter FLR Floor FO Fuel Oil F/O Fail Open FOST Fuel Oil Storage Tank FOTP Fuel Oil Transfer Pump FP Fire Protection System FPH Fire Pump House FR Functional Restoration FRCC Functional Restoration for Core Cooling FRCE Functional Restoration for Containment Environment FRCI Functional Restoration for Coolant Inventory FRHS Functional Restoration for Heat Sink FREQ Frequency FRSM Function Restoration for Shutdown Margin FRTS Functional Restoration for Thermal Shock FSAR Final Safety Analysis Report FST First FW Fresh Water System FW Htr Feedwater Heater FWST Fresh Water Storage Tank FXT Fixture GA Gauge GAS ANAL Gas Analyzer GB Stearn Generator Drains and Blowdown GD Stearn Generator Drains System GDT Gas Decay Tank GEN Generator GEN'L MGR General Manager GG Gas Turbine Unit i3 System GM Geiger-Mueller GOV Governor GR Gear GRND Ground
  • GRP Group GS Gland Seal GT Gas Turbine Fuel Oil Transfer System GV Governor Valve GW Generating Cooling Water, Gaseous Waste 11

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS

  • H2 H2 PUR H3 Hydrogen Hydrogen Purity Tri ti urn HB Heating Boiler HCGS Hope Creek Generating Station HD Heater Drains Transfer System HOR Header Hf Hafnium HHB House Heating Boiler Building HI High HNGR Hanger HP or HI PRESS High Pressure, Health Physics HS Heating Stearn and Condensate Return HSB Hot Standby HSD Hot Shutdown HT Heat HTG Heating HTR Heater HUT Holdup Tank HV Heater Vents Transfer System HVAC Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning HW Heating Water HX Heat Exchanger HY Hydrogen System HYO Hydraulic I Iodine IA Instrument Air IAW In Accordance With IC Technical Department I&C Group I&C Instrumentation and Control ICM Technical Department Manual I&C ID Information Directive IMMED Immediately In Indium IN Inlet

!NCR Increase IND Indicator (ing) (ion)

INFO Information INJ Injection INRT Inert INSERT Insertion INSULTRS Insulators INSTR Instruction INST Instrurnent(ation)

INTER Interior INTERM Intermediate Interlock INTLK INV RT Inverter IO Inspection Order

!OP Integrated Operating Procedures IP Isolated Phase IPA Inner Penetration Area 12

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC -SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS

  • IR Ir

!SOL IX Intermediate Range Iridium Isolation Ion Exchanger JCT Junction JT Joint Kr Krypton LC Locked Closed LCO Limiting Condition for Operation LD Load LG Large LHX Letdown Heat Exchanger LIQ Liquid LK Leak LK DET Leak Detection LMT Limit LN Line LO Locked Open, Low L/0 Lock Out LOC Local LOCA Loss of Coolant Accident LOPA Loss of Pressure Accident, Loss of Power Accident LOSC Loss of Secondary Coolant LOSS Loss LOW Low LPMS Loose Part Monitoring System LP or LO Press Low Pressure LPZ Low Population zone LNR Liner L.O. Lube Oil LOP Lube Oil Pump LS Limit Switch LS/C Limit Switch Close LS/O Limit Switch Open LT Light LTDWN Letdown LV Low Voltage LVDT Linear Variable Differential Transformer LVL Level LWR Lower MAN Manual MAX Maximum MB Mixed Bed MC Miscellaneous Condensate System MCD Mitigating Core Damage

  • MD Motor Driven, Miscellaneous Drains System MECH Mechanical MECH PENT Mechanical Penetration MED Medium MFP Main Feed Pump 13

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS

    • MG MGR MIN MISC Motor Generator Manager Minimum Miscellaneous MLOP Main Lube Oil Pump MN Main MOL Middle of Life MON Monitor MONTG Monitoring MOV Motor Operated Valve MPC Maximum Permissible Concentration MPD Maximum Permissible Dose MPE Maximum Permissible Exposure MS Main Steam System MSIV Main Steam Isolation Valve MSR Moisture Separator/Reheater MT Monitor Tank MTD Mounted MTR Motor MU Makeup N North N2 Nitrogen N2H4 Hydrazine Na Sodium N/A Not Applicable NC Normally Closed NCO Nuclear Control Operator NOT Nondestructive Test NEG Negative NEUT Neutral NI Nuclear Instrument(ation)

NIS Nuclear Instrumentation System NO Normally Open NO. Number NON-RAD Nonradioactive NON-RADLW Nonradioactive Liquid Waste Disposal NOP Normal Operating Pressure NOL Normal Operating Level NOT Normal Operating Temperature NORM Normal NR Narrow Range NRC Nuclear Regulatory Commission NRHX Nonregenerative Heat Exchanger NSSS Nuclear Steam Supply System NT Nitrogen System NPSH Net Positive Suction Head NUC Nuclear

  • 02 OD ODM OFF OHA Oxygen Operations Directive Operations Department Manual Off Overhead Annuniciator 14

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS OIL Oil OL Overload ON On oos Out-of~Specification OP Operating Procedure OP CON Operator's Console OPER Operate (ion) (ing)

OPs Operations OP Overpower ORF Orifice O/S Out-of-Service osc Operations Support Center OSCIL Oscillograph OT Over Temperature OTSC On the Spot Change OUT Out/Outlet OUTSD Outside OVR Over OVRALL Overall OVREXC Overexcitation OVRFLO Overflow OVRVOLT Overvoltage PA Public Address (System)

PART Partial Pb Lead PB Pushbutton, Plumbing - Sanitation System PC Penetration Cooling (Air)

PCB Power Circuit Breaker PEN Penetration Area PEN ET Penetration PERM Permissive(s)

PERSON Personnel pH Hydrogen Ion Concentration P&ID Piping and Instrument Diagram PI/S Period Inspection/Surveillance PIT Pit P/L Part-Length PL Steam Generator Feed Pump Lube Oil PMP Pump PMPS Pumps PNEU Pneumatic PNL Panel PNLBD Panelboard PO Purchase Order POPS Pressurizer Overpressure (Protection) System PORV Power Operated Relief Valve POS Positive POSIT Position POT Potential, Potentiometer PR Power Range, Pressurizer Relief System PRECIP Precipitator PREHTR Preheater PRESS Pressure 15

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS

  • PRE-TREAT PRI PRIME PRIME TK PRINT Pre-Treatment Primary Priming Priming Tank Printing PROC Process PROG Program (med)

PROT Protect(ion)

PRT Pressurizer Relief Tank PRV Pressure Reducing Valve PS Pressurizer Spray PSEG Public Service Enterprise Group PSE&G Public Service Electric & Gas Company PT Point PTS Pressurized Thermal Shock Pu Plutonium PUR Purity PWR Pressurized Water Reactor, Power PWST Primary Water Storage Tank PZR Pressurizer QA Quality Assurance QC Quality Control QI Qualified Individual QPTR Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio Ra Radium RAD Radiation RADL Radial RATE Rate RC Reactor Coolant RCC Rod Cluster Control RCDR Recorder RCDT Reactor Coolant Drain Tank RCP Reactor Coolant Pump RCS Reactor Coolant System RD Moisture Separator Reheater Drains REC I RC Recirculate (ion) (ing)

RE COMB Recombiner RECOV Recovery RE CVR Receiver RECYC Recycle REG Regulator REF Reference REGEN HX Regenerative Heat Exchanger REL Relative REP Radiation Exposure Permit RES Reservior RES IS Resistance RET Return RHR Residual Heat Removal System RIL Rod Insertion Limit RM Room RMS Radiation Monitoring (System) 16

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS Rn Radon RNG Range RO Reactor Operator RP Reactor Protection RPI Rod Position Indication RS Reheat Steam Rl'D Resistance Temperature Detector RV Reactor Vessel RVLIS Reactor vessel Liquid Inventory System RWL Rod Withdrawal Limit RWS Radwater System RWST Refueling Water Storage Tank RX Reactor RX CNTMT Reactor Containment s South SA Service Air SAMP Sample(ing)

SAT Satisfactory SC Screen Wash SD Shutdown SEAL Seal SEC Secondary, Security SEC CAB Safeguards Equipment Cabinet SECT Section SEIS Seismic SEL Select (io.n) (ed) (or)

SEQ Sequence SERV Service SET Set SFCS Spent Fuel Cooling System SFP Spent Fuel Pit SFPHX Spent Fuel Pit Heat Exchanger SFPP Spent Fuel Pit Pump SFTY Safety SG Steam Generator SG B/D Steam Generator Blowdown SGFP Steam Generator Feed Pump SGS Salem Generating Station SGTL Steam Generator Tube Leak SGTR Steam Generator Tube Rupture SHX Sample Heat Exchanger SI Safety Injection SIGNL Signal SIP Safety Injection Pump SIS Safety Injection System SKIMR Skimmer Sm Samarium SUMP Sump

  • so Generator Seal Oil SOL Solenoid sos Senior Operations Supervisor SP Speed, Spare SPEC Specification 17

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS

  • SPLY SPM SP(O)

SPRY SPT Supply Station Plant Manual Surveillance Procedure (Operations)

Spray Station Power Transformer SPRK Sprinkler SQ Square Sr Strontium SR Source Range SRO Senior Reactor Operator SRST Spent Resin Storage Tank SRTP Spent Reisn Transfer Pump SAMP SYS Sample System SS or S2 Shift Supervisor SSPS Solid State Protection System SSS or S3 Senior Shift Supervisor SS UPS Shift Support Supervisor

,SSSD Senior Shift Supervisor-Days ST Service Water System (turbine)

STA Shift Technical Advisor STN Station STAT Stator STBY Standby STD Standard STG Stage STM Steam STMLN Steam Line STOP Stop STOR Storage STP Standard Temperature and Pressure STRAIN Strain (er)

SU Startup SUCT Suction SUP Supply SUPV Supervision (or)

SUR Startup Rate SV Solenoid Valve SVB Service Building SW Service Water (nuclear)

SWGR Switchgear SWHX Seal Water Heat Exchanger SW! Service Water Intake SWIS Service Water Intake Structure SWR Sewer SWY Switchyard SYNCH Synchroscope(nize)

SYS System TAB Table TAC Turbine Auxiliaries Cooling Tavg Average Temperature TB Turbine Building TC Thermocouple TD Turbine Driven 18

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS TDR Technical Document Room TURB DR Turbine Drain TECH Technician TECH SPECS Technical Specifications TEMP Temperature TERM Terminal TERMIN Termination TEST Test TG Turbine Generator TGS Turbine Gland Sealing Steam and Leak Off Th Thorium TH Throttled THERM Thermal TILT Tilt Tk Tank TKS Tanks TL Main Turbine Lube Oil TO Turns Open TRACE Trace (ing)

TRANS Transient TRBL Trouble T REF Reference Temperature TRIP Trip/Tripped Tagging Retrieval Information System TRIS TRN Train Tc T - cold TH T - hot TSAT Saturation Temperature TSC Technical Support Center TURB Turbine TURN GR Turning Gear u Uranium UNBL Unblock UNDGRND Underground UF Under frequency UV Undervoltage UNIT Unit UN SAT Unsatisfactory uo Utility Operator UP Upper us Upper Shoes UT Ultrasonic Test vc Containment ventilation VCT Volume Control Tank VENT Vent/Ventilation VERT Vertical VIB Vibration VLV Valve VOL Volume VR Voltage Regulator VTL Vital VAC vacuum 19

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS

  • w WARN WD West Warning Equipment Vents & Drains (contaminated)

WDRWL Withdrawal WD SYS Waste Disposal System WG Waste Disposal (Gaseous)

WHUT Waste Holdup Tank WL Waste Disposal (Liquid)

WM Waste Monitor WMHUT Waste Monitor Holdup Tank WO Work Order WR Wide Range, Primary Water Recovery ws Waste Disposal (Solid)

WSTE EVAP Waste Evaporator WSTE Waste WT Water Treatment, Weight WTR Water WTRFLO Water Flow WU Warm up Xe Xenon Transfer XFER XFMR Transformer X-OVER Crossover Zn Zinc Zr Zirconium 20

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES - PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK 21

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS SECTION 2. DESIGN CONVENTIONS CHECKLIST Human Factors Engineering addresses the efficient and safe operation of the control room from the operator's perspective. When making design changes, it is important to consider how the changes will affect the operator in terms of the availability of necessary information, the adequacy of controls for the task performed, the efficiency of the overall panel layout, and the suitabil-ity of the environment.

The human factors design conventions contained in this section are intended as guidance for the planning, development, and review of Salem design modifications. By reviewing the applicable sections of these conventions, you can determine if the proposed design modification is in conformance with NRC human factors criteria (NUREG-0700). Keep in mind that these are generic conventions and that the Salem plant-specific conventions and applications (see Section 3) that have already been established take precedence over the generic conventions.

Sect.ion 2.1 of the Design Conventions Checklist outlines human factors criteria related to panel layout. Controls and displays should be grouped in a way that reflects functional organization and minimizes operator movement.

For instance, components which belong to the same system should be located on the same panel, in an arrangement which indicates their relationship to each other. A series of controls which are used in sequence should be positioned in sequence on the control panel. Positioning controls where the operator can find them easily reduces the time required to perform a task and the chance of operator error.

Section 2.2 discusses control-display integration, the association of controls and displays which are used together. Important. considerations include (1) ensuring that the operator can read a display while operating related controls, and (2) labeling controls and displays used in the same sequence of actions with the same alphabetic or numeric sequence. Both

  • Sections 2.1 and 2.2 contain many guidelines which apply to all control room design changes, regardless of the type of component affected.

22

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS Section 2.3 contains criteria specific to controls. The operator should be able to perform a required function easily with the controls available.

Accidental activation of a control should be prevented. The function of a control should be clearly identified, by color or shape coding, location, and labeling. Careful selection and identification of controls is essential to smooth control room operation.

Guidelines on visual displays are included in Section 2.4. Displays should also be clearly identified and easy to locate. Scales should cover the full range of possible values and provide the degree of precision needed.

Light indicators should be clearly on or off. The overall intention is to provide the operator with all the information he needs, without extraneous information which may distract or confuse him.

Section 2*5 outlines criteria related to labels and location aids. A hierarchical labeling scheme, including labels for systems, subsystems, and individual panel elements, directs the operator quickly to the component he needs. Labels should be mounted securely and should not obscure other information. Mimics can be used to integrate a group of controls into a system, making functional relationships clear to the operator.

Guidelines on annunciator systems are provided in Section 2.6.

Annunciator warning systems, both visual and audible, should be discriminable and recognizable to operators. Window legends should be legible and succinct1 annunciator response controls should be consistent in operation and placement to facilitate operators' response to alarms and subsequent remedial activities.

Section 2.7 contains criteria specific to the control room environment_.

such factors as lighting, sound, temperature and ventilation are important considerations. An effort should be made to create a pleasant and comfortable work setting for the control room personnel.

23

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS

  • 2.1 Panel Layout N/A Yes No I. Group controls and displays according to the following:

A. Task sequence B. System function

c. Importance and frequency of use II. Use the following methods to assist recognition and identification of controls:

A. Spacing between groups of components B. Demarcation of groups of controls and displays with a contrasting line III. Denote emergency contr?ls with distinctive enhancement techniques.

IV. Arrange controls and displays:

A. In a logical order B. In sequence, such as left-to-right or top-to-bottom, if appropriate.

v. Standardize the layout of controls and displays:

A. Use a consistent layout for identical or similar control or display sets at all locations.

B. Avoid mirror-imaging

  • c. Use consistent layouts for the simulator actual Control Room.

24

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS N/A Yes No VI. Separate controls in order to:

A. Allow access to adjacent controls.

B. Prevent inadvertent actuation of adjacent controls.

c. Allow simultaneous actuation where necessary *
  • 25

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS

  • 2.2 Control-Display Integration N/A Yes No I. Position associated controls and displays as follows:

A. Position the display close enough to the control to be read clearly and without parallax during operation.

II. Establish the association of controls and displays by:

A. Location B. Labeling

c. Coding
  • III.

D.

E.

Demarcation Consistency with operator expectations The following should be immediately apparent to the operator:

A. The association of displays with controls.

B. The direction of movement of displays and controls.

c. The rate and limits of movement of displays and controls.

IV. Use a symmetrical layout for associated controls and displays which are used in the same sequence *

  • 26

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS

  • N/A Yes No
v.
  • If a single display is associated with multiple controls:

A. Center the controls on the display.

B. Group the displays in a line or matrix.

c. Mount controls directly below or to the right of the display.

VI. If a single control is associated with multiple displays:

A. Center the control below or to the right of the display area.

B. Group the displays in a line or matrix *

  • VII. Arrangements of functionally similar controls and display~ should conform to the same convention throughout the control room.

VIII. When controls and related displays are assembled using modular packaged units, the design of the packages will limit the location and arrangement which can be achieved. In this case, modules should be selected and arranged to achieve maximum conformity with the principles described in Section 3 *

  • 27

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS

  • IX. Observe the following guidelines when using a display selector:

Control position sequence should be A.

consistent with display sequence; the two should have corresponding labels.

x. If controls and displays are in separate planes:

A. Displays should be on adjacent upper panel from associated controls.

B. Associated controls and displays should never be on facing panels.

XI. If there is a display response time lag:

A. Displays should reflect in real time the time lag between actuation of the control and the change in system condition.

B. There should be no time lag between a system condition change and the display indication.

c. If there is a lag time between control actuation and ultimate system state, there should be an immediate indication of the process and direction of the parameter change.

XII. Controls or displays which do not follow color or shape coding conventions should be identified and reviewed with the operators when that system is reviewed during training sessions *

  • 28

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS 2.3 Controls N/A Yes No I. All controls should meet the following criteria:

A. Ease of adjustment.

B. A sufficient range of control.

c. The required level of precision, without excess precision.

D. Operability in sufficient time, under expected dynamic conditions, and within the limits of manual dexterity, coordination, and reaction time.

E. Sufficient durability to retain their appearance,nfeel," and functional characteristics during their service life.

F. Compatibility with emergency gear.

II. Observe the following guidelines when us5.ng color coding:

A. Color coding can be used to provide unambiguous, easily discriminable information to the operator, and to aid in the following:

1. Perception of warning signals.
2. Identification of functional relationships.
3. Association of displays with related controls.
4. Organization of information.
5. Coding of low probability or very important events.

B. Follow the color coding conventions

  • defined in Section 3.

29

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS

  • C. Use color only to provide redundant N/A Yes No information; the pertinent information should be available by a label.

D. Avoid using more than eleven colors for coding.

E. Narrowly define the meaning attached to a particular color.

F. The meaning of a particular color should be consistent throughout the control room, whether applied to panel surfaces or projected in signal lights or on CRTs, within and among systems.

G. Select colors which are recognizably different from each other *

  • H.

I.

Select colors which contrast well with the background on which they appear.

Evaluate each color selected for coding under all illumination under which it will be used; ambient lighting will influence the apparent color of the coded element.

III. Prevent accidental activation of a control:

A. Locate the control where the operator will not strike or move it accidentally.

B. Recess, shield, or otherwise surround the control with a physical barrier, so that the control is entirely contained within the envelope described by the recess or barrier.

c. Use a movable cover or guard; the guard
  • should not interfere with the operation of the control.

30

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS N/A Yes No D. Avoid safety or lock wires.

E. Use interlocking controls.

F. Make the control resistant to movement.

G. When a strict sequential activation is necessary, provide locks to prevent the control from passing through a position.

H. Use rotary action controls where linear or pushbutton controls would be subject to inadvertent activation and fixed protective structures cannot be used.

IV. To ensure the visibility of a control:

A. Control should be easy to locate.

B. Control setting should be easy to read, without parallax, from the operating position.

v. Provide some indication of activation for a control:

A. Snap feel B. Audible click C. Integral light D. Pointer, if rotary control VI. Pushbuttons A. Position pushbuttons in a logical order or in an order related to procedural sequence.

B. Use a slip resistant or concave surface *

  • 31

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS

  • VII. Legend Pushbuttons N/A Yes No A. Follow guidelines in Section 2.4 under Legend Light Indicators.

B. Use barriers, with rounded edges, when legend pushbuttons are contiguous.

VIII. Key-Operated Controls A. Use key-operated controls only where necessary for security, not solely as a means for shape coding.

B. Orient locks so that the switch is OFF or SAFE when the key is in the vertical position.

c. Operators should not normally be able to remove the key from the lock unless the switch is turned to the OFF or SAFE position.

D. Label control positions.

IX. Continuous Adjustment Rotary Controls A. Use continuous adjustment rotary controls to ensure precise control along a continuous variable.

B. Use round knobs, with knurled or serrated edges.

c. Use a pointer if an indication of position is desirable~ if more accuracy is required, a line should be engraved and filled with a contrasting pigment, both on top and down the side of the pointer.

32

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS N/A Yes No

x. Rotary Selector Controls A. Use rotary selector controls when three or more detented positions are required~ they may also be used for two-detented position operation.

B. Provide detents at each control position to ensure proper functioning of a discrete rotary control.

c. It should not be possible to position a control between detented positions.

D. A rotary selector control should not have more than 24 positions.

E. Provide stops at the limits of the control range to minimize the possibility of placing the control in an unused position.

F. Use a moving pointer and fixed position settings to maximize readability.

G. Provide position indication by one of the following methods:

1. Indicator lights
2. A line engraved both on the top of the knob and down the side
3. A pointer shape -*--

H. Mount pointers close to position settings to minimize parallax.

I. Knobs for spring-loaded momentary contact rotary selector controls should be large enough to be easily held against the spring torque, without fatigue, for as long as necessary to accomplish the control action.

33

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS

  • N/A Yes No XI. Thumbwheels A. Thumbwheel readouts should be visible from the thumbwheel operating position.

B. If the thumbwheel is used as an input device, code the OFF, zero, or normal position to facilitate visual recognition of status.

c. Provide a detent at the OFF position for feedback.

D. Thumbwheel controls which have discrete settings should be detented between positions.

XII. Slide switches should have serrated or knurled surfaces.

XIII. Toggle switches should have an elastic resistance which increases as the control is moved and drops as the switch snaps into position.

XIV. Rocker Switches A. Orient rocker switches vertically.

B. Activation of the upper part should control the ON or INCREASE function.

c. In the ON position, the top of the switch should be flush with the panel surface *
  • 34

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS 2.4 Visual Displays N/A Yes No I. All displays should meet the following criteria:

A. The capability to distinguish significant levels of the system parameter controlled.

B. The required level of precision, without excess precision.

c. Feedback for any deliberate movement of a control.

II. Follow the conventions in Section 3, when using color coding.

III. To ensure the visibility of a visual display:

A. Display should be easy to locate.

B. Display should be easy to read, without parallax, from the operating position.

IV. Limit information printed on the display face:

A. Include only an identification of the parameter displayed, the units shown, and any transformation required.

B. Omit unnecessary information and extraneous items such as patent notices or manufacturer's trademark.

c. Limit redundancy to cases where it is needed for backup or to avoid excessive operator movement.

D. Word messages as briefly as clarity permits.

E. Use the standard abbreviations listed in Section 1.

35

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS

  • V. Identify displayed information as demand N/A Yes No information or status information:

A. Demand information shows that equipment has been commanded to a particular state or level.

B. Status information shows the actual state or level.

C. Actual status should be displayed for all important parameters.

VI. Provide indication of display failure (e.g., off-scale indication).

VII. Scale readings should relate in a direct and practical way to the operator's tasks:

A. Provide th~ degree of precision and accuracy needed.

B. Avoid conversions.

c. Use percentage indication only when the parameter is meaningfully reflected by percentage.

D. Provide for the display of all possible values:

1. Select scales which span the expected range of operational parameters, or
2. Employ appropriate scale ranging techniques, or
3. Support normal range displays with auxiliary wide-range instruments.

E. A displayed value may be ~ultiplied or divided by a power of 10, if the transfor-mation is clearly marked on the display.

36

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS

  • N/A Yes No F. Minimize the display of normal random variations in display performance.

G. Use compatible scales for displays of the same parameter.

H. Avoid logarithmic scales.

I. Avoid multiscale indicators.

VIII. Scale graduations should conform to the following guidelines:

A. No more than 9 graduations should separate numerals.

B. Major and minor graduations should be used if there are up to four graduations between numerals.

C. Major, intermediate, and minor graduations should be used if there are five or more graduations between numerals.

D. Successive values indicated by unit graduations should be one of those shown below or those values multiplied by some power of 10.

E. Graduation heights should be as follows:

1. Major: 0. 22n
2. Intermediate: 0.16n
3. Minor: 0.09" IX. Orient scale markings as follows:

A. Orient numerals vertically, on linear and circular scales.

B. Where pointer movement is more than 360°,

  • the zero point should be located at the 12 o'clock position.

37

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS

  • C. Where positive and negative values are N/A Yes No displayed around a zero or null position, the zero or null point should be located at the 12 o'clock position.

D. Where the scale covers less than a full rotation of the pointer, scale end-points should be indicated by a break in scale at least one numbered interval in length, oriented at the 6 o'clock position.

x. Mark and color code zones, such as "Operating Range" and "Danger Range".

(see Table 2 in Section 3)

XI. Pointers A. Use simple pointer tips.

B. Select pointer tips to minimiz~

concealment of scale graduation marks or numerals.

c. Pointer tip should extend to within about 1/16 inch of, but not overlap, the smallest graduation marks on the scale.

D. Mount pointers so as to avoid parallax errors.

E. Pointer/background contrast and pointer size should be adequate to permit rapid recognition of pointer position.

F. Avoid moving-scale, fixed-pointer meters.

XII. Observe the following precautions when using light indicators:

A. To ensure the availability of light indicators:

38

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS N/A Yes No

1. Provide for rapid and convenient bulb replacement with power on and without hazard to personnel or equipment, to encourage immediate replacement of burned-out bulbs.

B. Ensure that reflections or refractions from light sources do not cause light indicators to appear to be glowing when they are off, or vice versa.

c. Avoid misinterpretation:
1. System/equipment status should be inferred from illuminated indicators, never from the absence of illumination.
2. Provisions (design or procedural) should be made to prevent interchanging indicator lenses.

D. Avoid using light indicators to alert operators to unfavorable status~ use annunciators.

XIII. Non-Legend Light Indicators A. Label non-legend light indicators whose meaning is not apparent.

B. Light intensity should be at least 10%

greater than surrounding panel~ light intensity can be measured with a photometer.

c. Color may be provided by a tinted cover glass or by a layer of colored material inside the cover.

D. The color of the light should be readily identifiable.

39

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS

  • XIV. Legend Light Indicators N/A Yes No A. General legend design should be consistent throughout the control room.

B. Light intensity should be at least 10%

greater than surrounding panel.

c. Legends should be legible under ambient illumination with indicator light off.

D. Provide contrast between lettering and background under ambient and transilluminated lighting.

E. Symbolic legends should be unambiguous.

F. Limit text to no more than 3 lines.

G. Word legends to tell the status indicated by the glowing light.

H. Follow the.lettering guidelines in Section 2.s.

I. Distinguish legend light indicators from legend pushbuttons.

xv. Graphic Recorders A. Use graphic recorders to record trend information and material which may be needed for later reference.

B. Ensure that pen, inks, and paper are of a quality to provide a clear, distinct, and reliable marking.

c. The recording paper and the recorder should use compatible scales.

D. See the section on scales for guidelines on scale design.

E. Provide a takeup spool and means for tearing off completed records.

40

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS

  • F. Ensure the availability of expendables (paper, ink, etc.).

N/A Yes No G. Paper and ink should be easy to .

replenish.

H. Provide paper-speed adjustability.

I. It should be convenient to annotate recordings with date, time, paper speed, parameter identification, etc.

J. Place recorder in primary operating area for easy monitoring.

K. Data should be visible through the window of the recorder.

XVI. Continuous Recorders

  • A.

B.

Label the parameter recorded.

If using a multiple-pen recorder, list the parameters in order of the associated scales on the recorder.

C. Use a different ink color for each pen~

colors should be easily distinguished and provide good contrast with the paper.

NOTE: Continuous recorders provide pen-and-ink lines on the moving paper, one pen being dedicated full time to each channel which inputs to the recorder. Discrete recorders time-phase recording of a number of input channels, plotting them in sequence. Using a number-stamping device, they plot on the moving paper the instantaneous parameter value and the number of the channel

  • which it represents.

41

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS

  • XVII. Discrete Recorders N/A Yes No A. Do not load the recorder beyond the designed channel capacity.

B. Identify the channel on the instrument.

c. Identify the channel on the recording.

D. Provide channel selection capability.

XVIII. Drum-type Counters A. Use drum-type counters when there is a need for quick, precise reading of ~uantitative value.and trend information is not needed.

B. Numerals should read horizontally.

c. Width-height ratio should be 1:1.

D. Separate numerals with commas and a decimal point, if appropriate.

E. Provide contrast between the numerals and the background.

F. The surface of the drum and the surrounding area should be matte finish to minimize glare.

G. Mount the counter perpendicular to the operator's line of sight,. because of the restrictive viewing angle.

H. Mount the counter as close as possible to the panel surface to minimize shadows and maximize viewing angle.

I. Window size should allow only one digit at a time to appear.

J. Numbers should change by snap action, not continuous movement.

K. Counter drums should move upward with increasing values.

42

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS N/A Yes No XIX. Electronic Counters A. Numerals should read horizontally.

B. Use a simple character style.

c. Rate of change should be less than 2 per second.

D. Character-to-background contrast ratio should be between 15:1 minimum and 20:1 preferred.

43

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS 2.5 Labels and Location Aids N/A Yes No I. Label clearly and appropriately all controls, displays, and other equipment items which must be located, identified, or manipulated.

II. Use a hierarchical labeling scheme to reduce confusion, operator search time, and redundancy:

A. Use major labels to identify major systems or operator work stations.

B. Use subordinate labels to identify subsystems or functional groups.

c. Use component labels to identify each discrete panel or console element.

D. Labels should not repeat information contained in higher-level labels.

III. If controls and displays are used in sequence:

A. Label them in alphabetic or numeric sequence.

B. Label associated controls and displays used in the same sequence of operations with the same alphabetic or numeric sequence.

IV. Position labels as follows:

A. Place the label above the panel element(s) it describes.

B. Position labels for elements above eye level to ensure label visibility.

c. Place the label close to the panel
  • element it describes.

44

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS

  • D. Avoid placing the label on the control N/A Yes No itself if the operator's hand will obscure the label for an extended time period.

E. Separate adjacent labels so that they will not be read as one continuous label.

v. Mount labels as follows:

A. Mount labels in a manner which will prevent accidental removal.

B. Mount label on a flat surface.

VI. Orient labels to prevent confusion and delays in location and identification of components.

A. Orient labels horizontally, so that they may be read quickly and easily from left to right.

B. vertical orientation may be used only where space is limited.

c. Avoid curved patterns of labeling.

VII. Ensure the visibility of labels and other information:

A. Labels should not detract from or obscure any other information source, such as figures or scales.

B. Labels should not be covered or obscured by other units in the equipment assembly.

c. Labels should be visible to the operator during control actuation *
  • D. Administrative procedures should be in place for the periodic cleaning of labels.

45

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS

  • VIII. Labels should provide the following kinds N/A Yes No of information:

A. The function of equipment items.*

B. Engineering characteristics or nomenclature, if needed for clarity.

IX. Wording on labels should be selected as follows:

A. Use words which express exactly what action is intended.

B. Make instructions clear and direct.

c. Use words which have a commonly accepted meaning for all intended users.

D. Avoid unusual technical terms.

E. Spell words correctly *

  • x. Use consistent nomenclature in labels:

A. A list of standard names, acronyms, and part/system numbers should be in place and administratively controlled.

B. Use the standard abbreviations listed in Section 1.

c. Use words, acronyms, abbreviations, and part/system numbers consistently within and across the piece of equipment.

D. Nomenclature in labels should be consistent with nomenclature in procedures.

XI. Observe the following guidelines when using symbols:

A. Use abstract symbols only if they have a commonly accepted meaning for all

  • intended users (e.g.,%).

46

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS

  • B. Symbols should be unique and distinguishable from each other.

N/A Yes No

c. Use a commonly accepted standard configuration.

D. Use symbols consistently within and across panels.

E. Avoid using Roman numerals.

XII. Wording on labels should be concise without compromising meaning.

XIII. When labels containing similar words, abbreviations, or acronyms are located close to each other, reduce the possibility of confusing controls by:

  • XIV.

A.

B.

Selecting different words, or Coding controls.

Label control positions as follows:

A. Identify all discrete functional control positions.

B. Identify direction of motion (increase, decrease) for continuous motion rotary controls.

c. Control position information should be easy to read, without parallax, during operation of the control.

xv. Label each access opening used by control room operators to identify the function of items accessible through it *

  • 47

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS

  • XVI. All danger, warning, and safety instruction N/A Yes No labels should be in accordance with appropriate safety standards.

XVII. Use a temporary label when necessary to identify out-of-service equipment, or to improve operator understanding and efficiency.

A. Use a temporary label only until a permanent label is available or until the temporary label is no longer necessary.

B. Temporary labels should conform to good human engineering principles.

c . A temporary label should not obscure prior

  • D.

permanent ~abel is to be replaced.

Tag-*outs should:

l.

unless the old label Clearly identify out-of-service components and equipment

2. Be securely affixed
3. Not obscure the label associated with the non-operable device
4. Be designed to physically prevent actuation of a control
5. Not obscure any adjacent devices or labels.

XVIII. The use of temporary labels should be administratively controlled.

XIX

  • A review procedure for temporary labels
  • should be in place to determine:

A.

B.

When they are needed How they will be used 48

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS

  • c.

D.

Content Installation N/A Yes No E. Impact of their use on other system equipment (e.g., annunciators, mimics)

F. Documentation requirements G. Re-training requirements H. Their periodic review I. Their removal xx. Color and demarcation can be used as location aids.

XXI. Use mimics to serve the following functions:

A. To integrate system components into functionally oriented diagrams which reflect component relationships.

B. To decrease the operator's decision-making load.

XXII. Observe the following guidelines when using color in mimics:

A. Color code flowpaths, according to the conventions in Section 3.

B. Use colors which are distinguishable from each other.

c. Ensure adequate contrast between the mimic colors and the panel.

D. No more than 4 mimic lines of the same color should run in parallel if the operator must quickly identify any one of the lines *

  • 49

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS

  • XXIII. Mimic lines should conform to the following guidelines:

N/A Yes No A. Use differential line widths to code flowpaths (e.g., signifcance, volume, level).

B. Avoid overlapping mimic lines.*

c. Clearly indicate flow directions with distinctive arrowheads.

D. Label all mimic origin points which do not begin at labeled components.

E. Label all mimic destination or terminal points which do not end at labeled components.

F. Identify components representations on mimic lines.

XXIV. Symbols used with mimic lines should be:

A. Readily understood and commonly used.

B. Used consistently.

xxv. Control board label lettering should conform to the following guidelines:

A. For the benchboard section, use available stock~ modify as needed given available board space.

B. For the vertical section, use available stock~ modify as needed given available board space.

c. Letter size should be as specified
  • 50

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS

  • D. Label size should be adjusted according to space.

N/A Yes No XXVI. Labels should be graduated in letter size according to their place in the system hierarchy:

A. Letter point size on benchboard section

1. Subsystem/Functional: 48 (15/32 inch)
2. Column/Component: 18 (3/16 inch)
4. Component/Module Identifier: 14 (10/72 inch)

Refer to Section 3 for specific application B. Height on vertical section

1. Subsystem/Functional: 48 (15/32 inch)
2. Recorders: 24 (1/4 inch)
3. Switch/Meter: 24 (1/4 inch)

Refer to Section 3 for specific application C. Le~.ter width-to-height ratio should be between 1:1 and 3:5.

D. Numeral width-to-height ratio should be 1:1 to 3:5, except for the numeral n4", which should be one stroke width wider and the numeral n1n, which should be one stroke in width.

E. Stroke width-to-character height ratio should be between 1:6 and 1:8.

F. Size should be consistent within similar column/components.

XXVII. Type style should be:

A. Simple B. Consistent throughout control room

c. Upper-case only.

51

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS

  • XXVIII. Use the following minimum spacing guidelines:

A. One stroke width between characters N/A Yes No B. One character width between words

c. One-half character height between lines D. One-half character height for top and bottom borders E. One-half character width for side borders 52

HUMAN FACTORs GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS

  • I.

2.6 Annunciators When establishing alarm set points:

N/A Yes No A. Set points should be established. to give operators adequate response time.

B. Set points should not occur so frequently as to be considered a nuisance by operators.

c. Alarms requiring a control room operator to direct an auxiliary operator to perform a local operation should be avoided.

D. General alarms should be used only for conditions that allow adequate time for auxiliary operator action.

E. Inputs from more than one plant parameter set point should be avoided.

F. Where multi-input alarms must be used, an alarm printout capalility should be provided.

G. A reflash capability should be provided to allow subsequent alarms to activate the auditory alert mechanism and reflash the visual tile (even if first alarm has not cleared).

II. For first out alarms:

A. A separate first out panel should be provided for the reactor system.

B. The first out panel should consist of separate annunciator tiles for each of the automatic trip functions.

c. In the event of a reactor trip, only the tile associated with the event should illuminate.

53

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS

  • D. First out panels should be located directly above the main control N/A Yes No system for the system.

III. When prioritizing alarms:

A. A relatively small (2-4) number of priority levels should be used.

B. Should be based on a continuum of importance, severity, or need for operator action in one or more dimensions, e.g., likelihood of reactor trip, release of radiation.

c. Visual signals for the various priority levels should be coded via the use of color, title position or shape, or symbols, or auditory coding.

IV. For cleared alarms:

A. Should have a dedicated, distinctive audible signal of finite duration.

B. Should have one of the following:

1. Special flash rate (twice or one-half the normal rate).
2. Visually discriminable reduced brightness.
3. Special color.
v. For auditory signals:

A. Intensity should be such that operators can reliably discern the signal above ambient control room noise (lOdBA above ambient).

54

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS

  • B. Signal intensity, if adjustable, should be controlled by administrative N/A Yes No procedure.
c. Signal should capture the operator's attention but should not cause irritation or a startled reaction.

D. Should be adjusted to result in approximately equal detection levels at normal operator work stations in the primary operator area.

E. Auditory alert mechanism should be automatically reset when it has been silenced.

F. Separate auditory signals at each work station within the primary operating area are recommended.

VI. When using auditory coding:

A. Coding techniques should be used when the operator work station associated with the alarm is not in the primary operating area.

B. Coded signals from a single source should not be used to identify individual work stations within the primary operating area.

VII. For annunciator panels:

A. Should be located above the related controls and displays which are required for corrective or diagnostic action in response to the alarm.

B. If lamp replacement requires tile removal, there should be a way to ensure that the tile is replaced in the correct location.

55

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS N/A Yes No

c. Lamp replacement should not subject the operator to a shock hazard.

D. Operator aids should be provided if needed for lamp replacement.

VIII. For visual alarm recognition:

A. Tiles should use flashing illumination to indicate an alarm condition.

B. Flash rates should be from three to five flashes per second with approximately equal on and off times.

c. Tile should illuminate and burn steadily in case of flasher failure of alarmed tile.

D. There should be high enough contrast between alarming and steady-on tiles, and between illuminated and non-illuminated tiles so that operators can discriminate between conditions.

E. Under normal operating conditions, no annunciators should be illuminated.

F. If an annunciator tile must be energized for an extended period of time during normal operations, it should be:

1. Distinctively coded for positive recognition.
2. Controlled by administrative procedures.

IX. When arranging visual alarm tiles:

A. Visual alarm tiles should be grouped by function or system within each annunciator panel.

B. Vertical and horizontal axes of annunciator panels should be labeled with alphanumerics.

56

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS

  • C. Coordinate designation is preferred on the left and top sides of the annunciator panel.

N/A Yes No D. Letter height for coordinate designation should be consistent with a subtended visual angle of at least 15 minutes as viewed from a central position within the primary operating area.

E. The number of alarm tiles and the matrix density should be kept low (a maximum of 50 tiles per matrix is suggested).

F. Tiles within an annunciator panel matrix should be grouped by subsystem, function, or other logical organization.

G. Blank or unused annunciator tiles should not be illuminated (except during annunciator testing) *

x. For visual tile legends:

A. Annunciator visual tile legends should be specific and unambiguous. Wording should be in concise, short messages.

B. Alarms which refer the operator to another, more detailed annunciator panel located outside the primary operating area should be minimized.

c. Tile legends should address specific conditions; for example, do not use one alarm for HIGH-LOW, TEMPERATURE-PRESSURE.

D. Abbreviations and acronyms should be consistent with those used elsewhere in the control room *

  • 57

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS

  • E. Letter height should subtend a minimum visual N/A Yes No angle of 15 minutes, or .004 X viewing distance.

The preferred visual angle is 20 minutes, or .006 X viewing distance.

F. Letter height should be identical for all tiles, based on the maximum viewing distance. Separate calculations should be made for stand-up and sit-down work stations.

G. Type styles should be simple.

H. Type styles should be consistent on all visual tiles.

I. Only upper-case type should be used on visual tiles.

J. Legends should be engraved.

K. Legends sh9uld be dark lettering on a light background.

L. Recommended dimensional characteristics of legend lettering and spacing are as follows:

1. Stroke-width-to-height ratio should be between 1:6 and 1:8.
2. Letter width-to-height ratio should be between 1:1 3:5.
3. Numeral width-to-height ratio should be 3:5.
4. Minimum space between characters should be one stroke width.
5. Minimum space between words should be the width of one character.
6. Minimum space between lines should be one-half the character height.

58

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS

A. Each set of operator response controls should include a silence control.

N/A Yes No B. It should be possible to silence an auditory alert signal from any set of annunciator response controls in the primary operating area.

c. A control should be provided to terminate the flashing of a visual tile and have it continue at steady illumination until the alarm is cleared.

D. Acknowledgement should be possible only at the work station where the alarm originated.

E. If an automatic cleared alarm feature is not provided, a control should be provided to reset the system after an alarm has cleared.

F. The reset control should silence any audible signal indicating clearance and should extinguish the illumination.

G. The reset control should be effective only at the work station for the annunciator panel where the alarm initiated.

H. A control to test the auditory signal and flashing illumination of all tiles in a panel should be provided.

I. Periodic testing of annunciators should be required and controlled by administrative procedure.

J. Repetitive groups of annunciator controls should have the same arrangement and relative location at different work stations. This

    • is to faciliate "blind" reaching.

59

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS

  • K. Controls should be coded for easy recognition using techniques such as:

N/A Yes No

1. Color coding1
2. color shading the group of annunciator controls1
3. demarcating the group of annunciator controls1 or

~-*-

4. shape coding, particularly the silence control.

Control designs should not allow the operator to defeat the control. For example, some pushbuttons used for annunciator silencing and acknowledgement can be held down by inserting a coin in the ring around the pushbutton. This undesirable design feature should be eliminated.

XIII. For annunciator response procedures1 A. Annunciator response procedures should be available in the control room.

B. Annunciator response procedures should be indexed by panel identification and annunciator tiles coordinates *

  • 60

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS 2.7 Environment N/A Yes No I. Air temperature at floor level and at head level should not differ more than 10°F.

II. The ventilation system should be capable of introducing outdoor air into the control room at a rate of at least 15 cubic feet per minute {cfm) per occupant.

III. Air velocities in the primary operating area should not exceed 45 feet per minute

{fpm) measured at operator head level and should not produce a noticeable draft.

61

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS

  • IV. The level of illumination should not N/A Yes No vary greatly over a given workstation.
v. Provide supplemental lighting for personnel performing specialized visual tasks in areas where fixed lighting is not adequate.

VI. Avoid illumination that will cause shadows and glare *

  • 62

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS N/A Yes No VII. surface colors should be recognizable under both normal and emergency conditions.

VIII. Emergency lighting should meet the following guidelines:

A. Activate automatically and immediately upon failure of the normal control room lighting system.

B. Failure of the normal control room lighting system should not degrade operability of the emergency lighting system.

c. Emergency illumination should provide a minimum of 10 footcandles at all work stations in the primary operating area.

IX. The auditory environment of the control room should adhere to the following standards:

A. Background noise should not impair verbal communications between any two points in the primary operating area.

B. Background noise levels should not exceed 65dB(A).

C. Further reductions in background noise may be required where communications between the primary operating area and other control room locations are necessary.

D. Minimize distractions generated inside or outside the control room.

E. The acoustical treatment of the control room should limit reverberation time to one second or less *

  • 63

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS

  • x. Provide a suitable, out-of-the-way, but secure place for control room personnel N/A Yes No to keep their belongings.

XI. The following features of the decor should be considered:

A. Color coordination B. Use of color and lighting to create a cheerful atmosphere

c. Visual relief from arrays of instrumentation D. Comfortable seating E. Carpeting XII. The following features should be considered in the restroom and eating facilities.

A. A restroom or eating area should be provided within or near the control ~oom isolation boundary.

B. Provision should be made for communication if facilities are out of voice contact *

  • 64 I

- - - - - _j

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS SECTION 3. SALEM SPECIFIC CONVENTIONS This section is designed to provide you with the specific conventions that PSE&G has developed for use on Salem controls, displays, annunciators and labeling. These conventions presently exist in the control room but should also be applied when possible to other areas of the plant.

Table 1. Color Coding Conventions COLOR MEANING RED START OPEN (VALVE)

RUNNING INCREASE CLOSE (CIRCUIT BREAKER)

RAISE ON YELLOW ALARMS (ABNORMAL CONDITIONS, CONDITIONS WHICH ARE DETRIMENTAL TO REACTOR SAFETY)

TRIP

  • BLUE MANUAL LATCH L0ADING LOCAL LOCKOUT PURG~

REMOTE SEQUENCE IN TEST NORMAL WHITE AUTOMATIC SUPERVISION LEAK DETECTION SEQUENCE COMPLETE RESET READY TO LOAD GREEN CLOSE (VALVE)

STOP/STOPPED DECREASE OFF LOWER OPEN (CIRCUIT BREAKER)

ORANGE SAFEGUARDS ACTUATION PUSHBUTTONS NONE MID POSITION (VALVE) 65

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS Table 2. Color-Banding Visual Displays Approach Indication will be evaluated for process limits in both the increasing and decreasing direction from the normal operating range where they exist.

Associated digital setpoints for alarms and trips will be utilized to band the indicating ranges of visual devices where they exist.

Criteria When indication is within the alarm limit(s}, the parameter is in the normal operating range and the color band will be green.

When indication is between alarm and trip limit(s}, the parameter is out of the normal operating range and the color band will be yellow.

When indication is beyond trip limit(s}, the parameter is in the abnormal operating range and the color band will be red.

When indication is beyond alarm limit(s}, with no trip associated with the variables, the parameter is in the abnormal operating range requiring operator action and the color band will be red.

When indication is not associated with alarms or trips of digital d~vices, the ranges will be determined by system process calculations or equipment limitations.

Assumptions Any post-accident monitor will be color banded based on the normal plant operation and not on accident conditions.

Where no lower limits exist for the indicated variable, the green range will start at zero and end at the first upper limit.

All colors may not be required for all indications *

  • 66

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS

  • Code Color Table 3.

Meaning Mimic Color Coding Conventions Control room ventilation mimic (RP-2) 12 Black Emergency filtered and conditioned air 17 Red * *

  • Exhaust 112 Blue. Normal filtered and conditioned air and outside air intake 15 Orange * * * * * *
  • Emergency air recirculation Reactor protection status mimic (RP-4) 13 Yellow. * * * * *
  • Permissives
  • 13 i7 112 Electrical distribution mimic (CC-3)

Yellow.

Red ...

Blue. . . . . . . .

25kV 500kV 4kV ilO Green

  • 13kV

Reference:

NUREG-0700 Section 6.51 EPRI NP-2411 Color Numbers refer to Exhibit 6.5.7 of NUREG-0700 Colors 12 thru 19 yield satisfactory contrast for red-green-deficient observers.

Color 110 provides satisfactory contrast for the current application and for most observers Color 112 provides sufficient color contrast for their very limited application *

Reference:

EPRI NP. 2411, Human Engineering Guide for Enhancing Nuclear Control Rooms.

67

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS

  • Table 4. Enhancement Guidelines Demarcation Lines of demarcation when used shall be white. They should have corners filled in and be placed accurately. Sizes available are 1/8, 1/4, 3/8". In general, when space permits and if consistent with overall board aesthetics 3/8" wide lines of demarcation should be used for major systems. For smaller systems or subsystems 1/4" or 1/8" is adequate *
  • 68

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS

  • Table 5. Related Control and Indication Configuration The general arrangement of related controls and indication found on the console will be as follows:

When there are two components in the system one component display is to be mounted to the left of the controls and the other component display to the right. When there are three components the first two components follow the two component pattern and the third component display is to the left of the controls. Applicable labeling standards are presented in Tables 9 and 14.

LABEL LABEL LABEL

~-

~ -

  • This control/display layout is subject to change if the criteria for channel separation in CD-S-1 is not met.

69

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC AND GAS

  • Table 6. Pushbutton Mode of Operation Indication Legend indicators will be marked in the lower right hand corner with the letter "H" identifying the pushbutton must be held.

H = Hold Pushbuttons without "H" are push and release type.

Letter Point Size: 9 (6/72 inch)

  • D 70
  • Table 7. Subsystem/Functional Labeling

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - VARIED - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

- T -

~l

_ ____________Ll_NE_o_N_E_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ___.I ~41NcH LINE ONE: FUNCTIONAL NOUN NAME .

VARIED-------------

LINE ONE LINE TWO T

1-1/41NCH

. . _______ _ _ _ _ l

  • LINE ONE: FUNCTIONAL NOUN NAME LINE TWO: FUNCTIONAL NOUN NAME LETTER POINT SIZE: 48 (15/32 INCH)

EXAMPLES:

[SERVICE WATER I CONTAINMENT VENTILATION 71

Table 8. Vertical Board Meter and Indicator Labeling

,.. 2-1 /4 INCH *I LINE ONE LINE TWO T1 INCH LINE ONE:

LINE THREE l

COMPONENT NUMBER OR FUNCTIONAL NOUN NAME LINE TWO: FUNCTIONAL NOUN NAME LINE THREE: FUNCTIONAL NOUN NAME LETTER POINT SIZE: 24 (1 /4 INCH)

EXAMPLES:

NO. 2 5015 AUX POWER REMOTE TRIP TRANSFORMER TRANSMITTER KEENEY LINE 28 APT VOLTS TAP CHANGER 72

Table 9. Bailey Pushbutton Labelina STANDARD WINDOW

  • SPLIT WINDOW 141-1/16 INCH-.f f.1-1 /16 INCH--1 LINE ONE . T LINE ONE LINE TWO T

t:~~ WR'1E 5/8 INCH LINE FOUR

  • l_

5/8 INCH LINE THREE LINE FOUR ___.... 1 LINE ONE: FUNCTIONAL NOUN NAME LINE ONE: FUNCTIONAL NOUN NAME LINE TWO: FUNCTIONAL NOUN NAME LINE TWO: OPERATION LINE THREE: OPERATION - LINE THREE: FUNCTIONAL NOUN NAME LINE FOUR: COMPONENT IDENTIFIER- LINE FOUR: OPERATION LEITER POINT SIZE: 14 (1 /8 INCH) ONE LINE 10 (3/32 INCH) TWO LINES 10 (3/32 INCH) THREE _LINE~ LEITER POINT SIZE: 9 (6172 INCH) ONE LINE 9 (7 /72 INCH) FOUR LINES 8 (6/72 INCH) TWO LINES EXAMPLES: EXAMPLES:

FW INLET OIL PUMP STOP VALVE STARTED OPEN OIL PUMP 22MF13 STOPPED BLACKOUT AUTO ACCIDENT LOCAL LOADING MANUAL LOW OIL PRESS SEQUENCE TRIP IN TEST LOCCONTROL CLOSE TEST

  • 73
  • Table 10. Motorola/Veritrack Recorder Labeling .

,,. 2-3/41NCH ---.....i LINE ONE LINE TWO LINE THREE LINE FOUR 2-1 /4 INCH LINE FIVE LINE SIX LINE SEVEN LINE ONE: COMPONENT IDENTIFICATION LINE TWO: PARAMETER MONITORED LINE THREE: PEN INFORMATION LINE FOUR: PARAMETER MONITORED LINE FIVE: PEN INFORMATION LINE SIX: PARAMETER MONITORED LINE SEVEN: PEN INFORMATION LETTER POINT SIZE: 1 B (3/16 INCH)

EXAMPLES:

13 STEAM FLOW O/o NR-43 CHAN 3 RED FR-522 NEUTRON FLUX FEEDWATER FLOW o/o RED-UPPER GREEN FR-520 GREEN-LOWER LEVEL%

BLUE LR-529 NOTE: IF LESS INFORMATION IS DESIRED, CENTER ON LABEL AS ILLUSTRATED IN EXAMPLE.

74

  • Table 11. Tl/Leeds & Northrop Recorder Labeling M------ 4 INCH ------.i LINE ONE T L-----~

LINE TWO LINE THREE l 1-1 /8 INCH LINE ONE: RECORDER NUMBER LINE TWO: COMPONENT IDENTIFICATION LINETHREE: PARAMETER LETTER POINT SIZE: 24 (1 /4 INCH)

EXAMPLES:

XA-3361

  • NO. 11 CONTAINMENT H2 LEVEL N0.13 RC LOOP HOT & COLD LEG TEMP
  • 75
  • Table 12. Miscellaneous Component/ Module Identifier Labeling J+- 1-1/4 INCH-+!

_I LINE ONE I 1 /4 INCH LINE ONE: NUMBER LETTER POINT SIZE: 14 (10172 INCH)

EXAMPLES:

RC18-4 I 2os1sg

  • 76
  • Table 13. Vertical Panel Switch Labeling

~------VARIED -------

LINE ONE LINE TWO T

3/4 INCH

_______ LINE THREE _______, 1 LINE ONE: COMPONENT IDENTIFICATION/FUNCTIONAL NOUN NAME LINE TWO: FUNCTIONAL NOUN NAME LINE THREE: FUNCTIONAL NOUN NAME LETTER POINT SIZE: 24 (1I4 INCH)

EXAMPLES:

CONTAINMENT SAMPLE REG ISOL VALVES

-*.___1_s_H_u_r_o_o_w_N_B_A_N_K_A_____,]

77

  • Table 14. Bailey Pushbutton Column Labeling I

Ml*,.____ 2 INCH - - -.....1 LINE ONE LINE TWO IT1 /2 INCH

~ .

LINE ONE: COMPONENT IDENTIFIER/FUNCTIONAL NOUN NAME LINE TWO: FUNCTIONAL NOUN NAME LETTER POINT SIZE: 14 (10/72 INCH)

EXAMPLES:

NO. 21 HTR DRAIN PUMP

  • 78

PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC & GAS

  • HED f 583 A NUREG-0700 review of the Salem Unit 2 Rad Computer System was conducted on 20 August 1986 by c. Harley and w. Martin of General Physics Corporation with the assistance of B. Bacon of PSE&G.

Appendix A contains the checklist from NUREG-0700.

The following are recommended modifications as a result of the review:

  • 6. 7.1.lb At least one copy of the current operating software should be stored in a secure remote location.
  • 6.7.l.8a(2),

(4c), (Sb)

The computer system procedures should be readily accessable to the operators in the control room and the procedures should tell how to use the system.

  • 6. 7.1.Sb(l)

& (2)

The specific codes, or addresses by which data displays can be called up by an operator should be cross-indexed and available in the control room in hard-copy form.

  • 6.7.2.ld(2) The contrast between black on blue should be at least 15:1.
  • 6.7.2.lh(l) Parameters such as contrast and color should be adjustable by the control room operatc*r.
  • 6.7.3.le(2) There should be a positive indication of the remaining supply of paper.
  • 6.7.3.le(3) Instructions for reloading paper, ribbon, ink, etc.,

should appear on an instruction plate attached to the printer.

S A L E M N U C L E .A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I D N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY

~:=~~=~=~~--=~~:~=~=~-----------------~~==~--~~=~~=-----------------~~~---~83 PANEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT IDENTIFIER GENERIC RAD COMPUTER SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE:4 CONTROLS GUIDELINE NO:O DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

THE RAD COMPUTER SYSTEM DOES NOT MEET HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES ON SEVERAL COUNTS HED CATAGORY CODE: 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:

RECOMMENDATIONS:

REVIEW THE RAD COMPUTER SYSTEM.

COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:

THE RAD COMPUTER SYSTEM HAS BEEN UPGRADED AND A HUMAN FACTORS REVIEW WILL BE CONDUCTED BY OUR CONSULTANT AND ANY MODIFICATIONS NECESSARY WILL BE IMPLEMENTED .

S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY GENERIC SCOTT AIR PACKS SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE:2. COMMUNICATIONS GUIDELINE N0:6.2.1.8b DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

SCOTT AIR PACKS DO NOT PROVIDE COMMUNICATIONS CAPABILITY.

HED CATAGORY CODE: 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:

RECOMMENDATIONS:

OPERATORS SHOULD BE ABLE TO USE THE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS WHEN WEARING SCOTT AIR PACKS.

COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:

THE SCOTT AIR PACKS WILL B~ REPLACED WITH A TYPE WHICH WILL PERMIT PERSONS USING THEM TO USE THE COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS AND ALLOW FREE SPEECH .

S A L E M N U C L E AR G E N E R AT I NG S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY GEMEF<IC EMERGENCY MASl'\S SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE:2. COMMUNICATIONS GUIDELINE N0:6.2.1.8c-1,2&3 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY~

EMERGENCY MASKS DO NOT ALLOW FREE SPEECH.

HED CATAGORY CODE~ 4 LEVEL~ SCHEDULE:

RECOMMENDATIONS:

EMERGENCY MASKS SHOULD PERMIT SPEECH, EITHER BY MEANS OF A DIAPHRAGM <WITH CAPABILITY TO SEPARATE VOICE FROM EXHAUST VALVE ACTION) OR WITH ELECTRONIC SPEECH SYSTEMS.

~---------------------

COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:

SEE HED :!1:97

  • S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY EVIEWER: SCHROEDER DATE: 011483 NO: 557 ANEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT IDENTIFIER GE/\IERIC GEf\IERAL LAYOUT SECTION CODE: WDRKSPACE:11 QUEST. GUIDELINE N0:11. 1 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

THE MAIN DESK AREA IS NOT DESIGNED FOR THE EFFICIENT USE OF RADIOS, PHONES, PROCEDURES AND TAGS.

HED CATAGORY CODE: 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:

RECOMMENDATIONS:

ANALYZE THE WORKFLOW AT THE MAIN DESK AREA AND RE-DESIGN THE WORK AREA FOR MORE EFFICIENT OPERATION.

COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:

OPERATOR WORK STATION WILL BE REDESIGNED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE "SALEM NUCLEAR GENERATING STATION CONTROL ROOM HUMJ'.:"iN FACTORS GUIDELINES." SEE ATTACHED DRAWING FOR CONCEPTUAL DESIGN .

--~-----

SALEM GENERATING STATION UNITS 1 AND 2 CONTROL OPERATOR DESIGN

C E 1,1 E:: F~ r:~1 T I H G I

.::v S {) L E M 1,1 U C L E (1 f~ S T r.:1 T 0 l'I Hl.Ji"i('1l'l E::l,!G I l'IEEI::: I l*-IC DBbEF;:V(~T I 01 . 1./:0 I !3CREF'(.1HCY

i: [J,,J[f~
l...EMF'GEG

(;l:?I.~) 102 i**ID::

      • x.. }

COMPOHENT IDENTIFIER CC****:I. LEGEND PUSHBUTTONS CC****:?

. CC****3 GECT I OM CCl:OE : 1... WOF<l<SF*r:)CE l1JDF~l<SPACE  :: GUIDELINE N0:6 .. 1.2.2c DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

. CONTROLS ON TOP OF BENCHBOARD ARE NOT WITHIN REACH OF THE 5TH PERCENTILE FEMALE .. ~ROM THE CENTER AXIS OF THE BODY OF A 5TH PERCENTILE (EMALE TO THE FURTHEST CONTROL ON THE BENCH BOARD IS 36.5 INCHES. THE

  • EXTENDED FUNCTIONAL REACH OF A 51.H PERCENTILE FEMALE IS 28 . 9 INCHES.

HED CATAGORY CODE: 3 l...EVEL.:: ~;CHEDULE  ::

F~ E COMME 1,1:0r~ITID1'1~:; ::

NO ACl"ION RECOMMENDED.

~*** **~ -- *-* *- ........................ *-* ............................ *-* ....

. *CDMMEl,IT~:;/ ,JU~:>T IF I CAT I 01\1 For~ 1\101\1*-*CCiNFO!"~M{:iHCE ::

.  ::: c(JM~:;o1 ... E C(!1l'll,IOT BE 1:::EDEGIGl,IED ~il\ID THEl~:E (~F:E 1'!0 !:'.iTH PEr~CENTil...E

. 1ALE ROs. l"HE CONTROLS <PUSHBUTTONS) DO NOT REQUIRE ACCURACY OR

  • .~CISlON TO OPERATE. A RAil...IHG AROUND THE BENCHBOARD PROVIDES HAND
  • .SUPPORT

- TO THE O~ERATOR WHILE LEANING OVER THE CONSOLE . ALTHOUGH

. lHERE ARE SAFETY RELA"fED CONTROLS ON THE BENCHBOARD~ IF THE OPERATOR E;l**IOUL.D Pl...t1CE THE If~ H1~~1MD ( r:*tiL.M DOl*Jl'I) Cll'I THE CUMTF<'.DL *.1 THEY l,H 1...L. l**IOT BE ACTUATED BECAUSE THE CONTROLS ARE ALL RECESSED PUSHBUTTO~IS THAT CAN ONLY BE ACTIVATED BY DEPRESSING BELOW THE BEZEL PLANE.. SEE ATTACHED DRAWING AND HED t 5

  • 5*"Jc;: =- - - -

S,<;ft'J{VI 01 x I 0

I.. E M H U C I.. E {.\ r;: G E l**I E I~: (~, T I H G GTl~TIClH HUM1'.'il\I E:l,IG I l'IEEr~ I l'IC~. OB~:;i:::r~V(~ T .[ 01-.11 I> I DCF~EP(.~1 ..ICY

    • rr:*1.11::*1~

'I ***** v, . ...

  • .11 l...l::MPGES HO:: 1::*

'*** ~**

  • PANEi... IDENTIFIER CC****:I.. LEGEHD PU~:lHBUTTCJl-.IEi CC*.. *3 SECT I 01,1 CODE:: :l.. vl011:1\SPACE GUIDELIHE N0:6 .. :l.2.2d-2 DESCRIPTIOH OF DISCREPANCY~

CONTROLS ON BACK PORTION OF CONSOLE ARE NOT WITHIN REACH OF 5TH PtRCENTILE FEMALE. FROM CENTER AXIS or 5"fH PERCEN"Til...E FEMALE BODY l'O FURTHEST

'CDMTFWI... (PUSHBUTTONS) CH*I vr:rnIC~1L F'CHnIC:ll\I OF BEJ*ICHEl(Jf:1Frn H! 43 .. !.'.:i INCHES ..

HED CAl.AGORY CODE: 3 L.. I::.-*.I/*1-*~. 1-* :: SCHEDULE::

F< EC OM ME HD'(..\ T I*D l'I ~3 ::

  • No ACTION RECOMMENDED COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR MON-CONFORMANCE:

THE COH~301...E CAHl,IOT l:!E r;:EDE!::. I GMED (11-~D THEF\E (..\F~E ,,,D ~=.:iTH PEl:~cEMTI l._E

. ..ALE ROs.. THE CONTROLS <PUSHBUTTONS) DO NOT REQUIRE ACCURACY PRECISION TO OPERATE. A RAIL.ING AROUND THE BENCHBOARD PROVIDES

" ..,,1:0 f:>l.JF'POl:~T TU THE or:*Eli'.(.iTDF~ WHILE LE(1l,IIHC CJV[F~ THE CDHf:)Dl...E .. P.11...THOUGH

' lHEr<E ,:~r~E El1:'.'1FETY r::[L(.'1 T E:O C(Jl .. ITF~OLB Dl\1 THE BE:1-.1CH:E<C.lr::1r~D' IF THE DP Er::(.\ *1 DR

  • '...c~l**lf-Jltl r,

... " *** A, ~. r*1::*

1::*1... IL. ... *r*1 ..11::*_,,.1*1:..\ 1..1~1*.1*

n A1 ) <r.:*(.. r L..t-1 1 *.1 T>f'"IJl,I)

A J ~ c*1,1

.I *1*1.. 11::*... c:n1. *- ..1T1:i*1*11 I *** -*? "'!'1**11::*v

  • - I 1,JJ*1
  • * *** 1 - 1-.1I cr1*
  • .!:i1::*

1

()C'i"Ur'.:\TE:O I~Ecr:~1UDE THE CDl.,ITF~ULS f*\F::E r~l...I... l~ECF!:Jf:)E:O F*U~3H:OUTTDl,I!:; TH(~T Cr.~11.,1 ONLY BE ACTIVATED BY DEPRESSING BELDW l"HE BEZEL PLANE. SEE ATTACHED

.DRAWING AND HED # 3.

.s*">~ =- --- -

S,"ltl~fft 01 X .s 0

S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY REVIEWER: LEMPGES DATE: 020982 NOg 14 PANEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT IDENTIFIER 1 RP-1 RADIATION MONITORS SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE:1. WORKSPACE GUIDELINE N0:6.1.2.5b-2 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

RADIATION MONITORS ON 1RP-1 ARE ABOVE GUIDELINE REQUIREMENT OF 65 INCHES. THEY ARE 92 INCHES ABOVE THE GROUND.

HED CATAGORY CODE: 3 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:

RECOMMENDATIONS:

CHANGE COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:

CRITICAL MONITORS WILL BE RELOCATED BELOW 65 INCHES AND THE ARRANGEMENT WILL BE RECONFIGURED,

PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC & GAS

  • 3.a HEDs CC-1: 132, 134, 139, 140, 141, 145, 146, 523, and 672 All but three of these HEDs will be corrected thereby eliminating the cumulative and interactive effects. The three not needing correction, HEDs 140, 523, and 672, have no cumulative or interactive effects. HEDs 140 and 523 deal with equipment being in procedural vs. logical sequence. HED 672 deals with a components location. Comments/Justification for non-conformance is contained on each individual HED.

HEDs CC-2: 37, 39, 41, 109, 111, 113, 114, 119, 120, 121, 122, 133, 521, and 522.

All but three of these HEDs will be corrected thereby eliminating the cumulative and interactive effects. The three not needing correction, HEDs 109, 111, and 119, have no cumulative or interactive effects. HED 109 has to do with color coding, HED 111 deals with not being safety related, and HED 119 deals with component string length. Comments/justification for non-conformance is contained on each individual HED.

HEDs CC-3: 133, 204, 205, 206, 211, 214, and 216 All but four of these HEDs will be corrected thereby eliminating the cumulative and interactive effects. Three of the four not needing correction, HEDs 206, 214, and 216, have to do with HF turbine control being a non-safety system. HED 211 deals with component string length. Comments/justification for non-conformance is contained on each individual HED.

S A L E M N U C L E AR G E NE R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY CC*-*1 COOL DOWN VALVES C11>

SECTION CODE~ WORKSPACE~9. C/D INTEGRATION GUIDELINE N0:6.9.1.1c-1 DtSCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY~

ON THE "11 COOL DOWN VALVES" BEZEL, THE 11 RH 18 RHX OUTLET VALVE CONTROL PUSHBUTTONS AND THE VALVE DEMAND INDICATION LOCATED FOUR BEZELS AWAY ARE NOT WELL ASSOCIATED. THIS IS ALSO TRUE FOR 12 RH 18 RHX.

HED CATAGORY CODE~ 4 LEVEL~ SCHEDULE~

RECOMMENDATIONS:

F<t-m FLOWS SHOULD BE NEXT TO Ffrl - 18 & 20 CONTROLS.

COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE~

THE CONTROL/DISPLAY RELATIONSHIP IN THE CONTROL ROOM WILL BE MODIFIED TO MEET THE SALEM HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES

  • S A L E M N U C L E A R G E NE R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY CC*-*1 SAFEGUARD ACTUATION EQUIPMENT

~-----------------------------------------------------------

SECT I 01'1 CODE~ WORKSPACE~8. PANEL LAYOUT GUIDELINE N0:6.8.1.3d DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

THE SAFEGUARD ACTUATION EQUIPMENT IS NOT DISTINGUISHED BY ENHANCEMENT TECHNIQUES TO FACILITATE IDENTIFICATION.

HED CATAGDRY CODE~ 3 LEVEL~ SCHEDULE:

F~ECOMMEMDAT I OMS~

CHANGE RECOMMENDED.

COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE~

TO BE HIGHLIGHTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SALEM HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINE

S A L E M N U C L E A R G E NE R A T I N G S T AT I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY CC*-*1 1;:H1;: SYSTEM SI SYSTEM REACTOR COOLANT PUMPS SECT I 01-1 CODE~ WORKSPACE~9. CID INTEGRATION GUIDELINE N0:6.9.1.2a-4

  • DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

CONTROLS ARE OFTEN MOUNTED TO THE LEFT OF DISPLAYS CONTRARY TO THE PREFERED ORIENTATION OF CONTROLS MOUNTED TO THE RIGHT.

FOR EXAMPLE~ RHR SYSTEM~ SI SYSTEM AND REACTOR COOLANT PUMPS.

HED CATAGORY CODE~ 3 LEVEL~ SCHEDULE:

RECOMMENDATIONS~

CHANGE RECOMMENDED.

COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:

CONTROL/DISPLAY RELATIONSHIPS WILL BE CHANGED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SALEM HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES

  • S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY

--:~~~~~~--~~~=~---------------------~~~:~~---~=~~~~----------------*---~=~----~ L;(l

~NEL IDENTIFIER COM~ONENT IDENTIFIER CC-1 Rl.-JST LEVELS SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE:8. PANEL LAYOUT GUIDELINE NO:G.8.2. la-1 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

DISPLAYS ARE NOT ARRANGED IN A NATURAL SEQUENCE. FOR EXAMPLE, RWST LEVELS D AND B COULD BE TO THE RIGHT OF BORON INJECTION TANK TEMP AND DISCH PRESS AND CHARGING PUMPS DISCHARGE FLOW.

HED CATAGORY CODE: 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:

RECOMMENDATIONS:

NO CHANGE RECOMMENDED.

COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:

THE BENEFITS RESULTING FROM MAKING SUCH CHANGES DO NOT

.FE JUSTIFY THE COSTS. NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN. THE CURRENT LAYOUT HAS DISCHARGE PRESSURE NEXT TO FLOW, WHICH IS DESIRABLE. THE METER SCALES AND METER DESIGN ARE RENT ENOUGH THAT THE OPERATOR WOULD NOT CONFUSE THE TWO METERS .

S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY CC**.. 1 CCW BEZEL SECTIOt-1 CODE~ WORKSPACE:8. PANEL LAYOUT GUIDELINE N0:0 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY~

PLACEMENT OF CONTROLS NEXT TO RELATED DISPLAYS IS NOT ALWAYS CONSISTENT. FOR EXAMPLE, IN THE CCW GROUP, CONTROL PUSHBUTTONS ARE GENERALLY NEXT TO THEIR RELATED DISPLAYS. HOWEVER, THE 12 cc PUMP rs NEXT TO BOTH THE 12 AND 13 CC PUMP INDICATOR WHILE THE 13 CC PUMP IS ON THE FAR SIDE OF THE 13 CC PUMP INDICATOR.

HED CATAGORY CODE~ 3 LEVEL: SCHEDULE::

RECOMMENDATIONS~

CHANGE RECOMMENDED.

COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE~

CONTROL/DISPLAY RELATIONSHIP WILL BE CHANGED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINE

  • S AL E M N U C L E AR G E NE R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY VIEWER~ DOYLE DATE~ 021682 ND: 14!.:'i

. *---------------------~--------------------------------------------------

NEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT IDENTIFIER CC*-*1 LEGEND PUSHBUTTONS SECTION CODE~ WORKSPACE:8. PANEL LAYOUT GUIDELINE N0:6.8.3.2b DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY~

THERE ARE STRINGS OF PUSHBUTTONS WHICH EXCEED 20" IN WIDTH.

HED CATAGORY CODE~ 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:

RECOMMENDATIONS~

CHANGE RECOMMENDED.

COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:

DEMARCATION LABELING WILL BE USED THE BREAKUP OF GROUPS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SALEM HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES.

S AL E M N U C L E AR G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY CC*-*1 COl-ITROLS METEF~t)

SECTIOl-1 CODE~ WORKSPACE:B. PANEL LAYOUT GUIDELINE N0~6.8.3.2C-1&2 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

MANY COMPONENT GROUPINGS EXCEED MORE THAN 5 IN NUMBER AND PHYSICAL SPACING OR DEMARCATION IS NOT USED.

HEn CATAGORY CODE~ 3 LEVEL~ SCHEDULE:

l~ECOMMEMDt-\ TI 01-IS~

CHANGE RECOMMENDED.

COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE~

GROUPS GREATER THAN FIVE ARE FUNCTIONALLY LINKED BY PARAMETER.

~1LSO LABEL DEMAF:CATION WILL BE ADDED TO tmEAKUP GROUPHIGS HI ACCORDANCE WITH THE SALEM HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELIMES

  • S A L E tvi N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY REVIEWER: DOYLE DATE: 041982 NO: 523 PANEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT IDENTIFIER CC-1 SAFETY INJECTION PUSHBUTTONS SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE:4. CONTROLS GUIDELINE N0:6.4.3. la DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

SAFETY INJECTION PUSHBUTTONS WOULD BE BETTER ARRANGED LEFT TO RIGHT AS: SUCTION, DISCHARGE, BIT, AS THE PROCEDURE WOULD CALL FOR.

HED CATAGORY CODE: 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:

RECOMMENDATIONS:

NO CHANGES RECOMMENDED.

COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:

NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN. THE PUSHBUTTONS ARE ARRANGED IN A LOGICAL ORDER BY COMPONENTS ON THE CONTROL CONSOLE. NUREG 0700 GIVES A CHOICE OF LOGICAL ORDER DR PROCEDURE SEQUENCE. LOGICAL ORDER WAS CHOSEN .

S A L E M i\IUCLEAR G E N E R A T I N G ST~iT.LON HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY

- ~~~=~==~--=~~:~=~==-----------------*-~~~~~--~~~~~=------------------*-:~~----~

CC-1 NEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT IDENTIFIER ACCUMULATOR CHECK VALVE LEGEND PUSHBUTTONS 72 SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE:11 QUEST. GU I DEL. I NE NO: 11. :l 0 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

ONE OPERATOR HAS INDICATED THAT THE CHECK VALVE TEST ScCTION IS DIFFICULT TO FIND DR IDENTIFY DUE TO ITS CURRENT LOCATION IN THE CONTROL VALVE SECTION.

HED CATAGORY CODE: 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:

RECOMMENDATIONS:

CONSIDER DEMARCATING OR OTHERWISE CODING THESE CONTROLS FOR EASE OF IDENTITY.

COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:

THIS IS NOT A SAFETY SIGNIFICANT ITEM.

THESE CHECK VALVE TEST LINES ARE ONLY USED DLRING PERFORMANCE OF CHECK VALVE TESTS AND SOME STARTUPS. NO ACTION WILL BE TAKE~ .

-~~ ---------

S A L E M N U C L E AR G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY CC*-*2 PRESSURIZER PRESSURE CONTROLS, RECORDER PRESSURIZER LEVEL CONTROLS~ RECORDER SECT I Ol'I CODE: WORKSPACE~?. C/D INTEGRATION GUIDELINE N0:6.9.1.1c-1

~--

DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY~

PRESSURIZER PRESSURE & PRESSURIZER LEVEL CONTROLS ARE NOT WELL ASSOCIATED WITH RECORDERS. CONTROLS ARE ON HORIZONTAL PLANE OF CONSOLE. RECORDERS ARE OFFSET ON VERTICAL PLANE OF COMSOLE.

HED CATAGORY CODE~ 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:

r~ECOMMENDAT I 01'-IS ~

CONSIDER DEMARCATING THE RECORDERS WITH THE USE OF TAPE OR COLO!=~**-PADD Il..JG.

COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE~

THE ASSOCIATION OF CONTROLS AND DISPLAYS IS NOT A PROBLEM FOR THE OPERATORS. THE RECOMMENDATION WILL NOT IMPLEMENTED. IN AN EMERGENCY, THE OPERATORS WOULD Y ON THE METERS. THE PRESSURE AND LEVEL RECORDERS

  • ~E USED FOR TRENDING AND POST-*ACCIDENT ANALYSIS ONLY.

THE ARRANGEMEN*r OF CONTROLS TO METERS WILL CONFORM TO THE SALEM HllMAN FACTORS GUIDELINE.

S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY VIEWEI~:

LEMPGES DATE:: 02:1.282 NO:: 3S' NEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT IDENTIFIER CC*-*2 PANEL ARRANGEMENT SECTIOl'-1 CODE:: WORKSPACE:9. C/D INTEGRATION GUIDELINE N0:6.9.1.2a-1,2&4 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

CONTROLS ARE NOT GENERALLY MOUNTED BELOW THE DISPLAY.

CONTROLS ARE NOT GENERALLY CENTERED ON THE DISPLAY.

COIHFWLS ~.F~E l'IOT CONSISTEl,ITL Y MOU"ITED TO THE RIGHT OF DISPLAY.

EXAMPLE:: FEEDWATER l FW CONT VA CONT VALVEI 11BF19 HED CATAGORY CODE:: 3 LEVEL.~ SCHEDULE:

RECOMMENDATIONS~

CHANGE RECOMMENDED.

COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE~

THE CONSOLE WILL BE LAID OUT IN A HORIZONTAL ARCHITECTURE FOR CONTROLS AND DISPLAYS AS DESCRIBED IN THE SALEM HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINE

  • S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY

~-------------------------------------------------------

CC-2 STEAM GENERATOR 11, 12~ 13, 14 I, II, III, lV INDICr=iTORS SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE:9. C/D INTEGRATION GUIDELINE N0:6.9.2.2d&e DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

STEAM GENERATOR PRESSURE AND LEVEL INDICATORS ARE NOT CONSISTENTLY ARRANGED FOR CHANNELS I THROUGH IV.

HED CATAGORY CODE: 3 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:

RECOMMENDATIONS:

CHANGE RECOMMENDED.

COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:

ALL CONTROL/INDICATORS WILL BE ARRANGED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SALE~

HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES .

S A L E M N U C L E AR G E NE R AT I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY

  • REVIEWER~ DOYLE DATE: 021582 NO: 109 ANEL IDENTIFIER CC-2 COMPONENT IDENTIFIER eves BEZELS AND CHARGING BEZEL SECTION CODE: 8. PANEL LAYOUT WORKSPACE: GUIDELINE N0:6.8.1.3c DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY~

THE 3 eves BEZELS ARE NOT GROUPED TOGETHER AND THE CHARGING BEZEL COULD ALSO BE BETTER MARKED.

HED CATAGORY CODE~ 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:

RECOMMENDATIONS:

CHANGE RECOMMENDED *

. COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:

LOCATION IS A TRAINING FUNCTION. DIFFICULTY CHANGING PLACEMENT DOES NOT JUSTIFY THE BENEFITS. BEZELS WILL BE RELABELED.

S A L E M N U C L E AR G E NE R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY PEVIEWER~ DOYLE DATE: 021582 NO: 111

    • ~~~~*-*;~~~
      ;~;.;~~~-*-*----**-*-*-*--------*------~~~~:;;,~~~-~;~~~~~~~~----*--*---*--------

CC*-*2 PRESSURIZER RELIEF ISOLATION VALVE SECT I 01-1 CODE~ WORKSPACE:8. PANEL LAYOUT GUIDELIME N0::0 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY~

THE PRESSURIZER RELIEF ISOLATION VALVE IN THE RC PRESSURE BEZEL COULD BENEFIT FROM SPECIAL DEMARCATION AS AN EMERGENCY CONTROL.

HED CATAGORY CODE~ 4 LEVEL:: SCHEDULE:

l~ECOMMEl'-IDAT I 01'-IS:

NO CHANGE RECOMMENDED.

COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE~

THE PORV ISOLATION VALVE IS NOT AN EMERGENCY CONTROL AND IS NOT SAFETY SIGNIFICANT. IN ADDITION, THE BLOCK VALVE IS LOCATED APPROXIMATE TO THE RELIEF PER DESIGN, NO FURTHER DEMARCATION IS MECESSf4F<Y

  • S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY CC*-*2 eves SECTIOl'-1 CODE~ WORKSPACE~8. PANEL LAYOUT GUIDELINE N0:6u8.2.1a-2 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

ARRANGEMENT OF CONTROLS DOES NOT FOLLOW A FLOW SEQUENCE OR OPERATIONS SEQUENCE. SEE BELOW FOR AN EXAMPLE. THIS PROBLEM IS MINIMIZED BY GROUPING OF CONTROLS ACCORDING TO SYSTEMS AND BY THE MINIATURIZATION OF CONTROLS WHICH ALLOWS OPERATORS TO HAVE ACCESS TO DOZENS OF CONTROLS WHILE STANDING IN ONE PLACE. CONTROL ARRANGEMENTS <SUCH AS THE ONE PRESENTED BELOW> SHOULD BE EXAMINED ON A CASE BY CASE BASIS AND EVALUATED WITH RESPECT TO OPERATOR WORKLOAD AND CRITICALITY OF THE OF'Er~ATION.

CATAGORY CODE: 4 LEVEL: m~HEDULE~

RECOMMENDATIONS~

NO CHANGE RECOMMENDED.

COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:

THE LOCATION OF CONTROLS IS A FUNCTION OF TRAINING. THE HIERARCHICAL LABELLING SCHEME EMPLOYED AND THE MINIATURIZATION OF CONTROLS COMPENSATES FOR NON-OPTIMAL ARRANGEMENT. NO ACTION l~IILL BE TAl\El'-1

  • S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY REVIEWER: DOYLE DATE: 021582 NO~ 114 NEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT IDENTIFIER CC-2 RC TEMPERATURE METER SECTION CODE: 8. PANEL LAYOUT WORKSPACE: GUIDELINE N0:6.8.2.1b-2 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

IT IS SOMETIMES DIFFICULT TO IDENTIFY IMPORTANT FROM NON-IMPORTANT CONTROLS AND DISPLAYS IN THE LONG BANKS OF INSTRU-MENTATION IN THE BEZELS CE.G. REACTOR COOLANT TEMP.)

HED CATAGORY CODE~ 3 LEVEL~ SCHEDULE:

RECOMMENDATIONS~

NO CHANGE RECOMMENDED.

COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE~

NOT AN HED BECAUSE ALL INDICATIONS IN THE BEZEL ARE IMPORTANT

  • S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G ST~rTION HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY t~~=~=:~--~~~I==----------------------~~==~--~~~~~~------------------~~~----~ 1

'3 CC-2 NEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT IDENTIFIER ROD POSITION METERS SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE:8. PANEL LAYOUT GUIDELINE N0:6.8.3.2b&c DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

ROD POSITION METER BANK IS 22 INCHES, BUT THESE DISPLAYS SHOULD BE NEXT TO EACH OTHER FOR EASY COMPARISON.

HED CATAGORY CODE: 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:

RECOMMENDATIONS:

NO CHANGE RECOMMENDED~

COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:

ROD POSITION INDICATORS ARE ARRANGED IN SUCH A MANOR AS TO AZD THE OPERATOR IN DETERMINING ROD MISALIGNMENTS. NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN .

S A L E M N U C L E AR G E NE R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY CC*-*2 FEEDWATER HEATERS SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE~8. PANEL LAYOUT GUIDELINE N0:6.8.3.2c-2 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

FEEDWATER HEATER METERS AND FW HEATER MOISTURE SEPARATOR DRAIN TANK METERS COULD BE SEPARATED BY USE OF TAPE OR SOME DEMARCATION TO BREAK UP A LONG GROUPING OF METERS.

HED CATAGORY CODE~ 4 LEVEL~ SCHEDULE:

RECOMMENDATIONS:

CHANGE RECOMMENDED.

COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:

METERS ARE ARRANGED LEFT TO RIGHT AS HEATERS AND TANKS APPEAR IN THE FEED SYSTEM. STRING WILL BE BROKEN UP WITH DEMARCATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SALEM HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINE.

  • S AL E M N U C L E AR G E NE R A T I N G S T AT I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY

~EVIEWER: DOYLE DATE: 021582 NO: 121 NEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT IDENTIFIER CC-2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE:8. PANEL LAYOUT GUIDELINE N0:6.8.3.2c-2 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

THE BEZEL WITH THE NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION CONTAINS 8 METERS, WHICH IS MORE THAN THE RECOMMENDED MAXIMUM OF 5.

HED CATAGORY CODE: 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:

RECOMMENDATIONS:

NO CHANGE RECOMMENDED.

COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:

GROUPED WITHIN THE BEZEL BY PARAMETER. TWO SOURCE RANGE, TWO INTERMEDIATE RANGE AND FOUR POWER RANGE. ADDITIONALLY, THE THREE GROUPS ARE SPATIALY SEPARATED

  • S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY DOYLE DATE: 021582 NO~ 1 ??

ANEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT IDENTIFIER CC-2 RC TEMPERATURE METERS SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE:8. PANEL LAYOUT GUIDELINE N0:6.8.3.2c-2 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

REACTOR COOLANT TEMPERATURE METERS WOULD BENEFIT FROM DEMARCATION BETWEEN LOOPS 11,12,13 AND 14.

HED CATAGORY CODE~ 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:

RECOMMENDATIONS~

DEMARCATE ACCORDINGLY.

COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:

EACH LOOP WILL BE DEMARCATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SALEM HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINE

  • S A L E M N U C L E A R G E NE R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY CC*-1 CONTROLS CC*-*2 METERS CC*-*3 SECTIOl'-I CODE: WORKSPACE:9. C/D INTEGRATION GUIDELINE N0:6.9.1.2a-1
  • DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

CONTROLS ARE NOT MOUNTED BELOW DISPLAYS.

HED CATAGORY CODE: 3 LEVEL~ SCHEDULE:

RECOMMENDATIONS:

CHAl'1GE F\'.ECOMMDIDED.

COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE~

CONTROL/DISPLAY RELATIONSHIPS WILL BE CHANGED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SALEM HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES

  • S A L E fYi N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY REVIEWER: DOYLE DATE: 041'382 NO: 52i PANEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT IDENTIFIER CC-2 CHARGING SYSTEM ISOLATION VALVES SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE:4. CONTROLS GUIDELINE N0:5.4.3. 1a DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

THESE VALVES COULD BE BETTER ARRANGED TD REFLECT SYSTEM DESIGN.

HED CATAGORY CODE: 4 LEVEL: SCHE:DULE:

RECOMMENDATIONS:

NO CHANGES RECOMMENDED.

COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:

NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN. VALVES ARE ARRANGED IN A LOGICAL ORDER AS REQUIRED BY NUREG 0700, FROM LEFT TO RIGHT ON THE CONTROL CONSOLE EVEN THOUGH NUMERICALLY THEY APPEAR TD BE OUT OF ORDER. VALVES CV59 AND CV68 ARE OPERATED TOGETHER IN NO PARTICULAR ORDER. VALVES CV140 AND CV139 ARE ALSO OPERATED TOGETHER IN NO PARTICULAR ORDER. VALVE CV79 IS OPERATED SINGLY.

FWER IS PREDICATED ON THE PUSHBUTTON DESIGN OF CONSOLE

~ND LIMITED BY SEPARATION FOR POWER SUPPLY CHANNELS .

S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T R T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY REVIEWER: DOYLE DATE: 041982 NO:

ANEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT IDENTIFIER CC-2 eve SYSTEM SECTION CODE: WDRKSPACE:4. CONTROLS GUIDELINE N0:6.4.3. la DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

ARRANGEMENT OF CONTROLS WITHIN THIS BEZEL IS NOT OPTIMAL CONSIDERING SEQUENCE OF USE.

HED CATAGORY CODE: 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:

RECOMMENDATIONS:

NO CHANGES RECOMMENDED.

COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:

NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN. ON THE eves BEZEL, GROUPINGS OF CONTROLS ARE ORGANIZED LOGICALLY AS REQUIRED BY NUREG 0700, BY COMPONENT (VCT)

OR BY SUBSYSTEM (LETDOWN, EXCESS LETDOWN, BORATION, MAKEUP).

SEARCH TIME IS MINIMIZED BY THE GROUPINGS AND MINITURIZATION OF THE CONTROLS. IN ADDITION, THE ONLY E~ERGENCY-RELATED CONTROLS ARE TWO RAPID BORATE CONTROLS IN A ROW BY THE~SELVES <FOUR OF THE BUTTONS IN IS ROW ARE BLANK). THE REMAINING E~ERGENCY-RELATED CONT~OLS IN T~E C SYSTEM CCHARGI~G PUMPS> ARE :N R SEPAlATE BEZEL. SEE HED 521 .

S AL E M NUC L E AR G E NE R AT I NG S T AT I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY

~-~~~~~~~~~~~m~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~fi~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~33 CC-1 CONTROLS CC-2 METERS CC*-*3 SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE:9. C/D INTEGRATtON GUIDELINE N0:6.9.1.2a-1 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

CONTROLS ARE NOT MOUNTED BELOW DISPLAYS.

HED CATAGORY CODE: 3 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:

RECOMMENDATIONS:

CHANGE RECOMMENDED.

COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE~

CONTROL/DISPLAY RELATIONSHIPS WILL BE CHANGED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SALEM HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINES

  • S A L E M N U C L E A R G E NE R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY

~EVIEWER~ LEMPGES DATE: 030882 NO: 204 ANEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT IDENTIFIER CC-3 STEAM DUMP CONTROL RELIEF VALVE CONTROL SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE~8. PANEL LAYOUT GUIDELINE N0:6.8.1.3a

~--

DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY~

SPACING BETWEEN STEAM DUMP CONTROL AND RELIEF VALVE CONTROL IS NOT ADEQUATE.

HED CATAGORY CODC: 3 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:

RECOMMENDATIONS~

CHANGES RECOMMENDED.

COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE~

DEMARCATION WILL DE ADDED WITH HIERARCHICAL LABELING IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SALEM HUMAN FACTORS STANDARDS GUIDELINE

  • S A L E M N UC L E A R G E NE R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY

~EVIEWER: LEMPGES DATE~ 030882 NO: 20~i l'IEL. I DENT IF I El~ COMPONENT IDENTIFIER CC>-*3 VITAL BUS 1A MODULES VITAL BUS 1B MODULES VITAL BUS 1C MODULES SECT I 01..J CODE~ WORKSPACE~8. PANEL LAYOUT GUIDELINE N0:6.8.1.3b DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

DEMARCATION BETWEEN VITAL BUS 1A~ VIl'AL BUS 1B AND VITAL BUS 1C CONTROLS IS NOT ADEQUATE.

HED CATAGORY CODE: 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE~

RECOMMENDATIONS~

CHANGES RECOMMENDED.

COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:

DEMARCATE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SALEM HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINE

  • S A L E M N UC L E A R G E NE R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY
  • 'EVIEWER: LEMPGES DATE: 030882 NO~ 206 NEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT IDENTIFIER CC-3 EH TURBINE CONTROL SECTION CODE~ WORKSPACE~8. PANEL LAYOUT GUIDELINE N0:6.8.2.1a-3 DtSCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

DISPLAYS ON EH TURBINE CONTROL PANELS ARE NOT SYMMETRICAL WITH CONTROLS.

HED CATAGORY CODE~ 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:

RECOMMENDATIONS~

NO CHANGES RECOMMENDED.

COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:

NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN. THIS STANDARD WESTINGHOUSE CONTROL PANEL IS USED ONLY DURING TURBINE START-UP, SHUTDOWN AND LOAD CHANGES - EACH OF WHICH OCCURS UNDER CONTROLLED CONDITIONS.

SEE ALSO HEDs 1214 AND 1216. NOT SAFETY OR SAFETY SIGNIFICANT EQUIPMENT

  • S A L E M N U C L E AR G E NE R A T I N G S T AT I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY LEMPGES DATE: 030982 NO: 211 NEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT IDENTIFIER CC-3 GENERATOR INDICATORS SECTION CODE: 8. PANEL LAYOUT WORKSPACE: GUIDELINE N0:6.8.3.2c-1&2

~------------

DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

6 METERS FOR 13 KV VOLTMETERS ARE LAID OUT IN AN UNBROKEN ROW WITHOUT BENEFIT OF SPACING OR DEMARCATION.

HED CATAGORY CODE~ 4 LEVEL~ SCHEDULE:

RECOMMENDATIONS:

CHANGES RECOMMENDED.

'COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:

LABELING IS THE ACTUAL PROBLEM. THIS WILL BE CORRECTED USING THE SALEM HUMAN FACTORS GUIDELINE ON LABELING .

S AL E M N U C L E AR G E NE R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY CC*-3 EH TURBINE CONTROL SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE;9. CID INTEGRATION GUIDELINE N0:6.9.1.1b DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

EH TURBINE INDICATORS ARE OBSCURED DURING CONTROL OPERATION.

HED CATAGORY CODE; 4 LEVEL; SCHEDULE:

RECOMMENDATIOMS~

NO CHANGES RECOMMENDED.

COMMENTS/ JU!3T IF ICAT I ot~ FOF~ 1'101'1****CDNFDF~MAl'ICE ~

NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN. CONTROL PANEL IS USED ONLY DURING TURBINE STARTUP, SHUTDOWN, AND LOAD CHANGES? EACH OF WHICH OCCURS UNDER CONTROLLED CONDITIONS. NOT SAFETY OR SAFETY SIGNIFICANT EQUIPMENT. SEE ALSO HEDs i206 AND i216.

S A L E M N U C L E AR G E NE R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY "EVIEWER: LEMPGES DATE: 030B82 NO:: 216

~NEL IDHHIFIEFi: COMPONENT IDENTIFIER EH TURBINE CONTROL SECTIOf-1 CODE: WORKSPACE:9. C/D INTEGRATION GUIDELINE N0::6.9.1.2a-1,2&4 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY::

CONTROLS ARE MOUNTED ABOVE DISPLAY, NOT BELOW OR TO THE RIGHT AS SUGGESTED IN THE GUIDELINES.

CONTROLS ARE OFFSET TO THE LEFT OF DISPLAY, NOT CENTERED AS SUGGESTED IN THE GUIDELINES.

HED CATAGORY CODE:: 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE::

RECOMMENDATIONS~

NO CHANGES RECOMMENDED.

COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:

THIS PANEL IS ONLY USED DURING CONTROLLED EVOLUTIONS. EQUIPMENT IS NOT SAFETY RELATED. SEE ALSO HEDs 1206 AND 1214

  • S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY LEMPGES DATE: 030982 NO: 189 ANEL IDENTIFIER COMPONE~T IDENTIFIER GENERIC COMPUTER SYSTEM SECTION CODE: WORKS~ACE:7. COMPUTERS/CRT GUIDELINE NO:G.7. 1.Ba-4a

~ESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

OPERATING PROCEDURES DO NOT DESCRIBE THE OVERALL COMPUTER SYSTEM. THIS INFORMATION IS LOCATED IN THE COMPUTER ROOM ADJACENT TO THE CONTROL ROOM.

HED CATAGORY CODE: 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:

RECOMMENDATIONS:

CHANGES RECOMMENDED.

COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:

A NEW OPERATOR USERS MANUAL IS LOCATED IN THE CONTROL ROOM .

S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T R T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATIO~/DISCREPANCY REVIEWER: LEMPGES DATE: 030982 NO: 190

  • ~~i=-~~~~~~;~~~---------------------~;~;;I~~~~-~~~~~~~~~;---*-----------------

GENERIC COMPUTER SYSTEM SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE:7. COMPUTERS/CRT GUIDELINE N0:6.7. 1.8a-5b DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

PROCEDURES DESCRIBING NECESSARY ACTIONS TO B~ PERFORMED BY THE OPERATOR IF THE COMPUTER FAILS OR MALFUNCTIONS ARE LOCATED IN THE COMPUTER ROOM, ADJACENT TD THE CONTROL ROOM.

HED CATAGORY CODE: 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:

RECOMMEl\iDATIONS:

CHANGES RECOMMENDED.

COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:

AN ANNUNCIATOR WILL A~ARM ON COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALF~NCTION. THE ALARM RESPONSE PROCEDURES, LOCATED IN THE CONTROL ROOM, TEL~S WHAT ACTIONS TO PERFORM.

l_ _

S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S , A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY i="t...JIEWER: L.EMPGES DATE: 030'382 NO: 1 '31

.* ~~~-~~~~~~;~~~---------------------~;;~~~~~~-~;~~~~;~~;-----------------

GENERIC COMPUTER sys-:-EiYJ SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE:7. COMPUTERS/CRT GUIDELINE N0:5.7. l.Bb-2 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

CROSS INDICES ARE NOT AVAILABLE IN THE CONTROL ROOM. THEY ARE LOCATED IN THE COMPUTER ROOM ADJACENT TO THE CONTOL ROOM.

HED CATAGDRY CODE: 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:

RECOMMENDATIONS:

NO CHANGES RECOMMENDED.

COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:

OPERATOR DOES NOT NEED THIS INFORMATION, INFORMATION IS AVAILABLE TO THE OPERATOR OFF THE MENU .

S A L E M N U C L E R R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY eEVIEWER: LEMPGES DRTE: 030982 ~O:

. *ANEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT ID~NTIFIER RP-9 COMPUTER SYSTEM SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE:7. COMPUTERS/CRT GUIDELINE N0:6.7.3. ld DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

PRINTER SPEED IS APPROXIMATELY 60 LINES PER MINUTE, LESS THAN THE GUIDELINE RECOMMENDATION OF 300 LINES PER MINUTE.

H~D CATAGORY CODE: 4 LEVEi_: SCHEDULE:

RECOMMENDATIONS:

REPLACE PRINTER.

COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:

A NEW PRINTER WILL BE INSTALLED THAT MEETS THE GUIDELINES RECOMMENDATION OF 300 LINES PER MINUTE.

S A L E M N LI C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T R T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY

..r=:~::=~~--~~~~~~=--------------------~=~~~--~~~:~=-----*-----*-------~~~---~9*3

~NEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT IDENTIFIER RP-9 COMPUTER SYSYEM SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE:7. COMPUTERS/CRT GUIDELINE N0:6.7.3. le-5 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

A TAKE-UP DEVICE FOR PRINTED MATERIALS IS NOT PROVIDED.

HED CATAGORY CODE: 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:

RECOMMENDATIONS:

CONSIDER INSTALLING DEVICE.

COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:

A TAKE-UP DEVICE FOR PRINTED MATERIALS WILL BE PROVIDED WHEN THE NEW PRINTER IS INSTALLED .

S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S : A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY

~E~~=~=~~--~~=~==~-------------------~~~=~--=~=:~=-------------------~~~---~55

~NEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT ID~NTIFIER CC-2 CRT SCREEN SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE:7 COMPUTERS/CRT GUIDELINE N0:6.7.2. if-4 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

THE NUMBERS OF RESOLUTION ELEMENTS PER CHARACTER ARE TOO LOW <8> FOR CHARACTER HEIGHT.

HED CATAGORY CODE: 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:

RECOMMENDATIONS:

NO CHANGES RECOMMENDED.

COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:

SATISFACTORY AS IS. CRT NOT USED AS PRIMARY DISPLAY .

PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC & GAS

  • 3.b HEDs i 1, 6, 13, 180 HED HED HED HED il covers RPl, RP3, RP4 and RP6 i6 covers RPl, RP3, RP4, RP5 and RP6 il3 covers RPl, RP2, RP3, RP4, RP5 and RP6 il80 covers RP6 workspace workspace workspace workspace The cumulative affect here involves panel spacing and instrumentation location. HED il identified clearances between the back of the console and the vertical panels that were 42-44" instead of the recommended 50". This difference of 6-8" may prevent an operator from backing up to read indicators that are located too high or too low on the vertical panel. This is no longer the case, because as stated on HEDs f6 and 113, all indicators that are important to safety and that display parameters not available elsewhere in the control room will be moved to a new location and height, meeting the criteria of NUREG-0700. This location will be where the core profile map is currently on RP3. HED il80 refers to the 4kV Group Bus (fl Gen) and 4kV Bkr Fail Relays (f 12 SPT) indicator lights. These lights are not safety related, do not require close precise reading, and are supplemental indications to annunci-ators which alert the operators to the reason(s) for electrical failure
  • S A L E M N U C L E A R G E NE R AT I N G S T AT I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY

.-.I~F~~ =-=-~~~~~ ~---* -**==~~:~ ~~ =*-**-* ..............._. -**-**-*-***. . *-*-***. -**-**-*---~-~ :.: ~---* -~~ ~~ ~ ~ __ --* -*-* _-*-_-**** -* _****-* _~~ ~~- -* -* __ __

'NEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT IDENTIFIER 1

r.;:p .... 1 PANEL ARRANGEMENT m:* ... 3 F~P*--4 f~P-***6 SECTION CODE~ WORKSPACE:l. WORKSPACE GUIDELINE N0~6.1.1. 3f-1 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY~

SPACE BETWEEN VERTICAL PANELS AND BACK OF CONSOLE DOES NOT MEET GUIDELINE REQUIREMENTS OF 50 INCHES iRPl & BACK OF CONSOLE - 44 INCHES 1RP3 & BACK OF CONSOLE - 42 INCHES 1RP4 & BACK OF CONSOLE - 42 INCHES 1RP6 & BACK OF CONSOLE - 44 INCHES HED CATAGORY CODE~ 4 LEVEL~ SCHEDULE::

RECOMMENDATIONS~

NO CHANGE RECOMMENDED.

El-ITS/ JUSTIFICATION FOF~ NOl'1-**CONFOr\MAl~ICE~

ISFACTORY AS IS. DIMENSIONS CANNOT DE CHANGED. NO ACTION L BE TAl<EN" THE Tl.i.i() l'(EY LOCl'~S rnrn~: EACH OM F\P-l. Al'1D F\P-2)

- ARE LOCATED AT POINTS WHERE THE CONSOLE ENDS OR CURVES SO THAT A DISTAl,ICE: Gf~EATEf~ THAM 50 INCi-iE~> H> F'FWVIDED. THE OTHEr.;:

POSSIBLE POTENTIAL FOR ACCIDENTAL ACTIVATION IS THE LIFT COIL TOGGLE SWITCHES WHICH M~E F'FWTECTED BY PLASTIC COVERS ..

S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY

~EVIEWER~ LEMPGES DATE~ 020382 ND:

  • l'IEL I DENT IF I EF~ COMPONENT IDENTIFIER f-~P*-*1 METERS RF'*-*3 r~:P*-*4 RP*-5 RP-6 SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE:i. WORKSPACE GUIDELINE N0:6.1.2.2e-2 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

UPPER METERS ON PANELS RP-1, RP-3, RP-4, RP-5, RP-6 ARE NOT MOUNTED SO THAT THE ANGLE FROM THE LINE OF SIGHT TO THE FACE PLANE IS 45 DEGREES OR GREATER.

HED CATAGORY CODE~ 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:

RECOMMENDATIONS:

NO CHANGE RECOMMENDED.

COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:

THESE PANELS ARE VERTICAL STAND-ALONE PANELS THAT ARE

  • -ACHED FROM THE BENCHBOARD CONSOLES. SEE HED #2 FOR METERS T 1,.JEJi'.E DEEMED IMPOF.:T?)l'IT E1'10UGH TO MOVE TO A LO\.i.IEF.:

- :.IGHT.

S A L E M N UC L E A R G E NE R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY

~EVIEWER~ LEMPGES DATE~ 020382 NO~ 13 NEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT IDENTIFIER RP-1 METERS RP-2 RP-3 RP-4 RP-5 RP-6 SECTION CODE~ WORKSPACE~l. WORKSPACE GUIDELINE N0~6.1.2.5b-1 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY~

UPPER METERS ON THESE PANELS ARE PLACED ABOVE THE GUIDELINE REQUIREMENT OF 70 INCHES.

HED CATAGORY CUDE~ 3 LEVEL~ SCHEDULE:

RECOMMENDATIONS~

REVIEW DISPLAYS TO DETERMINE WHICH MAY NEED TO BE RELOCATED.

COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE~

METERS THAT ARE IMPORTANT TO SAFETY AND THAT DISPLAY 1AMETERS NOT AVAILABLE ELSEWHERE IN THE CONTROL WILL BE ERED WITHIN THE REQUIREMENTS OF NUREG-0700 OR DUPLICATED

~ SEWHERE. SEE HED i2 FOR DETAILS .

S A L E M N U C L E AR G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY F~E~ ~::.~~:..... -==~ ~:: =~**--- * * -*-* * *-* - **--_--*-*----*-*-*- ~ ~ :~: -~ __ ~ =~=~

'NEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT

=-_

IDENTIFIER

~~ ~--*-~ ~1 8

m=**-*6 4KV GRP BUS Cil GEN>

4KV BKR FAIL RELAYS <112 SPT>

SECTIOM CODE~ WORKSPACE~l. WORKSPACE GUIDELINE N0~6.1.2.5b-1 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY~

DISPLAYS DO NOT MEET GUIDELINE REQUIREMENTS OF PLACEMENT 41 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR. THESE DISPLAYS ARE 33 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR.

HED CATAGORY CODE: 4 LEVEL: ~>CHEDULE:

RECOMMENDATIONS~

NO CHANGE RECOMMENDED.

COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:

SATISFACTORY AS IS. NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN

  • PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC & GAS
  • 3.d HED 121 HED #625 HED 1626 legend pushbutton intensity control room lighting control room lighting HED 1631 emergency lighting The cumulative effect here involves overhead lighting and the ability to detect legend pushbutton "ON" or "OFF" status. HEDs 1626 and 1625 involve illumination levels in the control room: The control room light intensity can be controlled via individual breaker operation by the Shift Supervisor. In this way, he can determine any lighting deficiencies and correct them as needed by his shift crew. As for HED 121, each color legend pushbutton in the "ON" condition is four times the intensity of the legend pushbutton in the "OFF" condition. Therefore, it is judged that there is no problem in determining "ON" or "OFF" status. The cumulative effect between HED #631 (emergency lighting) and HED 121 (legend pushbutton intensity) is also negated because when the lighting in the control room decreases (e.g., emergency lighting energized) the intensity of the surrounding panel decreases while the legend pushbutton intensity remains constrant, resulting in a higher contrast ratio between surrounding panel and energized legend pushbutton. The legend pushbutton intensity will be much greater than the surrounding panel
  • S A L E M N U C L E AR G E NE R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY GEl-IEIUC LEGEND PUSHBUTTONS SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE:4. CONTROLS GUIDELINE N0=6.4.3.3b-2 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

LIGHT INTENSITY OF LEGEND PUSHBUTTONS IS NOT ALWAYS 10 PERCENT GREATER THAN THE SURROUNDING PANEL.

HED CATAGORY CODE~ 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:

F;:ECOMMEl,IDAT I 01,IS:

NO CHANGE RECOMMENDED.

COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:

PUSHBUTTONS ARE DISTINGUISHABLE ON THE BASIS OF HUE, AND LIGHTS TURNED ON ARE MORE THAN 10 PERCENT BRIGHTER THAN THOSE IN THE "OFF II POSITION. "'o ACTIOl-1 WILL. r:t: TAKEi'-1

  • S A L E M N U C l E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY REVIEWER: SCHROEDER DATE: ,122082 NO: 625 PANEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT IDENTIFIER GENERIC ILLUMINATION SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE:1 WORKSPACE GUIDELINE N0:6.1.5.3a DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

ILLUMINATION LEVELS DD NOT MEET RECOMMENDED CRITERIA FDR CONTROL ROOM WORK AREAS AND TASK SITUATIONS.

HED CATAGORY CODE: 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:

RECOMMENDATIONS:

NO CHANGES RECOMMENDED.

COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:

SEE SAMPLE DATA AND RECOMMENDATIONS IN APPENDIX B.

HIGHER LEVEL LIGHTING MAY BE TURNED ON AT OPERATOR'S PREFERENCE.

NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN.

S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY REVIEWER: SCHROEDER DATE: 122082 NO: 626 PANEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT IDENTIFIER GENERIC ILLUMINATION SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE:l WORKSPACE GUIDELINE N0:5.1.5.3b

~-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

LEVELS OF ILLUMINATION VARY GREATLY OVER A GIVEN WORK AREA. FOR EXAMPLE, MEASUREMENTS TAKEN AT THREE POSITIONS AT RP-3 YIELDED VALUES OF 2, 25, AND 50 FOOTCANDLES.

HED CATAGORY CODE: 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:

RECOMMENDATIONS:

REFER TO DCRDR DOCUMENTATION FOR SAMPLE ILLUMINATION MEASUREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. INVESTIGATE THIS PROBLEM FURTHER.

COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:

THIS IS NOT CONSIDERED TO BE A SIGNIFICANT PROBLEM.

NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN .

S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY REVIEWER: SCHROEDER DATE: 123082 NO: 53i PANEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT IDENTIFIER GENERIC EMERGENCY LIGHTING SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE:l WORKSPACE GUIDELINE N0:6.1.5.4c DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

THE CONTROL ROOM EMERGENCY LIGHTING SYSTEM DOES NOT PROVIDE A MINIMUM ILLUMINATION OF 10 FOOT CANDLES AT ALL WORK STATIONS IN THE PRIMARY OPERATING AREA.

HED CATAGORY CODE: 2 LEVEL: B SCHEDULE:

RECOMMENDATIONS:

SEE SAMPLE DATA AND RECOMMENDATIONS IN APPENDIX B.

INVESTIGATE THIS PROBLEM FURTHER.

COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:

EMERGENCY LIGHTING COMBINED WITH LIGHT FROM THE CONSOLE PROVIDE SUFFICIENT LIGHT TO SAFELY OPERATE THE CONTROL BOARD.

NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN AT THIS TIME .

PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC & GAS

  • 3.d HED :ft250 HED f 444 HED :ft450 scale white on black strokewidth-to-character height character width-to-height HED :ft458 strokewidth The recorders are only used during normal operation for daily logging of meteorological information. There is a procedure which instructs the operator to leave the operating area and approach RP-2 (where the records are located) to obtain the readings. The readability of the recorders is adequate from the required reading distance. In cases of emergency, the recorders are not used, however, the H.P. technician uses the Dame and Moore computer-based meteoro-logical system.

S A L E M N UC l E AR G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY F<P**-1 El 300~ WIND SPEED AND DIRECTION RECORDE EL 33' WIND SPEED AND DIRECTION RECORDER SECTION CODE~ WORKSPACE:5. DISPLAYS GUIDELINE N0~6.5.1.3c-1 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY~

SCALES HAVE BLACK BACKGROUND WITH WHITE MARKINGS.

HED CATAGORY CODE~ 4 LEVEL: SCI-IE DU LE:

RECOMMENDATIONS~

THESE SCALES SHOULD BE CHANGED.

COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE=

THE METEOROLOGICAL COMPUTER WILL PROVIDE THE PRIMARY SOURCE FOR THESE PARAMETERS. THESE SCALES WILL BE CHANGED IF FEM3I BL.E.

S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY REVIEWER: DOYLE DATE: 043082 NO: 444 PANEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT IDENTIFIER RP-1 EL 300' WIND SPEED AND DIRECTION RECORD£ EL 33' WIND SPEED AND DIRECTION RECORDEf SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE:5. DISPLAYS GUIDELINE N0:5.5.1.3d-1 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

STROKEWIDTH-TO-CHARACTER-HEIGHT RATIO IS 2:7 A RATIO OF BETWEEN 1:5 AND 1:8 IS RECOMMENDED.

HED CATAGORY CODE: 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:

RECOMMENDATIONS:

NO CHANGES RECOMMENDED.

COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:

DIFFERENCE FROM THE GUIDELINE IS NOT SIG~IFICANT.

NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN. THESE RECORDERS ARE NO LONGER USED WHEN THE EMERGENCY PLAN IS IMPLEMENTED. THE LETTERING IS QUITE LEGIBLE EVEN THOUGH THE CHARACTERS ARE WIDE. SEE ALSO HED # 450. A DAMES AND MOORE COMPUTER BASED SYSTEM

  • s NOW USED FOR EMERGENCY OPERATION .

S A L E iYI N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY REVIEWER: DOYLE DATE: 043082 NO: 450 PANEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT IDENTIFIER RP-1 EL 300' WIND SPEED AND DIRECTION RECORDE EL 33' WIND SPEED AND DIRECTION RECORDEI SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE:5. DISPLAYS GUIDELINE N0:6.5.1.3d-3 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

CHARACTER WIDTH-TO-HEIGHT RATIO OF NUMERALS IS 6:7.

A RATIO OF 3:5 IS RECOMMENDED FOR NUMERALS.

HED CATAGORY CODE: 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:

RECOMMENDATIONS:

NO CHANGES RECOMMENDED.

COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:

REFER HED # 444.

S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY REVIEWER: DOYLE DATE: 043082 NO: 458 PANEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT IDENTIFIER RP-1 EL 300' WIND SCEED AND DIRECTION RECORDE EL 33' WIND SPEED AND DIRECTION RECORDEI SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE:5. DISPLAYS GUIDELINE N0:6.5.1.3d-4

~----

DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

INTERCHARACTER DISTANCE OF 1/64 IS LESS THAN ONE STROKEWIDTH.

RECOMMENDED INTERCHARACTER DISTANCE IS 2/32".

HED CATAGORY CODE: 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:

RECOMMENDATIONS:

NO CHANGES RECOMMENDED.

COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:

DIFFERENCE FROM THE GUIDELINE IS NOT SIGNIFICANT.

NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN.

PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC & GAS 3.d HED 1324 Letter size HED 1325 Lettering style HED 1328 Width-to-height ratio HED 1331 Space between words HED 1332 Space between lines HED 1349 Legend indicators are not easily viewed HED 1354 10 components in a string HED 1551 Contrast 160:1 The Fire Protection Legend Indicators are not used as the initial means of alerting the operators that a problem exists. The fire protection system uses coded audible alarms that indicate the location of a fire. These alarms sound in the control room and throughout the plant with meaning of the coded alarms posted throughout the plant and control room. Additionally, the fire protection system has, located in the control room, overhead annunciators (e.g., FIRE PROT SYSTEM FIRE, FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM TROUBLE, AUDIBLE ALM CODERS LOSS OF AC) to alert the operators to now go to the fire protection panel and identify the zone that is alarming. The indicators are arranged in eight rows by detector type and each row is clearly labeled

  • S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I NG S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY REVIEWER; DOYLE DATE; 032382 ~324 HEL I DEi-iT IF I Eli: COMPONENT IDENTIFIER FIRE PROTECTION LEGEND INDICATORS SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE:5. DISPLAYS GUIDELINE N0:6.5.1.3a DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

LETTEf-\:ING ON THESE I 1-IDICATOr.:~; IS 1/8". HII S IS TOO SMALL FOF~ THE 1:~EADADILITY Cl~ITEfUA AT THE 40" VIEWHIG DISTAMCE ..

VIEWHIG DISTAl,lCE F<:EQUH<:ES 11/64" LETTEr~~l.

HED CATAGORY CODE: 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:

RECOMMENDATIONS~

NO CHANGES RECOMMENDED.

COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:

INDICATORS ARE DACKLIT WHICH AIDS READABILITY. SPACING WILL NOT ALLOW RE-ENGRAVING. NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN

  • S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY F~P***:'.":i FIRE PROTECTION LEGEND INDICATORS SECTIOM CODE: WORKSPACE~5. DISPLAYS GUIDELINE N0:6.5.1.3b DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

LETTEFnNG STYLE ON THEBE HIDICATOf-~S IS NOT CONSISTENT" HED CATAGORY CODE~ 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:

RECOMMENDATIONS:

THE STYLE WITH THE THICKER STROKE-WIDTH rs MORE EASILY READ. ADOPT THIS TYPE FOR USE HERE.

COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:

THIS IS NOT CONSIDERED TO BE A SAFETY SIGNIFICANT ITEM" HOWEVER? THE RECOMMENDATION WILL BE IMPLEMENTED

  • S A L E M NU C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY

~EVIEWER: DOYLE DATE: 032382 NOr. 32B

~d'-IEL I DEl'-IT l FI El~ COMPONENT IDENTIFIER 1:;:P*-*5 FIRE PROTECTION LEGEND INDICATORS SECT IOI'-! CODE: WORKSPACE=5. DISPLAYS GUIDELINE N0:6.5.1.3d-2 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

WIDTH-TO-HEIGHT RATIOS ON SOME OF THE FIRE PROTECTION INDICATORS LIGHTS ARE .50 AND .37 RATHER THAN THE 1.0 TO .60 RANGE RECOMMENDED.

HED CATAGORY CODE: 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:

RECOMMENDATIONS:

NO CHANGES RECOMMENDED.

COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:

DIFFERENCE FROM THE GUIDELINE IS NOT SIGNIFICANT.

NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN. THESE INDICATORS ARE EASILY READABLE FROM THE RELATIVELY CLOSE RANGE AT WHICH THE OPERATOR WOULD USE THEM

  • S A L E M NU C L E AR G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY

~EVIEWER~ DOYLE DATE~ 032382 NO~ 331

  • NEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT IDENTIFIER RP-5 FIRE PROTECTION LEGEND INDICATORS SECTION CODE~ WORKSPACE:5. DISPLAYS GUIDELINE N0:6.5.1.3d-5 DtSCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY~

MINIMUM SPACE BETWEEN WORDS IS LESS THAN ONE CHARACTER ON SOME INDICATORS.

HED CATAGORY CODE~ 4 LEVEL~ SCHEDULE:

RECOMMENDATIONS:

NO CHANGES RECOMMENDED.

COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE~

SPACE ON INDICATORS WILL NOT ALLOW RE-ENGRAVING. INDICATORS ARE READAB NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN .

S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY DATE: 03~~382 1'-IEL I DENT IFI El:;: COMPONENT IDENTIFIER FIRE PROTECTION LEGEND INDICATORS SECT I 01-1 CODE~ WORKSPACE~5. DISPLAYS GUIDELINE N0:6.5.1.3d-6 DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY~

MINIMUM SPACE BETWEEN LINES IS LESS THAN ONE-HALF THE CHARACTER HEIGHT.

HED CATAGORY CODE~ 4 LEVEL~ SCHEDULE::

RECOMMENDATIONS~

NO CHANGES RECOMMENDED.

COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:

SPACE ON INDICAl"ORS WILL NOT ALLOW RE-*ENGRAVING. INDICATORS ARE READAB FROM THE REQUIRED DISTANCE. NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN

  • S AL E M NUC L E AR G E NE R AT I NG S T AT I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY REVIEWER~ DOYLE DATE~ 032682 NO~ 349 NEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT IDENTIFIER RP-5 FIR[ PROTECTION LEGEND INDICATORS SECTION CODE~ WORKSPACE~8. PANEL LAYOUT GUIDELINE N0:6.8.1.1c DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY~

FIRE PROTECTION LEGEND INDICATORS ARE NOT EASILY VIEWED BY OPERATORS, BUT THESE INDICATORS USE THE "DARK BOARD" CONCEPT AND SEARCH AND IDENTIFICATION IS DONE EASILY.

HED CATAGORY CODE: 4 LEVEL~ SCHEDULE:

RECOMMENDATIONS~

NO CHANGES RECOMMENDED.

COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE~

NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN. THE PANEL IS ONLY A SHORT DISTANCE BEHIND THE CONTROL CONSOLE AND WITHIN THE BOUNDS OF THE CONTROL ROOM. THE OPERATOR USES THE AUDIBLE CODED ALARM FOR LOCATION OF PROBLEM. HE DOES NOT HAVE TO SCAN THE INDICATOR

  • S A L E M N U C L E AR G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY

-VIEWER: DOYLE DATE: 032682 MO:: 354 ti ------------------------------------------------------------------------

NEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT IDENTIFIER ffr'-*5 FIRE PROTECTION LEGEND INDICATORS SECTIOM CODE: WORKSPACE:B. PANEL LAYOUT GUIDELINE N0:6.8.3.2c-1&2 DESCRIPTIOM OF DISCREPANCY:

SIMILAR COMPONENTS ARE GROUPED IN AN UNBROKEN ROW WITH AS MANY AS 10 COMPONENTS FORMING A STRING. HOWEVER, THESE INDICATORS USE THE "DARK BOARD CONCEPT AND SEARCH AND IDENTIFICATION IS DOME EASILY.

HED CATAGORY CODE: 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:

l'.\:ECOMMENDAT IONS~

NO CHANGES RECOMMENDED.

COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:

NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN

  • S A L E M N U C L E A R G E N E R A T I N G S T A T I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY REVIEWER: DOYLE DATE: 072782 NO: 55i PANEL IDENTIFIER COMPONENT IDENTIFIER RP-5 FIRE PROTECTION PANE~

SECTION CODE: WORKSPACE:1 WORKSPACE GUIDELINE N0:5.1.5.3d DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

THE CONTRAST RATIOS BETWEEN TASK AREAS AND BACKGROUND ARE TOO GREAT (160:1) FOR THE FIRE PROTECTION PANEL.

HED CATAGORY CODE: 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:

RECOMMENDATIONS:

NO CHANGES RECOMMENDED.

COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE:

FIRE PROTECTION TILES ARE BACKLIT WHEN ACTUATED.

NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN .

PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC & GAS 3.d HED f 54 There are three mimics in the control room each of which is on a separate panel, each having distinctly different system functions, and none of which is adjacent to another (i.e., Control room ventilation mimic, RP-2; Reactor protection status mimic, RP-4; Electrical distribution mimic, CC3). The mimic colors are consistent within themselves.

Color Meaning Control room ventilation mimic (RP2)

Black ******************* Emergency filtered and conditioned air Red ********************* Exhaust Blue ******************** Normal filtered and conditioned air and outside air intake Orange ****************** Emergency air recirculation Reactor protection status mimic (RP4)

Yellow ****************** Reactor trip input signals and turbine runback Red ********************* Reactor trip actuation signals Blue/Green ************** Permissives Electrical distribution mimic (CC3)

Yellow ****************** 25 kV Red........... . . . . . . . . . . 500 kV Blue.................... 4 kV Green ******************* 13 kV There has never been a case of confusion as to the meaning of a particular color from panel-to-panel

  • S A L E M N U C L E AR G E N E R AT I N G S T AT I 0 N HUMAN ENGINEERING OBSERVATION/DISCREPANCY

<EVIEWER~ LEMPGES DATE: 021782 NO: 54 MEL IDENTIFIEf~ COMPONENT IDENTIFIER F"<P*-*2 MIMICS F<P*-*4 CC*-*3 SECTIOM CODE: WORKSPACE:6. LABELS & AIDS GUIDELINE N0:6.6.6.4a-4 .

DESCRIPTION OF DISCREPANCY:

COLOR/CONTENT RELATIONSHIP IS NOT CONSISTENT ACROSS MIMICS.

HOWEVER, COLORS WITHIN EACH MIMIC CONSISTENTLY DEPICT DIFFERENT FLOW CONDITIONS OF THE SAME ELEMENT HED CATAGORY CODE: 4 LEVEL: SCHEDULE:

RECOMMENDATIONS:

NO CHANGE RECOMMENDED.

COMMENTS/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-CONFORMANCE~

SATISFACTORY AS IS. MIMICS ARE CONSISTENT WITHIN.

NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN .

PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC & GAS Salem Annunciators 6.1.5.5 The acoustic design of the control room will ensure that auditory (635) signals are readily detected.

Background noise levels will not exceed 65 dB(A).

6.2.2.3 Auditory signals may be coded. For example, to prioritize signals, (711,714, or to direct operator attention to a particular area in the control 715) room. Coding methods should be distinct and unambiguous, and will not conflict with other auditory signals. Coding by intensity will not be used.

6.3.1.1 Annunciator warning system will consist of three (3) major subsystems: (a) an auditory alert subsystem, (b) a visual alarm subsystem, and (c) an operator response subsystem.

6.3.1.2 The limits or setpoints for initiating the annunciator warning (530, system will meet the following: (1) alarms will not occur so 531) frequently as to be considered a nuisance by the operators, (2) setpoints will be established to give operators adequate time to respond to the condition before a serious problem or automatic action takes place, (3) the setpoints and reset points will be wide enough "dead band" so as not to become a nuisance alarm

  • General alarms, alarms that require the control room operator to direct an auxiliary operator to a given plant location for specific information, will only be used for conditions that allow adequate time for auxiliary operator action and subsequent control room operator action.

(533,534, Annunciators with inputs from more than one plant parameter 535) setpoint will be avoided. Multi-input alarms that summarize single-input annunciators elsewhere in the control room are an exception.

Alarms for any shared plant systems will be duplicated in both control rooms.

6.3.1.3 First out annunciator panels will be provided for the reactor system and turbine-generator system to identify the initiating event. The first out panel will consist of separate annunciator tiles for each of the automatic trip functions. In the event of a trip, the tile associated with the event will illuminate, and not others. First out panels will be located directly above the main control workstation for the system.

6.3.1.4 Logical prioritization will be applied such that operators will be able to differentiate the most important or serious alarms from (538) less important ones

  • PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC & GAS
  • Examples of priority levels are as follows:

FIRST PRIORITY ALARMS

  • Radiation release
  • Plant conditions which, if not corrected immediately, will result in automatic plant shutdown or radiation release, or will require manual plant shutdown.

SECOND PRIORITY ALARMS

  • Technical specification violations which if not corrected will require plant shutdown
  • Plant conditions which, if not corrected, may lead to plant shutdown or radiation releases THIRD PRIORITY ALARMS
  • Plant conditions representing problems (e.g., system degradation) which affect plant operability but which should not lead to plant shutdown, radiation release, or violation of technical specifications.

Color and/or auditory methods will be use for priority coding.

6.3.1.5 Cleared alarms will have a dedicated, distinctive audible signal which should be of finite duration. The individual tile will have (540, 541 a flash rate twice or one-half the normal flash rate to allow 710,712) discrimination.

6.3.2.1 The annunciator signal should be such that operators can reliably discern the signal above the ambient control room noise. A nominal value of 10 dB(A) above background will be used. The signal (716) intensity, if adjustable will be controlled by administrative procedures. The annunciator auditory alert mechanism will automatically reset when it has been silenced. Separate auditory signals will be provided at each workstation within the primary operating area.

6.3.3.1 Visual alarm panels will be located above the related controls and displays which are required for corrective or diagnostic action in (543) response to the alarm.

Each annunciator panel will be identified by a label. The label height will be consistent with a subtended visual angle of at least 15 minutes when viewed from a central position within the primary operating area.

If lamp replacement requires legend tile removal, there will be a way to ensure that the tile is replaced in the correct location

  • PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC & GAS 6.3.3.2 Specific guidelines for visual recognition and identification of alarm tiles are as follows:

(718) Tiles on an annunciator panel will use flashing illumination to indicate an alarm condition.

The flash rate will be from three to five flashes per second with approximate equal on and off time.

In case of flasher failure of an alarm tile, the tile light will illuminate and burn steady.

6.3.3.3 Visual alarms will be organized as a matrix of visual alarm tiles within each annunciator panel.

(492) Visual alarm tiles will be grouped by function or system within each annunciator panel.

The vertical and horizontal axes of annunciator panel will be

... labeled with alphanumerics on the left and top sides. No more than 50 tiles per matrix is recommended.

Blank or unused annunciator tiles will not be illuminated.

~ 6.3.3.4 6.3.3.5 Annunciator tile wording will be in short concise messages.

Abbreviations and acronyms will be in accordance with the Salem human factors guidelines. Tiles will address specific conditions.

Visual tile readability will conform to the guidelines of NUREG-0700 Section 6.3.3.5.

S.3.4.1 Controls for the operator to respond to the annunciator system will include the following four: silence, acknowledge, reset and test.

(502,507) These functions will conform to the guidelines of NUREG-0700 Section 6.3.4.1.

6.3.4.2 Repetitive groups of annunciator controls will have the same.

arrangement and relative location at different workstations.

The responses control will be coded for easy recognition (e.g.,

color, shape, demarcation).

6.3.4.3 Annunciator response procedures will be available in the control room. They will be indexed by panel indentification and annunciator tile coordinates *

Retrieved from "https://kanterella.com/w/index.php?title=ML18092B357&oldid=2410655"